# pali

volume: 30
item: 135
title: mahāhatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsāropamasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^307^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nacirapakkante^eb^ti ^a^M2.0177^ea^^a^V2.0165^ea^ na ciraṃ pakkante, pakkantassa sato na cirasseva. ^b^Saliṅgenevā^eb^ti muṇḍiyakāsāyaggahaṇādinā attano purimaliṅgeneva. ^b^Pāṭiyekke jāte^eb^ti vipannācāradiṭṭhitāya pakāsanīyakammakaraṇato paraṃ aññatitthiyasadise visuṃ bhūte. ^b^Kulaputto^eb^ti jātimattena kulaputto. ^b^Asambhinnāyā^eb^ti sambhedarahitāya, jātisaṅkaravirahitāyāti atto. Jātisīsena idha jātivatthukaṃ dukkhaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘otiṇṇoti yassa jāti anto anupaviṭṭhā’’^eb^ti. Jāto hi satto jātakālato paṭṭhāya jātinimittena dukkhena anto anupaviṭṭho viya vibādhīyati. ^b^Jarāyā^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Cattāro paccayā labbhantīti lābhā, catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ labbhamānānaṃ sukatabhāvo suṭṭhu abhisaṅkhatabhāvo. ^b^Vaṇṇabhaṇana^eb^nti guṇakittanaṃ. ^b^Apaññātā^eb^ti sambhāvanāvasena na paññātā. Lābhādinibbattiyābhāvadassanañhetaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ghāsacchādanamattampi na labhantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Appesakkhā^eb^ti appānubhāvā. Sā pana appesakkhatā adhipateyyasampattiyā ca parivārasampattiyā ca abhāvena pākaṭā hoti. Tattha parivārasampattiyā abhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘appaparivārā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Sārenapi keci ajānanena aññālābhena vā asārabhūtampi kattabbaṃ karontīti tato visesanatthaṃ ‘‘sārena sārakaraṇīya’’nti vuttanti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘akkhacakkayuganaṅgalādika’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Brahmacariyassā^eb^ti sikkhāttayasaṅgahassa sāsanabrahmacariyassa. Mahārukkhassa maggaphalasārassa ñāṇadassanapheggukassa samādhitacassa sīlapapaṭikassa cañcalasabhāvā saṃsappacārīti ca ^b^cattāro paccayā sākhāpalāsaṃ nāma. Tenevā^eb^ti lābhasakkārasilokanibbattaneneva. ^b^Sāro me patto^eb^ti imasmiṃ sāsane adhigantabbasāro nāma iminā lābhādinibbattanena anuppattoti vosānaṃ niṭṭhitakiccaṃ āpanno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^310^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ñāṇadassana^eb^nti ñāṇabhūtaṃ dassanaṃ visayassa sacchikaraṇavasena pavattaṃ abhiññāñāṇaṃ. ^b^Sukhumaṃ rūpa^eb^nti devādīnaṃ, aññampi vā sukhumasabhāvaṃ rūpaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘antamaso…pe… viharantī’’^eb^ti, dibbacakkhu hi idha ukkaṭṭhaniddesena ‘‘ñāṇadassana’’nti gahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^311^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Asamayavimokkhaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0178^ea^^a^V2.0166^ea^^b^ārādhetī^eb^ti ettha adhippetaṃ asamayavimokkhaṃ pāḷiyā eva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katamo asamayavimokkho’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhannañhi samāpajjanasamayopi atthi asamayopi, maggavimokkhena pana vimuccanassa samayo vā asamayo vā natthi. Yassa saddhā balavatī, vipassanā ca āraddhā, tassa gacchantassa tiṭṭhantassa nisīdantassa bhuñjantassa ca maggaphalapaṭivedho nāma na hotīti na vattabbaṃ, iti maggavimokkhena vimuccantassa samayo vā asamayo vā natthīti so ^b^asamayavimokkho^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lokiyasamāpattiyo hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Na kuppati, na nassatīti ^b^akuppā,^eb^ kadācipi aparihānasabhāvā. Sabbasaṃkilesehi paṭippassaddhivasena cetaso vimuttīti ^b^cetovimutti^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘arahattaphalavimuttī’’^eb^ti. Ayamattho payojanaṃ etassāti ^b^etadatthaṃ,^eb^ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ, tassa ^b^esā^eb^ paramakoṭi. Yathāraddhassa sāropamena phalena desanā niṭṭhāpitāti āha ^b^‘‘yathānusandhināva desanaṃ niṭṭhapesī’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāsāropamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 136
title: mahāsāropamasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷasāropamasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^312^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Piṅgaladhātuko^eb^ti ^a^V2.0167^ea^ piṅgalasabhāvo piṅgalacchaviko, piṅgalakkhoti vā attho. ^b^Pabbajitasamūhasaṅkhāto saṅgho,^eb^ na sīlādiguṇehi saṅgahitabbabhāvena. Saṅgho etesaṃ atthi parivārabhūtoti ^b^saṅghino. Svevā^eb^ti so eva pabbajitasamūhasaṅkhāto. ^b^Ācārasikkhāpanavasenā^eb^ti attanā parikappitācelavatādiācārasikkhāpanavasena. ^b^Paññātā^eb^ti yathāsakaṃ samādinnavatavasena ceva viññātaladdhivasena ca paññātā. ^b^Laddhikarā^eb^ti tassā micchādiṭṭhiyā uppādakā. ^b^Bahujanassā^eb^ti puthujanassa. Tassa pana āgamasampadāpi nāma natthi, kuto adhigamoti ekaṃsato andhaputhujjano evāti āha ^b^‘‘assutavato andhabālaputhujjanassā’’^eb^ti. Na hi viññū appasādanīye pasīdanti. Maṅgalesu kātabbadāsakiccakaro dāso ^b^maṅgaladāso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tantāvutāna^eb^nti ^a^M2.0179^ea^ tante pasāretvā vītānaṃ. ^b^Gaṇṭhanakileso^eb^ti saṃsāre bandhanakileso. ^b^Evaṃ vāditāyā^eb^ti evaṃ paṭiññatāya, evaṃ diṭṭhitāya vā. ^b^Niyyānikā^eb^ti niyyānagatisappāṭihīrakā anupārambhabhūtattāti adhippāyo. No ce niyyānikāti ānetvā yojanā. Tesaṃ sabbaññupaṭiññāya abhūtattā tassā abhūtabhāvakathanena tassa brāhmaṇassa na kāci atthasiddhīti āha ^b^‘‘nesaṃ aniyyānikabhāvakathanena atthābhāvato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^318^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nihīnalokāmise līno ajjhāsayo etassa, na pana nibbāneti. ^b^Līnajjhāsayo. Sāsanaṃ sithilaṃ katvā gaṇhāti^eb^ sikkhāya na tibbagāravattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^323^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Heṭṭhā^eb^ti anantarātītasutte mahāsāropame. ^b^Paṭhamajjhānādidhammā vipassanāpādakā^eb^ti vipassanāya padaṭṭhānabhūtā. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ cūḷasāropame āgatā. ^b^Nirodhapādakā^eb^ti anāgāmino, arahanto vā nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjituṃ samatthā. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti nirodhapādakattā. Paṭhamajjhānādidhammā ñāṇadassanato ^b^uttaritarā^eb^ti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷasāropamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca opammavaggavaṇṇanā.


volume: 30
item: 137
title: mahāyamakavaggo^cūḷagosiṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^325^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ñātīnaṃ ^a^V2.0168^ea^^a^M2.0180^ea^ (a. ni. ṭī. 3.6.19) nivāsaṭṭhānabhūto gāmo ñātiko, so eva ^b^nātiko^eb^. So kira gāmo yesaṃ santako, tesaṃ pubbapurisena attano ñātīnaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvena nivesito, tena ‘‘nātiko’’ti paññāyittha. Atha pacchā tattha dvīhi dāyādehi dvidhā vibhajitvā paribhutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dvinnaṃ cūḷapitimahāpitiputtānaṃ dve gāmā’’^eb^ti. Giñjakā vuccanti iṭṭhakā, giñjakāhiyeva kato āvasatho ^b^giñjakāvasatho^eb^. Tasmiṃ kira padese mattikā sakkharamarumbavālikādīhi asammissā akaṭhinā saṇhā sukhumā, tāya katāni kulālabhājanānipi silāmayāni viya daḷhāni, tasmā te upāsakā tāya mattikāya dīghaputhulaiṭṭhakā kāretvā tāhi ṭhapetvā dvārabāhavātapānakavāṭatulāyo sesaṃ sabbaṃ dabbasambhārena vinā iṭṭhakāhi eva pāsādaṃ kāresuṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iṭṭhakāhevā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gosiṅgasālavanadāya^eb^nti gosiṅgasālavananti laddhanāmaṃ rakkhitaṃ araññaṃ. ^b^Jeṭṭhakarukkhassā^eb^ti vanappatibhūtassa sālarukkhassa. ^b^Sāmaggirasa^eb^nti samaggabhāvādiguṇaṃ vivekasukhaṃ. ^b^Uparipaṇṇāsake^eb^ upakkilesasutte (ma. ni. 3.237-238) puthujjanakālo kathito, ^b^idha^eb^ cūḷagosiṅgasutte ^b^khīṇāsavakālo kathito^eb^. Katakiccāpi hi te mahātherā attano diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ paresaṃ diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanañca sampassantā paramañca vivekaṃ anubrūhantā sāmaggirasaṃ anubhavamānā tattha viharanti. ^b^Tadā^eb^ti tasmiṃ upakkilesasuttadesanākāle. ^b^Te^eb^ti anuruddhappamukhā kulaputtā. ^b^Laddhassādā^eb^ti vipassanāya vīthipaṭipattiyā adhigatassādā. Vipassanā hi pubbenāparaṃ visesaṃ āvahantī pavattamānā sātisayaṃ pītisomanassaṃ āvahati. Tenāha bhagavā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Labhati pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānata’’nti. (dha. pa. 374);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Laddhapatiṭṭhā^eb^^a^V2.0169^ea^^a^M2.0181^ea^ maggaphalādhigamanena. Sati hi maggaphalādhigame sāsane patiṭṭhā laddhā nāma hoti, no aññathā.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ sāriputtamoggallānāpi mahāsāvakapariyāpannāva, aggasāvakabhāvena pana nesaṃ visesadassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘dhammasenāpatimahāmoggallānattheresu vā’’^eb^ti visuṃ gahaṇaṃ. Satipi hi sāmaññayoge visesavanto visuṃ gayhanti yathā ‘‘brāhmaṇā āgatā, vāsiṭṭhopi āgato’’ti. Tesu pana visuṃ gahitesupi ^b^‘‘asītimahāsāvakesū’’^eb^ti ^b^asīti^eb^ggahaṇaṃ appakaṃ ūnamadhikaṃ vā gaṇanupagaṃ na hotīti. ^b^Antamaso^eb^ti idaṃ dhammabhaṇḍāgārikassa upaṭṭhākabhāvena āsannacāritāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Anīkā^eb^ti hatthānīkā, hatthānīkato hatthisamūhatoti attho. Kāḷasīho yebhuyyena yūthacaroti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yūthā nissaṭo kāḷasīho viyā’’^eb^ti. Kesarī pana ekacarova. ^b^Vātacchinno valāhako viyā^eb^ti vātacchinno pabbatakūṭappamāṇo valāhakacchedo viya. ^b^Tesaṃ paggaṇhanato^eb^ti yathā nāma jighacchitassa bhojane, pipāsitassa pānīye, sītena phuṭṭhassa uṇhe, uṇhena phuṭṭhassa sīte, dukkhitassa sukhe abhiruci uppajjati, evamevaṃ bhagavato kosambake bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ vivādāpanne disvā apare samaggāvāsaṃ vasante āvajjitassa ime tayo kulaputtā āpāthaṃ āgamiṃsu, atha ne paggaṇhitukāmo upasaṅkami, evāyaṃ paṭipattianukkamena kosambakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayanupāyo hotīti. Tenāha ‘‘tesaṃ paggaṇhanato’’ti. Eteneva ^b^pacchimajanataṃ anukampanato^eb^ti idampi kāraṇaṃ ekadesena saṃvaṇṇitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ukkaṃsitvā^eb^ti yathābhūtehi guṇehi sampahaṃsanena visesetvā visiṭṭhe katvā pasaṃsāvasena cetaṃ āmeḍitavacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ araññaṃ rakkhati^eb^ vanasāminā āṇatto. Rakkhitagopitaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ, na mahāvanādi viya apariggahitaṃ. Sīlādippabhedāya attatthāya paṭipannā ^b^attakāmā,^eb^ na apariccattasinehāti āha ^b^‘‘attano hitaṃ kāmayamānā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Bhindeyyā^eb^ti vināseyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dubbalamanussā^eb^ti paññāya dubbalā aviddasuno manussā. ^b^Tānī^eb^ti abhijātiādīsu uppannapāṭihāriyāni. ^b^Cīvaragabbhena paṭicchādetvā^eb^ti cīvarasaṅkhāte ovarake nigūhitvā viya. Na hi cīvarapārupanamattena buddhānubhāvo paṭicchanno hoti. ‘‘Mā sudha kocimaṃ buddhānubhāvaṃ aññāsī’’ti pana ^a^M2.0182^ea^ tathārūpena iddhābhisaṅkhārena taṃ chādetvā gato bhagavā tathā vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aññātakavesena agamāsī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhikkamathā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0170^ea^ padaṃ abhimukhabhāvena vidhimukhena vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘ito āgacchathā’’^eb^ti. Buddhānaṃ kāyo nāma suvisuddhajātimaṇi viya sobhano, kiñci malaṃ apanetabbaṃ natthi, kimatthaṃ bhagavā pāde pakkhālesīti āha ^b^‘‘buddhāna’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^326^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anuruddhā^eb^ti vā ekasesanayena vuttaṃ virūpekasesassapi icchitabbattā, evañca katvā bahuvacananiddesopi samatthito hoti. ^b^Iriyāpatho khamatī^eb^ti sarīrassa lahuṭṭhānatāya catubbidhopi iriyāpatho sukhappavattiko. ^b^Jīvitaṃ yāpetī^eb^ti yāpanālakkhaṇaṃ jīvitaṃ imaṃ sarīrayantaṃ yāpeti sukhena pavatteti. ^b^Uḷuṅkayāguṃ vā kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ vā^eb^ti idaṃ makaravuttiyā missakabhattena yāpanaṃ vattanti katvā vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhikkhācāravattaṃ pucchatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññamaññaṃ saṃsandatī^eb^ti satipi ubhayesaṃ kalāpānaṃ paramatthato bhede pacurajanehi duviññeyyanānattaṃ khīrodakasammoditaṃ accantameva saṃsaṭṭhaṃ viya hutvā tiṭṭhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘visuṃ na hoti, ekattaṃ viya upetī’’^eb^ti. Piyabhāvadīpanāni cakkhūni ^b^piyacakkhūni^eb^. Piyāyati, piyāyitabboti vā ^b^piyo^eb^ti. Samaggavāsassa yaṃ ekantakāraṇaṃ, taṃ pucchanto bhagavā ^b^‘‘yathā kathaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādimāhāti ^b^‘‘kathanti kāraṇapucchā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yo nesaṃ mettāsahitānaṃyeva kammādīnaṃ aññamaññasmiṃ paccupaṭṭhānākāro, taṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^nti pucchā. Tathā hi parato ‘‘evaṃ kho mayaṃ, bhante’’tiādinā therehi vissajjanaṃ kathitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Mittaṃ etassa atthīti ^b^mettaṃ,^eb^ kāyakammaṃ. ^b^Āvī^eb^ti pakāsaṃ. ^b^Raho^eb^ti appakāsaṃ. Yañhi uddissa mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhapeti, taṃ tassa sammukhā ce, pakāsaṃ hoti, parammukhā ce, appakāsaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āvi ceva raho cāti sammukhā ceva parammukhā cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itarānī^eb^ti parammukhā kāyavacīkammāni. ^b^‘‘Tatthā’’^eb^tiādinā saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sammajjanādivasena ^b^paṭijaggitabbayuttaṃ ṭhānaṃ vā. Tathevā^eb^ti yathā sammukhā kate mettākāyakamme vuttaṃ, tatheva ^a^M2.0183^ea^. ‘‘Kacci khamanīya’’nti evamādikā kathā ^b^sammodanīyakathā^eb^. Yathā parehi saddhiṃ attano chiddaṃ na hoti, tathā paṭisanthāravasena pavattā kathā ^b^paṭisanthārakathā^eb^. ‘‘Aho tadā therena mayhaṃ dinno ovādo, dinnā anusāsanī’’ti evaṃ kālantare saritabbayuttā, chasāraṇīyapaṭisaṃyuttā vā kathā ^b^sāraṇīyakathā^eb^. Suttapadaṃ nikkhipitvā tassa atthaniddesavasena sīlādidhammapaṭisaṃyuttā kathā ^b^dhammīkathā^eb^. Sarena suttassa uccāraṇaṃ ^b^sarabhaññaṃ^eb^. Pañhassa ñātuṃ icchitassa atthassa pucchanaṃ ^b^pañhapucchanaṃ^eb^. Tassa yathāpucchitassāadisanaṃ ^a^V2.0171^ea^^b^pañhavissajjanaṃ^eb^. ^b^Evaṃ samannāharato^eb^ti evaṃ manasikaroto, evaṃ mettaṃ upasaṃharatoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Ekato kātuṃ na sakkā, tasmā ^b^nānā. Hitaṭṭhenā^eb^ti attano viya aññamaññassa hitabhāvena. ^b^Nirantaraṭṭhenā^eb^ti antarābhāvena bhedābhāvena. ^b^Aviggahaṭṭhenā^eb^ti avirodhabhāvena. ^b^Samaggaṭṭhenā^eb^ti sahitabhāvena. ^b^Paribhaṇḍaṃ katvā^eb^ti bahalatanumattikālepehi limpetvā. ^b^Cīvaraṃ vā dhovantī^eb^ti attano cīvaraṃ vā dhovanti. ^b^Paribhaṇḍaṃ vā^eb^ti attano paṇṇasālāya paribhaṇḍaṃ vā karonti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^327^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭiviruddhā evā^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘yebhuyyenā’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Tesaṃ appamādalakkhaṇa^eb^nti tesaṃ appamajjanasabhāvaṃ. ^b^Kacci pana vo anuruddhā samaggā^eb^ti etthāpi ^b^vo^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ, paccattavacanaṃ vā, kacci tumheti evamattho veditabbo. ^b^Samuggapāti^eb^nti samuggapuṭasadisaṃ pātiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Paṇṇasālāyaṃ anto bahi ca sammajjanena sodhitaṅgaṇatā ^b^vattapaṭipatti. Paṭivisamattamevā^eb^ti attano yāpanapaṭivisamattameva. ^b^Osāpetvā^eb^ti pakkhipitvā. ^b^Pamāṇamevā^eb^ti attano yāpanapamāṇameva. ^b^Vuttanayena jahitvā^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ vuttanayena jahitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hatthena hatthaṃ saṃsibbantā^eb^ti attano hatthena itarassa hatthaṃ daḷhaggahaṇavasena bandhantā. Vilaṅgheti desantaraṃ pāpeti etenāti vilaṅghako, hattho. Hattho eva vilaṅghako hatthavilaṅghako, tena ^b^hatthavilaṅghakena^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ akhaṇḍaṃ katvā^eb^ti taṃ tīsupi divasesu dhammassavanaṃ pavattanavasena akhaṇḍikaṃ katvā. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘pañcāhikaṃ kho panā’’tiādivacanaṃ. Pañcame pañcame ^a^M2.0184^ea^ ahani bhavatīti ^b^pañcāhikaṃ. Bhagavatā pucchitena^eb^ anuruddhattherena. ^b^Pamādaṭṭhānesuyevā^eb^ti aññesaṃ pamādaṭṭhānesuyeva. ^b^‘‘Pamādaṭṭhānesuyevā’’^eb^ti vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘aññesañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Papañcakaraṇaṭṭhānānī^eb^ti kathāpapañcassa karaṇaṭṭhānāni vissaṭṭhakathāpavattanena kammaṭṭhāne pamajjanaṭṭhānāni. Tatthāpi ‘‘mayaṃ, bhante, kammaṭṭhānaviruddhaṃ na paṭipajjāmā’’ti sikhāppattaṃ attano appamādalakkhaṇaṃ thero dasseti. ^b^Ettakaṃ ṭhānaṃ muñcitvā^eb^ti pana idaṃ tadā vihārasamāpattīnaṃ vaḷañjābhāvena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^328^eb^^b^.^eb^ Jhānassa ^a^V2.0172^ea^ adhippetattā ^b^‘‘alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. Attano sammāpaṭipannatāya satthu cittārādhanatthaṃ tassa ca visesādhigamassa satthu paccakkhabhāvato thero ^b^‘‘kiñhi no siyā, bhante’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Yāvadevā^eb^ti yattakaṃ kālaṃ ekaṃ divasabhāgaṃ vā sakalarattiṃ vā yāva satta vā divase.<br/><br/>[03]^b^329^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samatikkamāyā^eb^ti sammadeva atikkamanāya. Sati hi upari visesādhigame heṭṭhimajjhānaṃ samatikkantaṃ nāma hoti paṭippassaddhi ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭippassaddhiyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ñāṇadassanaviseso^eb^ti kāraṇūpacārena vuttoti veditabbo. ^b^Vedayitasukhato^eb^ti vedanāsahitajjhānasukhato vā phalasukhato vā. ^b^Avedayitasukha^eb^nti nibbānasukhaṃ viya vedanārahitaṃ sukhaṃ. ^b^Avedayitasukha^eb^nti ca nidassanamattametaṃ, taṃ pana aphassaṃ asaññaṃ acetananti sabbacittacetasikarahitameva. Tato ca satipi rūpadhammappavattiyaṃ tassa acetanattā sabbaso saṅkhāradukkhavirahitatāya santatarā paṇītatarā ca nirodhasamāpattīti vuccate. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avedayitasukhaṃ santataraṃ paṇītataraṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘imamhā cā’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^330^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sāmaggirasānisaṃsameva nesaṃ bhagavā kathesi^eb^ ajjhāsayānukūlattā tassa. ^b^Anusāvetvā^eb^ti anupagamanavasena sammadeva ārocetvā. ‘‘Anusaṃsāvetvā’’ti vā pāṭho, so evattho. ^b^Tato paṭinivattitvā^eb^ti etarahi bhagavato ekavihāre ajjhāsayoti satthu manaṃ gaṇhantā ‘‘idheva tiṭṭhathā’’ti vissajjitaṭṭhānato nivattitvā ^a^M2.0185^ea^. ^b^Pabbajjādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena upasampadā-visuddhi-dhutakammaṭṭhānānuyoga-jhānavimokkha-samāpatti-ñāṇadassana-maggabhāvanā-phalasacchikiriyādike saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Adhigantvāpī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena yathādhigatānampi. ^b^Attano guṇakathāya aṭṭiyamānā^eb^ti bhagavantaṃ nissāya adhigantvāpi dhammādhikaraṇaṃ satthuvihesābhāvadīpane bhagavato pākaṭaguṇānaṃ kathāya aṭṭiyamānāpīti yojanā. ^b^Devatā^eb^ti taṃtaṃsamāpattilābhiniyo devatā. ^b^Mukhaṃ me sajja^eb^nti mukhaṃ me kathane samatthaṃ, kathane yogyanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^331^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ āgato^eb^ti evaṃ āṭānāṭiyasutte āgato. ^b^Paliveṭhente^eb^ti codente. ^b^Maccharāyantī^eb^ti attano guṇānaṃ bhagavatopi ārocanaṃ asahamānā maccharāyantīti so cintetīti katvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^01^eb^^b^Tesaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0173^ea^^b^lābhā^eb^ti tesaṃ vajjirājūnaṃ vajjiraṭṭhavāsīnañca manussattaṃ, patirūpadesavāsādiko, bhagavato tiṇṇañca kulaputtānaṃ dassanavandanadānadhammassavanādayo lābhā. Suladdhā lābhāti yojanā. ^b^Pasannacittaṃ anussareyyā^eb^ti taṃ kulañhetaṃ sīlādiguṇe cittaṃ pasādetvā anussareyya. Vuttaṃ tesaṃ ‘‘anussaraṇampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahūpakāraṃ vadāmī’’ti (itivu. 104; saṃ. ni. 5.184).<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷagosiṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 138
title: cūḷagosiṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāgosiṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^332^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kocidevā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0174^ea^ gosiṅgasālavanasāmantato niviṭṭhesu yo koci gāmo gocaragāmo bhavissati, tasmā anibaddhabhāvato gocaragāmo na gahito, vasanaṭṭhānameva paridīpitaṃ, tato eva araññanidānakaṃ nāmetaṃ. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti devaloke manussaloke ca. ^b^Thirakārakehī^eb^ti sāsane thirabhāvakārakehi. ^b^Savanante jātattā^eb^ti catusaccagabbhassa dhammassavanassa pariyosāne ariyāya jātiyā jātattā. Yathā paṭivedhabāhusaccaṃ ijjhati, tathā dhammassa savanato sāvakā ^a^M2.0186^ea^. ^b^Sūriyo viya^eb^ bhāsuraguṇaraṃsitāya mohandhakāravidhamanato. ^b^Cando viya^eb^ ramaṇīyamanoharasītalaguṇatāya kilesapariḷāhavūpasamato. ^b^Sāgaro viya^eb^ gambhīrathiravipulānekaguṇatāya ṭhitadhammasabhāvato. Guṇamahantatāya therassa abhiññātatā, guṇamahantatā ca suttesu āgatanayeneva ñātabbāti taṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘na kevala’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sīhanādasutta^eb^nti majjhimanikāye āgataṃ mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ (ma. ni. 1.146). ^b^Therapañhasutta^eb^nti suttanipāte aṭṭhakavagge āgataṃ ^b^sāriputtasuttaṃ^eb^ (su. ni. 961-981). ^b^Therasīhanādasutta^eb^nti imassa ca therassa janapadacārikāya satthu sammukhā ^b^sīhanādasuttaṃ^eb^. ^b^Abhinikkhamana^eb^nti therasseva mahatā ñātiparivaṭṭena mahatā ca bhogaparivaṭṭena saha gharāvāsapariccāgo abhinikkhamanaṃ. Esa nayo ito paresupi. ^b^Yadida^eb^nti nipāto, yo ayanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahāpaññe bhikkhū gahetvā^eb^ti āyasmato kira sāriputtattherassa parivārabhikkhūpi mahāpaññā eva ahesuṃ. Dhātuso hi sattā saṃsandanti. ^b^Sayaṃ iddhimā^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ panattho ^b^dhātusaṃyuttena^eb^ (saṃ. ni. 2.99) dīpetabbo – gijjhakūṭapabbate gilānaseyyāya nisinno bhagavā ārakkhatthāya parivāretvā vasantesu sāriputtamoggallānādīsu ekamekaṃ attano parisāya saddhiṃ caṅkamantaṃ voloketvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, sāriputtaṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti. Evaṃ, bhante. Sabbe kho ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mahāpaññā’’ti sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vanante^eb^ti upavanante. ^b^Meghavaṇṇāyā^eb^ti nīlābhāya. Samuddakucchito uggacchantassa viya upaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Cakkavāḷapabbatamatthakasamīpe ābhāpharaṇavasena pavattiyā ^b^‘‘pācīnacakkavāḷapabbatamatthake’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, na cakkavāḷapabbatamatthake candamaṇḍalassa vicaraṇato. Tathā ^a^V2.0175^ea^ sati lokantarikanirayesupi candimasūriyānaṃ ābhā phareyya. Ubbedhavasena hi cakkavāḷapabbatassa vemajjhato candimasūriyā vicaranti. Sālakusumapabhānaṃ atirattatāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘lākhārasena siñcamānaṃ viyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upagāyamānā viyā^eb^ti payirupāsanavasena upecca gāyamānā viya ^a^M2.0187^ea^. ^b^Kāya nu kho ajja ratiyā^eb^ti ajja jhānasamāpattiratiyā eva nu kho, udāhu dhammasākacchāratiyā dhammadesanāratiyāti cintesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dve candamaṇḍalāni viya^eb^ paramasobhaggappattāya kantiyā. ^b^Dve sūriyamaṇḍalāni viya^eb^ ativiya suvisuddhasamujjalāya guṇavibhūtiyā. ^b^Dve chaddantanāgarājāno viya^eb^ mahānubhāvatāya. ^b^Dve sīhā viya^eb^ tejussadatāya. ^b^Dve byagghā viya^eb^ anolīnavuttitāya. ^b^Sabbapāliphullamevāti^eb^ sabbameva samantato vikasitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^333^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kathā upacarati pavattati etthāti kathāupacāro, savanūpacāro padeso, taṃ ^b^kathāupacāraṃ^eb^. Ramaṇīyameva ^b^rāmaṇeyyakaṃ^eb^. ^b^Ujjaṅgale^eb^ti lūkhapadese kaṭhinapadese. Dosehi itā apagatāti ^b^dosinā^eb^ ta-kārassa na-kāraṃ katvā. ^b^Dibbā maññe gandhā^eb^ti devaloke gandhā viya. Divi bhavāti ^b^dibbā^eb^. ^b^Dve therā^eb^ti sāriputtattherāanandattherā. Ānandatthero tāva mamāyatu akhīṇāsavabhāvato, sāriputtatthero kathanti? Na idaṃ mamāyanaṃ gehassitapemavasena, atha kho guṇabhattivasenāti nāyaṃ doso.<br/><br/>[03]Anumatiyā pucchā ^b^anumatipucchā,^eb^ anumatiggahaṇatthaṃ pucchanaṃ. Tattha yasmā adhammikampi vuddhassa anumatiṃ itaro paṭikkhipituṃ na labhati, tena sā anujānitabbāva hoti, tasmā saṅghakhuddakato paṭṭhāya anumati pucchitabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anumatipucchā nāmesā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Khuddakato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti kaṇiṭṭhato paṭṭhāya. Paṭibhāti upaṭṭhātīti paṭibhānaṃ, yathādhippeto attho, ^b^taṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Sikhāppattā vepullappattā na bhavissati^eb^ padesañāṇe ṭhitehi bhāsitattā. ^b^Sikhāppattā vepullappattā bhavissati^eb^ sabbaññutaññāṇena saṃsanditattā. Vuttamevatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha paccatthikā aṭṭiyanti dukkhāyanti etenāti ^b^aṭṭo,^eb^ vinicchitabbavohāro. ^b^Gāmabhojaka^eb^nti yasmiṃ gāme so uppanno, taṃ gāmabhojakaṃ. ^b^Janapadabhojaka^eb^nti yasmiṃ janapade so uppanno, taṃ janapadabhojakaṃ. ^b^Mahāvinicchayāmacca^eb^nti yasmiṃ rajje so janapado, tassa rājadhāniyaṃ mahāvinicchayāmaccaṃ. ^b^Senāpati^eb^nti yassa rañño so amacco, tassa senāpatiṃ. Tathā ^b^uparāja^eb^nti ^a^M2.0188^ea^. Idaṃ panettha pakaticārittavasena vuttaṃ upameyyatthānurūpatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Aparāparaṃ na sañcarati^eb^ vinicchayanārahena vinicchitabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Pakaṭṭhānaṃ ^a^V2.0176^ea^ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.22) ukkaṭṭhānaṃ sīlādiatthānaṃ bodhanato, sabhāvaniruttivasena buddhādīhi bhāsitattā ca pakaṭṭhānaṃ vacanappabandhānaṃ āḷīti ^b^pāḷi,^eb^ pariyattidhammo. Purimassa atthassa pacchimena atthena anusandhānaṃ ^b^anusandhi^eb^. Atthamukhena pana pāḷipadesānampi anusandhi hotiyeva, so ca pubbāparānusandhi-pucchānusandhi-ajjhāsayānusandhi-yathānusandhivasena catubbidho. Taṃtaṃdesanānaṃ pana pubbāparasaṃsandanaṃ ^b^pubbāparaṃ^eb^. Pāḷivasena anusandhivasena pubbāparavasenāti paccekaṃ yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Uggahita^eb^nti byañjanaso atthaso ca uddhaṃ uddhaṃ gahitaṃ, pariyāpuṇanavasena ceva paripucchāvasena ca hadayena gahitanti attho. Vaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇatthikehi sotabbato sutaṃ, pariyattidhammo, taṃ dhāretīti ^b^sutadharo^eb^. Yo hi sutadharo, sutaṃ tasmiṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ hoti suppatiṭṭhitaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sutassa ādhārabhūto’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. Ekapadaṃ ekakkharampi avinaṭṭhaṃ hutvā sannicīyatīti sannicayo, sutaṃ sannicayo etasminti ^b^sutasannicayo. Ajjhosāyā^eb^ti anupavisitvā. ^b^Tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti na mussati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ṭhitā paguṇā^eb^ti paguṇā vācuggatā. ^b^Niccalita^eb^nti aparivattitaṃ. ^b^Saṃsanditvā^eb^ti aññehi saṃsanditvā. ^b^Samanuggāhitvā^eb^ti paripucchāvasena atthaṃ ogāhetvā. Pabandhassa vibandhābhāvato ^b^gaṅgāsotasadisaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘bhavaṅgasotasadisa’’nti vā pāṭho, akittimaṃ sukhappavattīti attho. Suttekadesassa suttassa ca vacasā paricayo idha nādhippeto, vaggādivasena pana adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘suttadasaka…pe… sajjhāyitā’’^eb^ti, ‘‘dasa suttāni gatāni, dasa vaggāgatā’’tiādinā sallakkhetvā vācāya sajjhāyitāti attho. Manasā anu anu pekkhitā bhāgaso nijjhāyitā cintitā ^b^manasānupekkhitā. Rūpagataṃ viya paññāyatī^eb^ti rūpagataṃ viya cakkhussa vibhūtaṃ hutvā paññāyati. ^b^Suppaṭividdhā^eb^ti nijjaṭaṃ niggumbaṃ katvā suṭṭhu yāthāvato paṭividdhā.<br/><br/>[03]Pajjati attho ñāyati etenāti ^b^padaṃ,^eb^ tadeva atthaṃ byañjetīti ^b^byañjana^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘padameva atthassa byañjanato padabyañjana’’^eb^nti. Akkharapāripūriyā padabyañjanassa ^a^M2.0189^ea^ parimaṇḍalatā, sā pana pāripūrī evaṃ veditabbāti āha ^b^‘‘dasavidhabyañjanabuddhiyo aparihāpetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññaṃ upārambhakara^eb^nti yathānikkhittasuttato aññaṃ tassa ananulomakaṃ suttaṃ āharati. ^b^Tadatthaṃ otāretī^eb^ti tassa āhaṭasuttasseva atthaṃ vicāreti. ^b^Tassa kathā aparimaṇḍalā nāma hoti^eb^ atthassa aparipuṇṇabhāvato. Yathānikkhittassa suttassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanāvaseneva suttantarampi ānento ^b^bahi ekapadampi na gacchati nāma. Amakkhento^eb^ti avināsento. Taṃ taṃ atthaṃ suṭṭhu vavatthitaṃ katvā dassento ^b^tulikāya paricchindanto viya^eb^. Gambhīrataramatthaṃ ^a^V2.0177^ea^ gamento ^b^gambhīramātikāya udakaṃ pesento viya.^eb^ Uttānamātikāya hi mariyādaṃ ottharitvā udakaṃ aññathā gaccheyya. Ekaṃyeva padaṃ anekehi pariyāyehi punappunaṃ saṃvaṇṇento padaṃ ^b^koṭṭento sindhavājānīyo viya^eb^. So hi vaggitāya gatiyā pade padaṃ koṭṭento gacchati. Kathāmaggena ^b^tassa kathā parimaṇḍalā nāma hoti^eb^ dhammato atthato anusandhito pubbāparato ācariyuggahatoti sabbaso paripuṇṇabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anuppabandhehī^eb^ti vissaṭṭhehi āsajjamānehi. Nātisīghaṃ nātisaṇikaṃ nirantaraṃ ekarasañca katvā parisāya ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ dhammaṃ kathento vissaṭṭhāya kathāya katheti nāma, na aññathāti dassento ^b^‘‘yo bhikkhū’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Araṇiṃ manthento viya, uṇhakhādanīyaṃ khādanto viyā^eb^ti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ kathanassa udāharaṇaṃ, ^b^gahitaṃ gahitamevā^eb^tiādi laṅghetvā kathanassa. Purāṇapaṇṇantaresu hi paripātiyamānagodhā kadāci dissati, evamekaccassa atthavaṇṇanā katthaci na dissati. ^b^Ohāyā^eb^ti ṭhapetvā. ^b^Yopī^eb^tiādinā ekarūpena kathāya akathanaṃ dasseti. ^b^Petaggi^eb^ nijjhāmataṇhikapetassa mukhato niccharaṇakāggi. ^b^Vitthāyatī^eb^ti appaṭitānatamāpajjati. Kenaci rogena dukkhaṃ patto viya ^b^nitthunanto. Kandanto viyā^eb^ti ukkuṭṭhiṃ karonto viya. ^b^Appabandhā nāma hoti^eb^ sukhena appavattabhāvato. ^b^Ācariyehi dinnanaye ṭhito^eb^ti ācariyuggahaṃ amuñcanto, yathā ca ācariyā taṃ taṃ suttaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ, teneva nayena saṃvaṇṇentoti attho. ^b^Acchinnadhāraṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘nātisīghaṃ nātisaṇika’’ntiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayena avicchinnaṃ kathāpabandhaṃ katvā. ^b^Anusayasamugghātāyā^eb^ti iminā tassā kathāya arahattapariyosānataṃ dasseti ^a^M2.0190^ea^. ^b^Evarūpenā^eb^ti nayidaṃ ekavacanaṃ tattakavasena gahetabbaṃ, atha kho lakkhaṇe pavattanti dassento ^b^‘‘tathārūpeneva bhikkhusatena bhikkhusahassena vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pallaṅkenā^eb^ti pallaṅkapadesena, pallaṅkāsanantenāti attho. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti vārantarasādhāraṇaṃ atthaṃ atidisati, asādhāraṇaṃ pana vakkhatevāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^334^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āramati etenāti ^b^ārāmo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^335^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhuvasevana^eb^nti niyatasevitaṃ. ^b^Pāsādapariveṇe^eb^ti pāsādaṅgaṇe. ^b^Nābhiyā patiṭṭhitāna^eb^nti nābhiyā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhitānaṃ. ^b^Arantarānī^eb^ti aravivarāni taṃtaṃarānaṃ vemajjhaṭṭhānāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^336^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samādinnāraññadhutaṅgo āraññiko,^eb^ na araññavāsamattena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^337^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na^eb^^a^V2.0178^ea^^b^osādentī^eb^ti na avasādenti, na avasādanāpekkhā aññamaññaṃ pañhaṃ pucchantīti attho. ^b^Pavattinī^eb^ti paguṇā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^338^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Lokuttarā vihārasamāpatti^eb^ nāma therassa arahattaphalasamāpattiyo, pariyāyato pana nirodhasamāpattipi veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^339^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sādhukāro ānandattherassa dinno^eb^. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yathā taṃ ānandova sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā’’tiādi. ^b^Sammā^eb^ti suṭṭhu, yathāajjhāsayanti adhippāyo. Yena hi yaṃ yathācittaṃ kathitaṃ, taṃ sammā kathitaṃ nāma hoti. Sampattavasena hi yathākārī tathāvādī sobhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano anucchavikamevā’’^eb^tiādi. Bahussuto bhikkhu tattha tattha sutte sīlādīnaṃ āgataṭṭhāne tesaṃ suviditattā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāno tāni paripūretīti āha ^b^‘‘sīlassa āgataṭṭhāne’’^eb^tiādi. Maggādipasavanāya ^b^vipassanāgabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā^eb^ paripākaṃ gametvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^340^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Eseva nayo’’ti atidesavasena saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘āyasmā hi revato’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^342^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aparepi^eb^^a^M2.0191^ea^^b^nānappakāre kilese^eb^ti aparepi nānappakāre dosamohādikilese. ^b^Dhunitvā^eb^ti vidhametvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^343^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno evaṃ byākāsīti sambandho. Sakalampi cakkhuviññāṇavīthigataṃ cittaṃ cakkhuviññāṇanti aggahetvā cakkhusannissitameva pana viññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tadanantaraṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ, tadanantaraṃ santīraṇantiādinā saṇhaṃ sukhumaṃ atīttarakhaṇavantaṃ ^b^cittantaraṃ^eb^ cittanānattaṃ. Khandhādīnañca nānattasaṅkhātaṃ ^b^khandhantarādi^eb^. Pathavīkasiṇe paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tatheva tatiyaṃ jhānantiādinā ārammaṇaṃ anukkamitvā jhānasseva ekantarikabhāvena ukkamanaṃ ^b^jhānokkantikaṃ^eb^ nāma. Pathavīkasiṇe paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā puna tadeva tejokasiṇetiādinā jhānaṃ anukkamitvā ārammaṇasseva ekantarikabhāvena ukkamanaṃ ^b^ārammaṇokkantikaṃ^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Paṭhamajjhānaṃ pañcaṅgika’’ntiādinā yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ duvaṅgikanti jhānaṅgamattasseva vavatthāpanaṃ ^b^aṅgavavatthānaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Idaṃ pathavīkasiṇaṃ…pe… idaṃ odātakasiṇa’’nti ārammaṇamattasseva vavatthāpanaṃ ^b^ārammaṇavavatthānaṃ^eb^. Pathavīkasiṇe paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tattheva itaresampi samāpajjanaṃ ^a^V2.0179^ea^^b^aṅgasaṅkanti^eb^. Pathavīkasiṇe paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tadeva āpokasiṇeti evaṃ sabbakasiṇesu ekasseva jhānassa samāpajjanaṃ ^b^ārammaṇasaṅkanti. Ekatovaḍḍhanaṃ ubhatovaḍḍhana^eb^nti idaṃ khandhādidesanāyaṃ labbhati. Abhidhammabhājanīye hi vedanākkhandhaṃ bhājento bhagavā tike gahetvā dukesu pakkhipi, duke gahetvā tikesu pakkhipi, idaṃ ^b^ekatovaḍḍhanaṃ^eb^. Tike ca duke ca ubhatovaḍḍhananīhārena kathesi, idaṃ ^b^ubhatovaḍḍhanaṃ^eb^. Evaṃ sesakhandhesu dhātāyatanādīsu ca yathārahaṃ ^b^vibhaṅgappakaraṇe^eb^ (vibha. 32-33; 155-156, 183-184) abhidhammabhājanīye āgatanayena veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ābhidhammikadhammakathikasseva pākaṭa’’^eb^nti. Khandhādīsu sabhāvadhammesu tīsu lakkhaṇesu paññattiyaṃ samayantaresu ca kosallābhāvato ^b^ayaṃ sakavādo ayaṃ paravādoti na jānāti^eb^. Tato eva ^b^sakavādaṃ…pe… dhammantaraṃ visaṃvādeti^eb^. Khandhādīsu pana kusalatāya ^b^ābhidhammiko sakavādaṃ…pe… na visaṃvādeti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^344^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cittaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0192^ea^^b^attano vase vattetuṃ sakkoti^eb^ paṭisaṅkhānabhāvanābalehi pariggaṇhanasamatthattā. Idāni tamatthaṃ byatirekato anvayato ca vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘duppañño hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sabbānassā^eb^ti sabbāni assa. ^b^Visevitavipphanditānī^eb^ti kilesavisūkāyikāni ceva duccaritavipphanditāni ca. ^b^Bhañjitvā^eb^ti madditvā. ^b^Bahī^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānato bahi puthuttārammaṇe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^345^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pariyāyenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^pariyāya^eb^-saddo ‘‘atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 3-9) viya kāraṇatthoti āha ^b^‘‘sobhanakāraṇaṃ atthī’’^eb^ti. Yadi bhagavā – ‘‘idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto’’tiādinā attano mahābodhipallaṅkaṃ sandhāyāha, evaṃ sante sammāsambuddheheva saṅghārāmo sobhetabbo, na aññehīti āpannanti āha ^b^‘‘apica pacchimaṃ janata’’^eb^ntiādi. Nibbānatthāya paṭipattisāraṃ etassāti paṭipattisāro, taṃ ^b^paṭipattisāraṃ. Nippariyāyenevā^eb^ti kenaci pariyāyena lesena vinā mukhyena nayeneva. Yo ‘‘arahattaṃ appatvā na vuṭṭhahissāmī’’ti daḷhasamādānaṃ katvā nisinno taṃ adhigantvāva uṭṭhahati. Evarūpena idaṃ gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobhati, sāsane sabbārambhānaṃ tadatthattāti attho. Āsavakkhayāvahaṃ paṭipattiṃ ārabhitvā āsavakkhayeneva desanāya pariyosāpitattā ^b^yathānusandhināva desanaṃ niṭṭhapesī^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāgosiṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 139
title: mahāgosiṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāgopālakasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^346^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatthā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0180^ea^ gopālakasutte. ^b^Tisso kathā^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.11.17) tisso aṭṭhakathā, tividhā suttassa atthavaṇṇanāti attho. Ekekaṃ padaṃ nāḷaṃ mūlaṃ etissāti evaṃsaññitā ^b^ekanāḷikā,^eb^ ekekaṃ vā padaṃ nāḷaṃ atthaniggamanamaggo etissāti ^b^ekanāḷikā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekekapadassa atthakathana’’^eb^nti. Cattāro aṃsā bhāgā atthasallakkhaṇūpāyā etissāti ^b^caturassā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catukkaṃ bandhitvā kathana’’^eb^nti. Niyamato nisinnassa āraddhassa ^a^M2.0193^ea^ vatto saṃvatto etissā atthīti ^b^nisinnavattikā,^eb^ yathāraddhassa atthassa visuṃ visuṃ pariyosāpikāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṇḍitaṃ gopālakaṃ dassetvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekekapadassā^eb^ti piṇḍatthadassanavasena bahunnaṃ padānaṃ ekajjhaṃ atthaṃ akathetvā ekamekassa padassa atthavaṇṇanā. Ayaṃ sabbattheva labbhati. ^b^Catukkaṃ bandhitvā^eb^ti kaṇhapakkhe upamūpameyyadvayaṃ, tathā sukkapakkheti idaṃ catukkaṃ yojetvā. Ayaṃ īdisesu eva suttesu labbhati. ^b^Pariyosānagamana^eb^nti keci tāva āhu – ‘‘kaṇhapakkhe upamaṃ dassetvā upamā ca nāma yāvadeva upameyyasampaṭidānatthāti upameyyatthaṃ āharitvā saṃkilesapakkhaniddeso ca vodānapakkhavibhāvanatthāyāti sukkapakkhampi upamūpameyyavibhāgena āharitvā suttatthassa pariyosāpana’’nti. Kaṇhapakkhe upameyyaṃ dassetvā pariyosānagamanādīsupi eseva nayo. Apare pana ‘‘kaṇhapakkhe sukkapakkhe ca taṃtaṃupamūpameyyatthānaṃ visuṃ visuṃ pariyosāpetvāva kathanaṃ pariyosānagamana’’nti vadanti. ^b^Aya^eb^nti nisinnavattikā. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ gopālakasutte. ^b^Sabbācariyānaṃ āciṇṇā^eb^ti sabbehipi pubbācariyehi ācaritā saṃvaṇṇitā, tathā ceva pāḷi pavattāti.<br/><br/>[03]Aṅgīyanti avayavabhāvena ñāyantīti ^b^aṅgāni,^eb^ bhāgā. Tāni panettha yasmā sāvajjasabhāvāni, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘aṅgehīti aguṇakoṭṭhāsehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gomaṇḍala^eb^nti gosamūhaṃ. ^b^Pariharitu^eb^nti rakkhituṃ. Taṃ pana pariharaṇaṃ pariggahetvā vicaraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘pariggahetvā vicaritu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vaḍḍhi^eb^nti gunnaṃ bahubhāvaṃ bahugorasatāsaṅkhātaṃ parivuddhiṃ. ‘‘Ettakamida’’nti rūpīyatīti ^b^rūpaṃ,^eb^ parimānaparicchedopi sarīrarūpampīti āha ^b^‘‘gaṇanato vā vaṇṇato vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na pariyesati^eb^ vinaṭṭhabhāvasseva ajānanato. ^b^Nīlā^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. Tena setasabalādivaṇṇaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhanusattisūlādī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0181^ea^ ettha issāsācariyānaṃ gāvīsu kataṃ ^b^dhanulakkhaṇaṃ^eb^. Kumārabhattigaṇānaṃ gāvīsu kataṃ ^b^sattilakkhaṇaṃ^eb^. Issarabhattigaṇānaṃ gāvīsu kataṃ ^b^sūlalakkhaṇa^eb^nti yojanā. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena rāmavāsudevagaṇādīnaṃ gāvīsu kataṃ pharasucakkādilakkhaṇaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nīlamakkhikā^eb^ti piṅgalamakkhikā, khuddamakkhikā eva vā. Saṭati rujati etāyāti sāṭikā, saṃvaddhā sāṭikāti ^b^āsāṭikā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vaḍḍhantī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vākenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0194^ea^ vākapattena. ^b^Cīrakenā^eb^ti pilotikena. ^b^Antovasse^eb^ti vassakālassa abbhantare. ^b^Niggāha^eb^nti susumārādiggāharahitaṃ. ^b^Pīta^eb^nti pānīyassa pītabhāvaṃ. Sīhabyagghādiparissayena ^b^sāsaṅko sappaṭibhayo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Pañca ahāni bhūtāni etassāti pañcāhito, so eva vāroti ^b^pañcāhikavāro^eb^. Evaṃ ^b^sattāhikavāro^eb^ti veditabbo. ^b^Ciṇṇaṭṭhāna^eb^nti caritaṭṭhānaṃ gocaraggahitaṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pituṭṭhāna^eb^nti pitarā kātabbaṭṭhānaṃ, pitarā kātabbakaraṇanti attho. ^b^Yathāruciṃ gahetvā gacchantī^eb^ti gunnaṃ rucianurūpaṃ gocarabhūmiyaṃ vā nadipāraṃ vā gahetvā gacchanti. ^b^Gobhatta^eb^nti kappāsaṭṭhikādimissaṃ gobhuñjitabbaṃ bhattaṃ, bhattaggahaṇeneva yāgupi gahitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^347^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Dvīhākārehī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ ākāradvayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘gaṇanato vā samuṭṭhānato vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgatā^eb^ti ‘‘upacayo santatī’’ti jātiṃ dvidhā bhinditvā hadayavatthuṃ aggahetvā ‘‘dasa āyatanāni pañcadasa sukhumarūpānī’’ti evaṃ rūpakaṇḍapāḷiyaṃ (dha. sa. 651-655) āgatā. ^b^Pañcavīsati rūpakoṭṭhāsā^eb^ti salakkhaṇato aññamaññasaṅkarābhāvato rūpabhāgā. ^b^Rūpakoṭṭhāsā^eb^ti vā visuṃ visuṃ appavattitvā kalāpabhāveneva pavattanato rūpakalāpā. ^b^Koṭṭhāsā^eb^ti ca aṃsā, avayavāti attho. ^b^Koṭṭha^eb^nti vā sarīraṃ, tassa aṃsā kesādayo koṭṭhāsāti aññepi avayavā koṭṭhāsā viya ^b^koṭṭhāsā. Seyyathāpī^eb^ti upamāsaṃsandanaṃ. Tattha ^b^rūpaṃ pariggahetvā^eb^ti yathāvuttaṃ rūpaṃ salakkhaṇato ñāṇena pariggaṇhitvā. ^b^Arūpaṃ vavatthapetvā^eb^ti taṃ rūpaṃ nissāya ārammaṇañca katvā pavattamāne vedanādike cattāro khandhe ‘‘arūpa’’nti vavatthapetvā. ^b^Rūpārūpaṃ pariggahetvā^eb^ti puna tattha yaṃ ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ rūpaṃ, tadaññaṃ arūpaṃ, ubhayavinimuttaṃ kiñci natthi attā vā attaniyaṃ vāti evaṃ rūpārūpaṃ pariggahetvā. Tadubhayañca avijjādinā paccayena sappaccayanti ^b^paccayaṃ sallakkhetvā^eb^ aniccādilakkhaṇaṃ ^a^V2.0182^ea^^b^āropetvā^eb^ yo kalāpasammasanādikkamena kammaṭṭhānaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkoti, so na vaḍḍhatīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettakaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0195^ea^^b^rūpaṃ ekasamuṭṭhāna^eb^nti cakkhāyatanaṃ, sotaghānajivhākāyāyatanaṃ itthindriyaṃ purisindriyaṃ jīvitindriyanti aṭṭhavidhaṃ kammavasena, kāyaviññatti vacīviññattīti idaṃ dvayaṃ cittavasenāti ettakaṃ rūpaṃ ekasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Saddāyatanamekaṃ utucittavasena ^b^dvisamuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Rūpassa lahutā mudutā kammaññatāti ettakaṃ rūpaṃ utucittāhāravasena ^b^tisamuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Rūpagandharasaphoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ ākāsadhātu āpodhātu kabaḷīkāro āhāroti ettakaṃ rūpaṃ utucittāhārakammavasena ^b^catusamuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Upacayo santati jaratā rūpassa aniccatāti ^b^ettakaṃ^eb^ rūpaṃ ^b^na kutoci samuṭṭhātīti na jānāti. Samuṭṭhānato rūpaṃ ajānanto^eb^tiādīsu vattabbaṃ ‘‘gaṇanato rūpaṃ ajānanto’’tiādesu vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammalakkhaṇo^eb^ti attanā kataṃ duccaritakammaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ etassāti kammalakkhaṇo, bālo. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Duccintitacintī hoti, dubbhāsitabhāsī, dukkaṭakammakārī. Imāni kho…pe… lakkhaṇānī’’ti (a. ni. 3.2; netti. 116). Attanā kataṃ sucaritakammaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ etassāti ^b^kammalakkhaṇo,^eb^ paṇḍito. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Sucintitacintī hoti, subhāsitabhāsī, sukatakammakārī. Imāni kho…pe… paṇḍitalakkhaṇānī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.253; a. ni. 3.3; netti. 116). Tenāha ^b^‘‘kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ paṇḍitamālalakkhaṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bāle vajjetvā paṇḍite na sevatī^eb^ti yaṃ bālapuggale vajjetvā paṇḍitasevanaṃ atthakāmena kātabbaṃ, taṃ na karoti. Tathābhūtassa ayamādīnavoti dassetuṃ puna ^b^‘‘bāle vajjetvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘idaṃ vo kappatī’’ti anuññātaṃ, tadanulomañce, taṃ ^b^kappiyaṃ^eb^. Yaṃ ‘‘idaṃ vo na kappatī’’ti paṭikkhittaṃ, tadanulomañce, taṃ ^b^akappiyaṃ^eb^. Yaṃ kosallasambhūtaṃ, taṃ ^b^kusalaṃ,^eb^ tappaṭipakkhaṃ ^b^akusalaṃ^eb^. Tadeva ^b^sāvajjaṃ,^eb^ kusalaṃ ^b^anavajjaṃ^eb^. Āpattito ādito dve āpattikkhandhā ^b^garukaṃ,^eb^ tadaññaṃ ^b^lahukaṃ^eb^. Dhammato mahāsāvajjaṃ ^b^garukaṃ,^eb^ appasāvajjaṃ ^b^lahukaṃ^eb^. Sappaṭikāraṃ ^b^satekiccaṃ,^eb^ appaṭikāraṃ ^b^atekicchaṃ^eb^. Dhammatānugataṃ ^b^kāraṇaṃ,^eb^ itaraṃ ^b^akāraṇaṃ^eb^. ^b^Taṃ ajānanto^eb^ti kappiyākappiyaṃ garukalahukaṃ satekicchātekicchaṃ ajānanto suvisuddhaṃ katvā sīlaṃ rakkhituṃ na sakkoti, kusalākusalaṃ sāvajjānavajjaṃ kāraṇākāraṇaṃ ajānanto khandhādīsu ^a^M2.0196^ea^^a^V2.0183^ea^ akusalatāya rūpārūpapariggahampi kātuṃ na sakkoti, kuto tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā vaḍḍhanā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā vaḍḍhetuṃ na sakkotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Govaṇasadise attabhāve uppajjitvā tattha dukkhuppattihetuto micchāvitakkā āsāṭikā viyāti ^b^āsāṭikā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘akusalavitakkaṃ āsāṭikaṃ ahāretvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Gaṇḍoti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ adhivacana’’nti vacanato (a. ni. 8.56) chahi vaṇamukhehi vissandamānayūso gaṇḍo viya pilotikakhaṇḍena chahi dvārehi vissandamānakilesāsuci attabhāvavaṇo satisaṃvarena pidahitabbo, ayaṃ pana evaṃ na karotīti āha ^b^‘‘yathā so gopālako vaṇaṃ na paṭicchādeti, evaṃ saṃvaraṃ na sampādetī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā dhūmo indhanaṃ nissāya uppajjamāno saṇho sukhumo taṃ taṃ vivaraṃ anupavissa byāpento sattānaṃ ḍaṃsamakasādiparissayaṃ vinodeti, aggijālasamuṭṭhānassa pubbaṅgamo hoti, evaṃ dhammadesanāñāṇassa indhanabhūtaṃ rūpārūpadhammajātaṃ nissāya uppajjamānā saṇhā sukhumā taṃ taṃ khandhantaraṃ āyatanantarañca anupavissa byāpeti, sattānaṃ micchāvitakkādiparissayaṃ vinodeti, ñāṇaggijālasamuṭṭhānassa pubbaṅgamoti dhūmo viyāti ^b^dhūmo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘gopālako dhūmaṃ viya dhammadesanādhūmaṃ na karotī’’^eb^ti. Attano santikaṃ upagantvā nisinnassa kātabbā tadanucchavikā dhammakathā ^b^upanisinnakathā^eb^. Katassa dānādipuññassa anumodanakathā ^b^anumodanā^eb^. ^b^Tato^eb^ti dhammakathādīnaṃ akaraṇato. ^b^‘‘Bahussuto guṇavā’’^eb^ti na jānantīti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu attano jānāpanatthaṃ dhammakathādi na kātabbamevāti? Saccaṃ, na kātabbameva, suddhāsayena pana dhamme kathite tassa guṇajānanataṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nābhāsamānaṃ jānanti, missaṃ bālehi paṇḍitaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Bhāsaye jotaye dhammaṃ, paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhaja’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 2.241);<br/><br/>[03]Taranti etthāti ^b^titthaṃ,^eb^ nadītaḷākādīnaṃ nahānādiatthaṃ otaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā pana taṃ udakena otiṇṇasattānaṃ sarīramalaṃ pavāheti, parissamaṃ vinodeti, visuddhiṃ uppādeti, evaṃ bahussutā attano samīpaṃ otiṇṇasattānaṃ ^a^M2.0197^ea^ dhammūdakena cittamalaṃ pavāhenti, parissamaṃ vinodenti, visuddhiṃ uppādenti, tasmā te titthaṃ viyāti ^b^titthaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘titthabhūte bahussutabhikkhū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Byañjanaṃ kathaṃ ropetabba^eb^nti, bhante, idaṃ byañjanaṃ ayaṃ saddo kathaṃ imasmiṃ atthe ^a^V2.0184^ea^ ropetabbo, kena pakārena imassa atthassa vācako jāto. ‘‘Nirūpetabba’’nti vā pāṭho, nirūpetabbaṃ ayaṃ sabhāvanirutti kathamettha niruḷhāti adhippāyo. ^b^Imassa bhāsitassa ko attho^eb^ti saddatthaṃ pucchati. ^b^Imasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti imasmiṃ pāḷipadese. ^b^Pāḷi kiṃ vadetī^eb^ti bhāvatthaṃ pucchati. ^b^Attho kiṃ dīpetī^eb^ti bhāvatthaṃ vā saṅketatthaṃ vā. ^b^Na paripucchatī^eb^ti vimaticchedanapucchāvasena sabbaso pucchaṃ na karoti. ^b^Na paripañhatī^eb^ti pari pari attano ñātuṃ icchaṃ na ācikkhati na vibhāveti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na jānāpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Te^eb^ti bahussutabhikkhū. ^b^Vivaraṇaṃ^eb^ nāma atthassa vibhajitvā kathananti āha ^b^‘‘bhājetvā na dassentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anuttānīkata^eb^nti ñāṇena apākaṭīkataṃ guyhaṃ paṭicchannaṃ. ^b^Na uttānīkarontī^eb^ti sinerumūlakaṃ vālikaṃ uddharanto viya pathavīsandhārodakaṃ vivaritvā dassento viya ca uttānaṃ na karonti. Evaṃ yassa dhammassa vasena bahussutā ‘‘tittha’’nti vuttā pariyāyato, idāni tameva dhammaṃ nippariyāyato titthanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Dhammo hi taranti etena nibbānaṃ nāma taḷākanti ^b^‘‘tittha’’^eb^nti vuccati. Tenāha bhagavā sumedhabhūto –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Evaṃ kilesamaladhovaṃ, vijjante amatantaḷe;<br/><br/>[22]Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso amatantaḷe’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.14);<br/><br/>[03]Dhammasseva nibbānassotaraṇatitthabhūtassa otaraṇapakāraṃ ajānanto ^b^‘‘dhammatitthaṃ na jānātī’’^eb^ti vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pītāpīta^eb^nti gogaṇe pītaṃ apītañca gorūpaṃ na jānāti na vindati. Avindanto hi na labhatīti vutto. ^b^‘‘Ānisaṃsaṃ na vindatī’’^eb^ti vatvā tassa avindanākāraṃ dassento ^b^‘‘dhammassavanaggaṃ gantvā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ lokuttaro^eb^ti padaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘ariya’’^eb^nti. Paccāsattiñāyena anantaravidhippaṭisedho vā, ariya-saddo vā niddosapariyāyo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Aṭṭhaṅgika^eb^nti ca visuṃ ekajjhañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ upādāya gahetabbaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgatā ^a^M2.0198^ea^ bāhullato ca. Evañca katvā sattaṅgassapi ariyamaggassa saṅgaho siddho hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cattāro satipaṭṭhāne^eb^tiādīsu avisesena satipaṭṭhānā vuttā. Tattha kāyavedanācittadhammārammaṇā ^a^V2.0185^ea^ satipaṭṭhānā lokiyā, tattha sammohaviddhaṃsanavasena pavattā nibbānārammaṇā lokuttarāti evaṃ ^b^ime lokiyā, ime lokuttarāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anavasesaṃ duhatī^eb^ti paṭiggahaṇe mattaṃ ajānanto kismiñci dāyake saddhāhāniyā kismiñci paccayahāniyā anavasesaṃ duhati. Vācāya abhihāro ^b^vācābhihāro^eb^. Paccayānaṃ abhihāro ^b^paccayābhihāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ime amhesu garucittīkāraṃ na karontī^eb^ti iminā navakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammasampaṭipattiyā abhāvaṃ dasseti ācariyupajjhāyesu pitupemassa anupaṭṭhāpanato. Tena ca sikkhāgāravatābhāvadīpanena saṅgahassa abhājanabhāvaṃ, tena therānaṃ tesu anuggahābhāvaṃ. Na hi sīlādiguṇehi sāsane thirabhāvappattā ananuggahetabbe sabrahmacārī anuggaṇhanti, niratthakaṃ vā anuggahaṃ karonti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘navake bhikkhū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammakathābandha^eb^nti paveṇiāgataṃ pakiṇṇakadhammakathāmaggaṃ. Saccasattapaṭisandhipaccayākārapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ suññatādīpanaṃ ^b^guyhaganthaṃ^eb^. ^b^Vuttavipallāsavasenā^eb^ti ‘‘na rūpaññū’’tiādīsu vuttassa paṭisedhassa paṭikkhepavasena aggahaṇavasena. ^b^Yojetvā^eb^ti ‘‘rūpaññū hotīti gaṇanāto vā vaṇṇato vā rūpaṃ jānātī’’tiādinā, ‘‘tassa gogaṇopi na parihāyati, pañcagorasaparibhogatopi na paribāhiro hotī’’tiādinā ca atthaṃ yojetvā. ^b^Veditabbo^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ padese yathārahaṃ attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāgopālakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 140
title: mahāgopālakasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷagopālakasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^350^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Celukkāhī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0186^ea^ celamayāhi ukkāhi. Ukkabhūtāni celāni etthāti ^b^ukkacelā,^eb^ nagaraṃ. ^b^Sabbā gaṅgā pākaṭā hutvā paññāyatī^eb^ti pakaticakkhussa ^a^M2.0199^ea^ pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhāti, dibbacakkhussa pana samantacakkhussa vā yattha katthaci nisinnassapi bhagavato pākaṭā hutvā paññāyateva. ^b^Sotthī^eb^ti anupaddavo. ^b^Vaḍḍhī^eb^ti aparihāni. ^b^Ārogya^eb^nti arogatā ābādhābhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]Magadho janapado nivāso etassāti māgadho, māgadhova ^b^māgadhiko^eb^. Paññāya nāma duṭṭhubhāvo natthi ekantānavajjatāya, tasmā ^b^du^eb^-saddo abhāvavācī ‘‘dussīlo’’tiādīsu viya, ^b^jāti^eb^-saddo ca sabhāvatthoti āha ^b^‘‘nippaññasabhāvo’’^eb^ti. -Saddo ārambhatthoti āha ^b^‘‘patāresīti tāretuṃ ārabhī’’^eb^ti paratīraṃ gāvīnaṃ appattattā. ^b^Suvidehāna^eb^nti sundaravidehānaṃ. Videharaṭṭhaṃ kira bhūmibhāgadassanasampattiyā ca vanarāmaṇeyyakādinā ca sundaraṃ. ^b^Āmaṇḍalikaṃ karitvā^eb^ti āvatte patitā temaṇḍalākārena paribbhamitvā. Katipayāpi gāviyo asesetvā nadīsotena vūḷhattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avaḍḍhiṃ vināsaṃ pāpuṇiṃsū’’^eb^ti. Katipayāsupi hi avasiṭṭhāsu gāvīsu anukkamenapi siyā gogaṇassa vaḍḍhīti. ^b^Vissamaṭṭhāna^eb^nti parissamavinodanaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Titthā bhaṭṭhā^eb^ti gahetuṃ asamatthatāya titthaṃ appattā. ^b^Arogo nāma nāhosī^eb^ti lomamattampi asesetvā sabbā gāviyo nadīsote vinaṭṭhāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Yesu khandhāyatanadhātūsu idha lokasamaññā, te ajānantā ‘‘akusalā imassa lokassā’’ti vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘idhaloke khandhadhātāyatanesu akusalā achekā’’^eb^ti. Ayameva nayo ‘‘akusalā parassa lokassā’’ti etthāpīti āha ^b^‘‘paralokepi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. Māro ettha dhīyatīti ^b^māradheyyaṃ. Māro^eb^ti cettha kilesamāro veditabbo. Khandhābhisaṅkhārā hi tassa pavattanabhāvena gahitā, maccumāro visuṃ gahito eva, kilesamāravaseneva ca devaputtamārassa kāmabhave ādhipaccanti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti ye idhalokādīsu achekā, tesaṃ. Te pana ukkaṭṭhaniddesena dassento āha ^b^‘‘iminā cha satthāro dassitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^351^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Balavagāvo^eb^ti balavante gorūpe. Te pana dammataṃ upagatagoṇā ceva dhenuyo cāti āha ^a^V2.0187^ea^^b^‘‘dantagoṇe ceva dhenuyo cā’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0200^ea^. ^b^Avijātagāvoti na^eb^ vijātagāviyo. ^b^Vacchake^eb^ti khuddakavacche. Appattho hi ayaṃ ka-saddo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taruṇavacchake’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kisābalake^eb^ti dubbale.<br/><br/>[03]^b^352^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mārassa taṇhāsotaṃ chetvā^eb^ti khandhamārasambandhītaṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ sotaṃ samucchinditvā. ^b^Tayo koṭṭhāse khepetvā ṭhitā^eb^ti anāgāmino sandhāyāha. ^b^Sabbavāresū^eb^ti sakadāgāmisotāpannāṭṭhamakavāresu. Tattha pana yathākkamaṃ catumaggavajjhānaṃ kilesānaṃ dve koṭṭhāse khepetvā ṭhitā, ekakoṭṭhāsaṃ khepetvā ṭhitā, paṭhamaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ khepentoti vattabbaṃ. Dhammaṃ anussaranti, dhammassa vā anussaraṇasīlāti ^b^dhammānusārino. Dhammo^eb^ti cettha paññā adhippetā. Saddhaṃ anussaranti, saddhāya vā anussaraṇasīlāti ^b^saddhānusārino^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jānatā^eb^ti ettha jānanakiriyāvisayassa avisesitattā adhikāravasena anavasesañeyyavisesā adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘sabbadhamme jānantenā’’^eb^ti. Antosāravirahato abbhuggataṭṭhena ca naḷo viyāti ^b^naḷo,^eb^ mānoti āha ^b^‘‘vigatamānanaḷaṃ kata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Khemaṃ patthethā^eb^ti ettha catūhi yogehi anupaddavattā ‘‘khema’’nti arahattaṃ adhippetaṃ. ^b^Patthanā^eb^ ca chandapatthanā, na taṇhāpatthanāti āha ^b^‘‘kattukamyatāchandena arahattaṃ patthethā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pattāyeva nāma^eb^ tassa pattiyā na koci antarāyo. Sotthinā pāragamanaṃ uddissa desanaṃ ārabhitvā khemappattiyā desanāya pariyosāpitattā ^b^yathānusandhināva desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesī^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷagopālakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 141
title: cūḷagopālakasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷasaccakasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^353^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Haṃsavaṭṭakacchannenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0188^ea^ haṃsavaṭṭakapaṭicchannena, haṃsamaṇḍalākārenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Vadanti etenāti vādo, maggo. Kiṃ vadanti? Uttaraṃ. Vādānaṃ satāni ^b^vādasatāni^eb^. ‘‘Nigaṇṭho pañcavādasatāni, nigaṇṭhī pañcavādasatānī’’ti evaṃ ^b^nigaṇṭho^eb^^a^M2.0201^ea^^b^ca nigaṇṭhī ca pañca pañca vādasatāni uggahetvā vicarantā^eb^. Kiriyato te ^b^pucchiṃsu,^eb^ liṅgato pana nigaṇṭhabhāvo ñāto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ahaṃ vādaṃ āropessāmī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jagganto^eb^ sammajjanādivasena. ^b^Divātara^eb^nti atidivaṃ. ‘‘Kassa pucchā, kassa vissajjanaṃ hotū’’ti paribbājikāhi vutte thero āha ^b^‘‘pucchā nāma amhākaṃ pattā’’^eb^ti. Pucchā vādānaṃ pubbapakkho, yasmā tumhe vādapasutā vādābhiratā dhajaṃ paggayha vicaratha, tasmā vādānaṃ pubbapakkho amhākaṃ patto, evaṃ santepi tumhākaṃ mātugāmabhāvato pubbapakkhaṃ demāti āha ^b^‘‘tumhe pana mātugāmā nāma paṭhamaṃ pucchathā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tā^eb^ paribbājikā ekekā aḍḍhateyyasatavādamaggaṃ pucchantiyo ^b^vādasahassaṃ pucchiṃsu^eb^. Yathā nisitassa khaggassa kumudanāḷacchedane kimatthi bhāriyaṃ, evaṃ paṭisambhidāppattassa sāvakesu paññavantānaṃ aggabhāve ṭhitassa dhammasenāpatino puthujjanaparikappitapañhavissajjane kimatthi bhāriyaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘thero khaggenā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^nijjaṭaṃ niggaṇṭhiṃ katvā^eb^ti yathā tā puna tattha jaṭaṃ gaṇṭhiṃ kātuṃ na visahanti, tathā vijaṭetvā kathesi. Ayaṃ thero caturaṅgasamannāgate andhakāre sahassavaṭṭikaṃ dīpento viya aññesaṃ avisaye andhakārabhūte pañhe pucchitamatteyeva vissajjesīti therassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ disvā sayañca antimabhavikatāya kohaññe ṭhātuṃ asakkontiyo ^b^‘‘ettakameva, bhante, mayaṃ jānāmā’’^eb^ti āhaṃsu. ^b^Therassa visaya^eb^nti therassa paññāvisayaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Neva antaṃ na koṭiṃ addasaṃsū^eb^ti ekanti vattabbassa bahubhāvato tassā pucchāya attho evamanto evamavasānakoṭīti na passiṃsu na jāniṃsu. Thero tāsaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ olokento pabbajjāruciṃ disvā āha ^b^‘‘idāni kiṃ karissathā’’^eb^ti? ^b^Uttaritarapañño^eb^ti vādamaggaparicayena medhāvitāya ca yādisā tāsaṃ paññā, tato uttaritarapañño.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathāmaggo^eb^ti ^a^V2.0189^ea^ vādamaggo. Tasmā tehi tehi parappavādādīhi bhassaṃ vādamaggaṃ pakārehi vadetīti ^b^bhassappavādako. Paṇḍitavādo^eb^ti ahaṃ paṇḍito nipuṇo bahussutoti evaṃvādī. ^b^Yaṃ yaṃ nakkhattācārena ādisatī^eb^ti nakkhattagatiyā kālañāṇena ‘‘asukadivase candaggāho bhavissati, sūriyaggāho bhavissatī’’tiādinā yaṃ yaṃ ādesaṃ bhaṇati. ^b^Sādhuladdhiko^eb^ ñāṇasampattiyā sundaro. ^b^Āropito^eb^ti paṭiññāhetunidassanādidosaṃ ^a^M2.0202^ea^ upari āropito vādo svāropito. Dosapadaṃ āropentena vādinā paravādimhi abhibhuyya tassa dhātukkhobhopi siyā, cittavikkhepena yena doso tena saṅkappito sampavedhitoti. ^b^Thūṇa^eb^nti sarīraṃ khobhitanti katvā. ^b^Thūṇa^eb^nti hi lohitapittasemhānaṃ adhivacanaṃ sabbaṅgasarīradhāraṇato. Apica thūṇapado nāma atthi kathāmaggo vādamaggaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ. Saccako pana kohaññe ṭhatvā attano vādappabhedavasena pare vimhāpento ^b^‘‘thūṇaṃ cepāha’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Sāvakānaṃ vinayaṃ nāma sikkhāpadaṃ, tañca dhammadesanā hotīti esā eva cassa anusāsanīti vinayanādimukhena sammāsambuddhassa mataṃ sāsanaṃ pucchanto saccako ^b^‘‘kathaṃ pana, bho, assajī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Athassa thero ‘‘lakkhaṇattayakathā nāma anaññasādhāraṇā buddhāveṇikā dhammadesanā, tatra ca mayā aniccakathāya samuṭṭhāpitāya taṃ asahanto saccako tucchamānena paṭapaṭāyanto kurumāno licchavī gahetvā bhagavato santikaṃ āgamissati, athassa bhagavā vādaṃ madditvā aniccanti patiṭṭhapento dhammaṃ kathessati, tadā bhavissati vijahitavādo sammāpaṭipattiyā patiṭṭhito’’ti cintetvā aniccānattalakkhaṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ bhagavato anusāsanaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘evaṃ, bho, aggivessanā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā panettha dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ aggahitanti āha ^b^‘‘thero panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^‘‘Upārambhassa okāso hotī’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘maggaphalānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^pariyāyenā^eb^ti saṅkhāradukkhatāpariyāyena. ^b^Aya^eb^nti saccako. ^b^Nayidaṃ tumhākaṃ sāsanaṃ nāmā^eb^ti yattha tumhe avaṭṭhitā, idaṃ tumhākaṃ sabbaññusāsanaṃ nāma na hoti dukkhato anissaraṇattā, atha kho ^b^mahāāghātanaṃ nāmetaṃ,^eb^ mahādukkhaniddiṭṭhattā pana ^b^nirayussado nāma^eb^ ussadanirayo nāma, tasmā ^b^natti^eb^ nāma ^b^tumhākaṃ sukhāsā. Uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāyā^eb^ti ussukkaṃ katvā, ^b^dukkhameva jīrāpentā^eb^ sabbaso dukkhameva anubhavantā, ^b^āhiṇḍatha^eb^ vicarathāti. Sabbamidaṃ tassa micchāparikappitameva. Kasmā? Dukkhasaccūpasañhitāyeva hettha nippariyāyakathā nāma. Tassa hi pariññatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati. Maggaphalāni saṅkhārabhāvena ‘‘yadaniccaṃ, taṃ dukkha’’nti pariyāyato dukkhaṃ, na nippariyāyato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sotuṃ ayuttaṃ^eb^ micchāvādattāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^354^eb^^b^.^eb^ Saha ^a^V2.0190^ea^^a^M2.0203^ea^ atthānusāsanaṃ agāranti sandhāgāraṃ, rājakulānaṃ santhāpanāgārantipi sandhāgāraṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^santhāgāre^eb^ti attho. Ekasmiṃ kāle tādise kāle rājakiccānaṃ santhānamettha vicārentīti sandhāgāraṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^santhāgāre^eb^tipi attho. ^b^Patiṭṭhita^eb^nti ‘‘aniccaṃ anattā’’ti ca paṭiññātaṃ. ^b^Idāneva piṭṭhiṃ parivattento^eb^ti bhagavato nalāṭaṃ anoloketvā vimukhabhāvaṃ āpajjanto. ^b^Surāghare^eb^ti surāsampādakagehe. ^b^Piṭṭhakilañja^eb^nti piṭṭhaṭhapanakiḷañjaṃ. ^b^Vāla^eb^nti caṅgavāraṃ. ^b^Sāṇasāṭakakaraṇattha^eb^nti sāṇasāṭakaṃ karonti etenāti ^b^sāṇasāṭakakaraṇaṃ,^eb^ suttaṃ, tadatthaṃ. Sāṇavākā etesu santīti ^b^sāṇavākā,^eb^ sāṇadaṇḍā. Te gahetvā sāṇānaṃ dhovanasadisaṃ kīḷitajātaṃ yathā ‘‘uddālapupphabhañjikā, sāṇabhañjikā’’ti ca. ^b^Kiṃ so bhavamāno^eb^ti kīdiso hutvā so bhavamāno, kiṃ honto loke aggapuggalassa sammāsambuddhassa vādāropanaṃ nāma tato uttaritarasūraguṇo eva yakkhādibhāvena so bhavamāno abhisambhuṇeyya. Ayaṃ pana appānubhāvatāya pisācarūpo kiṃ ettakaṃ kālaṃ niddāyanto ajja pabujjhitvā evaṃ vadatīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiṃ yakkho’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^355^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahāmajjhanhikasamaye^eb^ti mahati majjhanhikakāle, gaganamajjhe sūriyagatavelāya. ^b^Divāpadhānikā^eb^ padhānānuyuñjakā. ^b^Vattaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti pacchābhattaṃ divāvihārūpagamanato pubbe kātabbavattaṃ dassetvā paṭipajjitvā. ^b^Bhagavantaṃ dassento^eb^ti bhagavati gāravabahumānaṃ vibhāvento ubho hatthe kamalamakulākāre katvā ukkhippa bhagavantaṃ dassento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti taṃ aparicchinnagaṇanaṃ sandhāya evaṃ ‘‘mahatiyā licchaviparisāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiṃ sīsena bhūmiṃ paharanteneva vandanā katā hoti? ^b^Kerāṭikā^eb^ti saṭhā. ^b^Mocentā^eb^ti bhikkhādānato mocentā. ^b^Avakkhittamattikāpiṇḍo viyā^eb^ti heṭṭhākhittamattikāpiṇḍo viya. ^b^Yattha katthacī^eb^ti attano anurūpaṃ vacanaṃ asallapento yattha katthaci.<br/><br/>[03]^b^356^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dissati ^a^M2.0204^ea^ ‘‘idaṃ imassa phala’’nti apadissati etenāti ^b^deso,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ, tadeva tassa pavattiṭṭhānatāya okāsoti āha ^b^‘‘kañcideva desanti kañci okāsaṃ kiñci kāraṇa’’^eb^nti. Okāso ṭhānanti ca kāraṇaṃ vuccati ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.161; ma. ni. 3.128-131; a. ni. 1.268-295; vibha. 809). ^b^Yadākaṅkhasīti na vadanti^eb^ anavasesadhammavisayattā paṭiññāya. ^b^Tumha^eb^nti tumhākaṃ. ^b^Yakkha…pe… paribbājakāna^eb^nti ettha ‘‘pucchāvuso, yadākaṅkhasī’’tiādīni (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. āḷavakasutta) pucchāvacanāni yathākkamaṃ yojetabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñatvā^eb^^a^V2.0191^ea^^b^sayaṃ lokamimaṃ parañcā^eb^ti idaṃ mahāsatto nirayaṃ saggañca tesaṃ paccakkhato dassetvā āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taggha te ahamakkhissaṃ, yathāpi kusalo tathā^eb^ti yathā pakārena sukusalo sabbaññū jānāti katheti, tathā ahaṃ kathessāmi. Tassa pana kāraṇaṃ akāraṇañca avijānanto rājānaṃ karotu vā mā vā, ahaṃ pana te akkhissāmīti āha ^b^‘‘rājā ca kho…pe… na vā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathitaniyāmeneva kathento^eb^ti teparivaṭṭakathāya dukkhalakkhaṇampesa kathessati, idha pana aññathā sāvakena assajinā kathitaṃ, aññathā samaṇena gotamenāti vacanokāsapariharaṇatthaṃ dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ anāmasitvā therena kathitaniyāmeneva aniccānattalakkhaṇameva kathentena bhagavatā – ‘‘rūpaṃ anattā yāva viññāṇaṃ anattā’’ti vutte saccako taṃ asampaṭicchanto upamāya atthañāpane upamāpamāṇaṃ yathā ‘‘go viya gavayo’’ti attānaṃ upameyyaṃ katvā upamāpamāṇena patiṭṭhāpetukāmo āha ^b^‘‘upamā maṃ, bho gotama, paṭibhātī’’^eb^ti, upamaṃ te karissāmi, upamāyapidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānantīti adhippāyo. Bhagavā upamāsatena, aññena vāpi pamāṇena tava attā patiṭṭhāpetuṃ na labbhā attano viya pamāṇassapi anupalabbhanatoti āha ^b^‘‘paṭibhātu taṃ aggivessanā’’^eb^ti. Yathā hi attā nāma koci paramatthato na upalabbhati ekaṃsena anupaladdhito, evassa ñāpakapuggalaṃ pamāṇampi na upalabbhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āhara taṃ^eb^^a^M2.0205^ea^^b^upamaṃ vissattho’’^eb^ti, na tena tava attavādo patiṭṭhaṃ labhatīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ kāyikaṃ vā puññāpuññaṃ purisapuggale upalabbhati, tena viññāyati ^b^rūpattāyaṃ purisapuggalo,^eb^ tathā yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedanaṃ purisapuggale upalabbhati, yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ nīlādisañjānanaṃ, yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ rajjanadussanādi, yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ ārammaṇapaṭivijānanaṃ purisapuggale upalabbhati, tena viññāyati ^b^viññāṇattāyaṃ purisapuggalo^eb^ti. Evaṃ rūpādilakkhaṇo attā tattha tattha kāye kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, evañcetaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, aññathā kammaphalasambandho na yujjeyyāti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘iminā kiṃ dīpetī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^te^eb^ti sattā. ^b^Patiṭṭhāyā^eb^ti nissāya. ‘‘Rūpattāyaṃ purisapuggalo’’tiādinā rūpādidhamme ‘‘attā’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘rūpe patiṭṭhāyā’’tiādiṃ vadanto ayaṃ nigaṇṭho attano vādaṃ bhindati patiṭṭhānassa, patiṭṭhāyakassa ca abhedadīpanato. Rūpādayo ^a^V2.0192^ea^ vedanādisabhāvā attā tannissayena puññādikiriyāsamupaladdhito idha yaṃ nissāya puññādikiriyā samupalabbhati, te rūpādayo sattasaññitā attasabhāvā diṭṭhā yathā taṃ devatādīsu, ye pana sattasaññitā tato aññe asattasabhāvā diṭṭhā yathā taṃ kaṭṭhakaliṅgarādīsūti evaṃ sādhetabbaṃ atthaṃ sahetuṃ katvā dassento nigaṇṭho nidassanaṃ ānesīti āha ^b^‘‘ativiya sakāraṇaṃ katvā upamaṃ āharī’’^eb^ti. Tassa pana ‘‘balakaraṇīyā’’ti vuttapurisappayogā viya bījagāmabhūtagāmāpi sajīvā evāti laddhīti te sadisūdāharaṇabhāvena vuttāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sace pana ye jīvassa ādhāraṇabhāvena sahitena pavattetabbabhāvena sallakkhetabbā, te sajīvāti icchitā, na kevalena pavattetabbabhāvena. Evaṃ sati ‘‘balakaraṇīyā kammantā’’ti vadantena visadisūdāharaṇabhāvena upanītanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samattho nāma natthi^eb^ attavādabhañjanassa anattatāpatiṭṭhāpanassa ca sugatāveṇikattā. Yaṃ panetarahi sāsanikā yathāsatti tadubhayaṃ karonti, taṃ buddhehi dinnanaye ṭhatvā tesaṃ desanānusārato. ^b^Nivattetvā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0206^ea^ nīharitvā, visuṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Sakalaṃ vesāli^eb^nti sabbavesālivāsinaṃ janaṃ nissayūpacārena nissitaṃ vadati yathā ‘‘gāmo āgato’’ti. ^b^Saṃvaṭṭitvā^eb^ti sampiṇḍitvā, ekajjhaṃ gahetvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^357^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Patiṭṭhapetvā^eb^ti yathā taṃ vādaṃ na avajānāti, evaṃ paṭiññaṃ kāretvāti attho. ^b^Ghāti^eb^-saddo hiṃsanattho, tato ca saddavidū arahatthaṃ tāya-saddaṃ uppādetvā ghātetāyanti rūpasiddhiṃ icchantīti āha ^b^‘‘ghātāraha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Jāpetāya^eb^ntiādīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Vattituñca marahatī^eb^ti ma-kāro padasandhikaro. ^b^Visesetvā dīpetī^eb^ti ‘‘vattati’’icceva avatvā ‘‘vattituñca marahatī’’ti dutiyena padena bhagavatā vuttaṃ visesetvā dīpeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāsādikaṃ abhirūpa^eb^nti abhimatarūpasampannaṃ sabbāvayavaṃ. Tato eva susajjitaṃ sabbakālaṃ suṭṭhu sajjitākārameva. ^b^Evaṃvidha^eb^nti yādisaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, taṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘dubbaṇṇa’’^eb^ntiādinā. ^b^Imasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘vattati te tasmiṃ rūpe vaso’’ti etasmiṃ kāraṇaggahaṇe. Kāraṇañhetaṃ bhagavatā gahitaṃ ‘‘vattati…pe… mā ahosī’’ti. Tenetaṃ dasseti rūpaṃ anattā avasavattanato, yañhi vase na vattati, taṃ anattakameva diṭṭhaṃ yathā taṃ sampatti. ^b^Vāda^eb^nti dosaṃ niggahaṃ āropessati. ^b^Sattadhā muddhā phalatī^eb^ti sahadhammikasākacchāhi tathāgate, pucchante abyākaraṇena vihesāya kayiramānattā tatiye vāre dhammatāvasena vihesakassa sattadhā muddhā phalati yathā taṃ sabbaññupaṭiññāya bhagavato sammukhabhāvūpagamane. Vajirapāṇi ^a^V2.0193^ea^ pana kasmā ṭhito hotīti? Bhagavā viya anukampamāno mahantaṃ bhayānakaṃ rūpaṃ māpetvā tāsetvā imaṃ diṭṭhiṃ vissajjāpemīti tassa purato ākāse vajiraṃ āharanto tiṭṭhati, na muddhaṃ phāletukāmo. Na hi bhagavato purato kassaci anattho nāma hoti. Yasmā pana bhagavā ekaṃsato sahadhammikameva pañhaṃ pucchati, tasmā ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘pucchite’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āditta^eb^nti dippamānaṃ. ^b^Akkhināsādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena eḷakasīsasadisakesamassuādīnaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^‘‘Diṭṭhivissajjāpanattha’’^eb^nti vatvā nayidaṃ yadicchāvasena ^a^M2.0207^ea^ āgamanaṃ, atha kho ādito mahābrahmānaṃ purato katvā attanā katapaṭiññāvasenāti dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Nti vajirapāṇiṃ. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ saccakassa paṭiññāya parivattana^b^kāraṇaṃ. Aññepi nu kho^eb^tiādi saccakassa vīmaṃsakabhāvadassanaṃ. Avīmaṃsakena hi taṃ disvā mahāyakkhoti vadeyya, tenassa asāruppaṃ siyā, ayaṃ pana aññesaṃ abhītabhāvaṃ upadhāretvā ‘‘addhāme yakkhaṃ na passanti, tasmā mayhameva bhayaṃ uppanna’’nti tīretvā yuttappattavasena paṭipajji.<br/><br/>[03]^b^358^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upadhāretvā^eb^ti byākātabbamatthaṃ sallakkhetvā. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti saṅkhāraviññāṇesupi saññāya viya nayoti attho. ^b^Vuttavipariyāyenā^eb^ti ‘‘akusalā dukkhā vedanā mā ahosi, akusalā domanassasampayuttā saññā mā ahosī’’tiādinā nayena attho veditabbo. ^b^Sappadaṭṭhavisa^eb^nti sabbasattānaṃ sappadaṭṭhaṭṭhāne sarīrapadese patitaṃ visaṃ. ^b^Allīno^eb^ti saṃsiliṭṭho. ^b^Upagato^eb^ti na apagato. ^b^Ajjhosito^eb^ti gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā ṭhito. ^b^Parito jāneyyā^eb^ti samantato sabbaso kiñcipi asesetvā jāneyya. ^b^Parikkhepetvā^eb^ti āyatiṃ anuppattidhammatāpādanavasena sabbaso khepetvā. Tathābhūto cassa khayavayaṃ upaneti nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘khayaṃ vayaṃ anuppādaṃ upanetvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^359^eb^^b^.^eb^ Attano vādassa asārabhāvato, yathāparikappitassa vā sārassa abhāvato antosāravirahito ^b^ritto. Vippakāra^eb^nti diṭṭhiyā sīlācārassa ca vasena virūpataṃ sāparādhataṃ sāvajjataṃ tesaṃ upari āropetvā. ^b^Sinnapatto^eb^ti tanukapatto. ^b^Viphārita^eb^nti viphāḷitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asārakarukkhaparicito^eb^ti palāsādiasārarukkhakoṭṭane kataparicayo. ^b^Thaddhabhāva^eb^nti vipakkabhāvaṃ, tikkhabhāvanti attho. ^b^Natthī^eb^ti sadā natthīti na vattabbaṃ. ^b^Parisatī^eb^ti catuparisamajjhe ^a^V2.0194^ea^. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā paṭicchannasarīrā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Yantāruḷhassa viyā^eb^ti byākaraṇatthaṃ vāyamayantaṃ āruḷhassa viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^360^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhivisūkānī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0208^ea^ diṭṭhikiñcakāni. ^b^Diṭṭhisañcaritānī^eb^ti diṭṭhitāḷanāni. ^b^Diṭṭhivipphanditānī^eb^ti diṭṭhīñjitāni. ^b^Tesaṃ adhippāyaṃ ñatvā^eb^ti tesaṃ licchavikumārānaṃ iñjiteneva ajjhāsayaṃ jānitvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ime’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^361^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmiṃ adhigate puggalo satthusāsane visārado hoti parehi asaṃhāriyo, taṃ ñāṇaṃ visāradassa bhāvoti katvā ^b^vesārajja^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘vesārajjappattoti ñāṇappatto’’^eb^ti. Tato evamassa na paro paccetabbo etassa atthīti ^b^aparappaccayo^eb^. Na paro pattiyo saddahātabbo etassa atthīti ^b^aparappattiyo^eb^. Kāmaṃ saccako sekkhabhūmi asekkhabhūmīti idaṃ sāsanavohāraṃ na jānāti. Passatīti pana dassanakiriyāya vippakatabhāvassa vuttattā ‘‘na ettāvatā bhikkhukiccaṃ pariyosita’’nti aññāsi, tasmā puna ‘‘kittāvatā panā’’ti pucchaṃ ārabhi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘passatīti vuttattā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Yathābhūtaṃ passatīti dassanaṃ, visiṭṭhaṭṭhena anuttariyaṃ, dassanameva anuttariyanti ^b^dassanānuttariyaṃ,^eb^ dassanesu vā anuttariyaṃ ^b^dassanānuttariyaṃ^eb^. ^b^Lokiyapaññā^eb^ti cettha vipassanāpaññā veditabbā. Sā hi sabbalokiyapaññāhi visiṭṭhaṭṭhena ‘‘anuttarā’’ti vuttā. Lokiyapaṭipadānuttariyesupi eseva nayo. Idāni nippariyāyatova tividhampi anuttariyaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘suddhalokuttaramevā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Satipi sabbesampi lokuttaradhammānaṃ anuttarabhāve ukkaṭṭhaniddesena aggamaggapaññā tato uttaritarassa abhāvato ^b^dassanānuttariyaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘arahattamaggasammādiṭṭhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sesāni maggaṅgānī^eb^ti sesāni arahattamaggaṅgāni. Tāni hi matthakappattāni nibbānagāminī paṭipadāti. ^b^Aggaphalavimuttī^eb^ti aggamaggassa phalavimutti arahattaphalaṃ. ^b^Khīṇāsavassā^eb^ti sabbaso khīyamānāsavassa. ^b^Nibbānadassana^eb^nti aggamaggasammādiṭṭhiyā sacchikiriyābhisamayamāha. Tattha ^b^maggaṅgānī^eb^ti aṭṭha maggaṅgāni. Catusaccantogadhattā sabbassa ñeyyadhammassa ^b^‘‘cattāri saccāni buddho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Saccānugatasammohaviddhaṃsaneneva hi bhagavato sabbaso ñeyyāvaraṇappahānaṃ. ^b^Nibbisevano^eb^ti niruddhakilesavisevano.<br/><br/>[03]^b^362^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhaṃsī^eb^ti anuddhaṃsanasīlā. ^b^Anupahata^eb^nti avikkhittaṃ. ^b^Sakala^eb^nti anūnaṃ. ^b^Kāyaṅga^eb^nti ^a^V2.0195^ea^ kāyameva aṅganti vadanti, kāyasaṅkhātaṃ aṅgaṃ sīsādiavayavanti ^a^M2.0209^ea^ attho. Tathā ‘‘hotu, sādhū’’ti evamidaṃ vācāya avayavo ^b^vācaṅga^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^363^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āharantī^eb^ti abhiharanti. ^b^Puñña^eb^nti puññaphalasaṅkhāto ānubhāvo. Puññaphalampi hi uttarapadalopena ‘‘puñña’’nti vuccati – ‘‘kusalānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.80). Tenāha ^b^‘‘āyatiṃ vipākakkhandhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Puññamahī^eb^ti mahati puññaphalavibhūti setacchattamakuṭacāmarādi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vipākakkhandhānaṃyeva parivāro’’^eb^ti. Licchavīhi pesitena khādanīyabhojanīyena samaṇo gotamo sasāvakasaṅgho mayā parivisito, tasmā licchavīnameva taṃ puññaṃ hotīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṃ dāyakānaṃ sukhāya hotū’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca saccakena dānaṃ dinnaṃ, na licchavīhi, tasmā bhagavā saccakassa satiṃ parivattento ^b^‘‘yaṃ kho’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘iti bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nigaṇṭhassa matena vināyevā^eb^ti saccakassa cittena vinā eva tassa dakkhiṇaṃ khettagataṃ katvā dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano dinnaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ…pe… niyyātesī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷasaccakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 142
title: cūḷasaccakasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsaccakasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^364^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0196^ea^^b^samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharatī^eb^ti iminā tadā bhagavato vesāliyaṃ nivāsaparicchinno pubbaṇhādibhedo sabbo samayo sādhāraṇato gahito, tathā ^b^tena kho pana samayenā^eb^ti ca iminā. ^b^Pubbaṇhasamaya^eb^nti pana iminā tabbiseso, yo bhikkhācāratthāya paccavekkhaṇakālo. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana ^b^‘‘tīhi padehi ekova samayo vutto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ visesassa sāmaññantogadhattā. Mukhadhovanassa pubbakālakiriyābhāvasāmaññato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mukhaṃ dhovitvā’’^eb^ti. Mukhaṃ dhovitvā eva hi vāsadhuro ce, velaṃ sallakkhetvā yathāciṇṇaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ, ganthadhuro ce, ganthaparicaye katipaye nisajjavāre anuyuñjitvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya vitakkamāḷaṃ upagacchati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāraṇaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0210^ea^ yuttaṃ, anucchavikanti attho. Pubbe yathācintitaṃ pañhaṃ apucchitvā aññaṃ pucchanto maggaṃ ṭhapetvā ummaggato parivattento viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘passena tāva pariharanto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^365^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ūrukkhambhopi nāma bhavissatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^nāma^eb^-saddo vimhayatthoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vimhayatthavasenā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Andho nāma pabbataṃ abhiruhissatī’’tiādīsu viya vimhayavācīsaddayogena hi ‘‘bhavissatī’’ti anāgatavacanaṃ. ^b^Kāyanvaya^eb^nti kāyānugataṃ. ‘‘Ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.379; ma. ni. 1.112; ma. ni. 3.154) kāyassa asubhāniccāditāya anupassanā kāyabhāvanāti āha ^b^‘‘kāyabhāvanāti pana vipassanā vuccatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anāgatarūpa^eb^nti abhīte atthe anāgatasaddāropanaṃ anāgatappayogo na sameti. ^b^Atthopī^eb^ti ‘‘ūrukkhambhopi nāma bhavissatī’’ti vuttātthopi na sameti. ^b^Aya^eb^nti attakilamathānuyogo. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti nigaṇṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^366^eb^^b^.^eb^ Attano adhippetakāyabhāvanaṃ vitthārento vitthārato dassento ye taṃ anuyuttā, te nāmagottato vibhāvento ^b^‘‘nando vaccho’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Kiliṭṭhatapāna^eb^nti kāyassa kilesanatapānaṃ puggalānaṃ. ^b^Jātameda^eb^nti medabhāvāpattivasena uppannamedaṃ. ^b^Purimaṃ pahāyā^eb^ti kālaparicchedena anāhārāppāhāratādivasena kāyassa apacinanaṃ khedanaṃ pariccajitvā. ^b^Kāyabhāvanā^eb^^a^V2.0197^ea^^b^pana na paññāyatī^eb^ti niyamaṃ paramatthato kāyabhāvanāpi tava ñāṇena na ñāyati, sesatopi na dissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^367^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘kāyabhāvanampi kho tvaṃ, aggivessana, na aññāsi, kuto pana tvaṃ cittabhāvanaṃ jānissasī’’ti imasmiṃ ṭhāne. Tathā ‘‘yo tvaṃ evaṃ oḷārikaṃ dubbalaṃ kāyabhāvanaṃ na jānāsi, so tvaṃ kuto santasukhumaṃ cittabhāvanaṃ jānissasī’’ti etasmiṃ atthavaṇṇanāṭhāne. ^b^Abuddhavacanaṃ nāmetaṃ pada^eb^nti kāyabhāvanāsaññitavipassanāto cittabhāvanā santā, vipassanā pana pādakajjhānato oḷārikā ceva dubbalā cāti ayañca etassa padassa attho. ‘‘Abuddhavacanaṃ nāmetaṃ vacanaṃ ^a^M2.0211^ea^ siyā’’ti vatvā thero pakkamituṃ ārabhati. Atha naṃ mahāsīvatthero ‘‘vipassanā nāmesā na ādito subrūhitā balavatī tikkhā visadā hoti, tasmā taruṇavasenāyamattho veditabbo’’ti dassento ^b^‘‘dissati, bhikkhave’’^eb^ti suttapadaṃ (saṃ. ni. 2.62) āhari. Tattha ^b^ādāna^eb^nti paṭisandhi. ^b^Nikkhepana^eb^nti cuti. ^b^Oḷārika^eb^nti arūpadhammehi duṭṭhullabhāvattā oḷārikaṃ. ^b^Kāya^eb^nti catusantatirūpasamūhabhūtaṃ kāyaṃ. ^b^Oḷārika^eb^nti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso, oḷārikākārenāti attho. Teneva vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ādānampi nikkhepanampī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^368^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukhasārāgena samannāgato^eb^ti sukhavedanāya balavatararāgena samaṅgībhūto. ^b^Paṭṭhāne paṭisiddhā^eb^ avacaneneva. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti sukhe ṭhite eva dukkhassānuppajjanato. ^b^Evaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘sukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati dukkhā vedanā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ, na anantarāva uppajjanato. ^b^Khepetvā^eb^ti kusalāni khepetvā. ^b^Gaṇhitvā^eb^ attano eva okāsaṃ gahetvā. ^b^Ubhatopakkhaṃ hutvā^eb^ti ‘‘kadāci sukhavedanā, kadāci dukkhavedanā’’ti pakkhadvayavasenapi vedanā cittassa pariyādāya hoti yathākkamaṃ abhāvitakāyassa abhāvitacittassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^369^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vipassanā ca sukhassa paccanīkā^eb^ti sukkhavipassakassāadikammikassa mahābhūtapariggahādikāle bahi cittacāraṃ nisedhetvā kammaṭṭhāne eva satiṃ saṃharantassa aladdhassādaṃ kāyasukhaṃ na vindati, sambādhe vaje sanniruddho gogaṇo viya vihaññati vipphandati, accāsannahetukañca sarīre dukkhaṃ uppajjateva. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dukkhassa āsannā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Addhāne gacchante gacchante^eb^ti mahābhūtapariggahādivasena kāle gacchante. ^b^Tattha tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sarīrapadese. ^b^Dukkhaṃ dūrāpagataṃ hoti^eb^ samāpattibalena vikkhambhitattā appanābhāvato. ^b^Anappakaṃ^eb^ vipulaṃ. ^b^Sukha^eb^nti jhānasukhaṃ ^a^V2.0198^ea^. ^b^Okkamatī^eb^ti jhānasamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpavasena rūpakāyaṃ anupavisati, nāmakāyokkamane vattabbameva natthi. Kāyapassaddhikammikassapi sammasanabhāvanā paṭṭhapetvā nisinnassa kassaci āditova kāyakilamathacittupaghātāpi sambhavanti, samādhissa pana apaccanīkattā siniddhabhāvato ca ^a^M2.0212^ea^ na sukkhavipassanā viya sukhassa vipaccanīko, anukkamena ca dukkhaṃ vikkhambhetīti āha ^b^‘‘yathā samādhī’’^eb^ti. Yathā samādhi, vipassanāya panetaṃ natthīti āha ^b^‘‘na ca tathā vipassanā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tena vutta^eb^nti yasmā vipassanā sukhassa paccanīkā, sā ca kāyabhāvanā, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘uppannāpi sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, bhāvitattā kāyassā’’^eb^ti. Tathā yasmā samādhi dukkhassa paccanīko, so ca cittabhāvanā, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘uppannāpi dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, bhāvitattā cittassā’’^eb^ti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^370^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Guṇe ghaṭṭetvā^eb^ti apadesena vinā samīpameva netvā. Taṃ vata mama cittaṃ uppannā sukhā vedanā pariyādāya ṭhassatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^371^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kiṃ na bhavissati,^eb^ sukhāpi dukkhāpi vedanā yathāpaccayaṃ uppajjatevāti attho. ^b^Tamattha^eb^nti sukhadukkhavedanānaṃ uppattiyā attano cittassa anabhibhavanīyatāsaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ. ^b^Tattha^eb^ tāva pāsarāsisutte ^b^bodhipallaṅke nisajjā^eb^ ‘‘tattheva nisīdi’’nti vuttā. ^b^Idha^eb^ mahāsaccakasutte ^b^dukkarakārikāya^eb^ dukkaracaraṇe ^b^nisajjā^eb^ ‘‘tattheva nisīdi’’nti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^374^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Chandakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti taṇhāyanavasenāti attho. ^b^Sinehakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti sinehanavasena. ^b^Mucchākaraṇavasenā^eb^ti mohanavasena pamādāpādanena. ^b^Vipāsākaraṇavasenā^eb^ti pātukamyatāvasena. ^b^Anudahanavasenā^eb^ti rāgagginā anudahanavasena. ^b^Lokuttaramaggavevacanameva^eb^ vaṭṭanissaraṇassa adhippetattā.<br/><br/>[03]Allaggahaṇena kilesānaṃ asamucchinnabhāvaṃ dasseti, sasnehaggahaṇena avikkhambhitabhāvaṃ, udake pakkhittabhāvaggahaṇena samudācārāvatthaṃ, udumbarakaṭṭhaggahaṇena attabhāvassa asārakattaṃ. ^b^Imināva nayenā^eb^ti ‘‘allaṃ udumbarakaṭṭha’’ntiādinā vuttanayena. ^b^Saputtabhariyapabbajjāyā^eb^ti puttabhariyehi saddhiṃ kataparibbājakapabbajjāvasena veditabbā. Kuṭīcakabahūdakahaṃsa-paramahaṃsādibhedā ^b^brāhmaṇapabbajjā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^376^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kutopi ^a^M2.0213^ea^^a^V2.0199^ea^ imassa āposineho natthīti ^b^koḷāpaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘chinnasinehaṃ nirāpa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Koḷa^eb^nti vā sukkhakaliṅgaraṃ vuccati, koḷaṃ koḷabhāvaṃ āpannanti ^b^koḷāpaṃ^eb^. Paṭipannassa upakkamamahattanissitatā pakatiyā kilesehi anabhibhūtatāya. ^b^Atintatā^eb^ paṭipakkhabhāvanāya. Tathā hi sukkhakoḷāpabhāvo, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittabhāvo ca nidassito. ^b^Opakkamikāhī^eb^ti kilesātiniggaṇhanupakkamappabhavāhi. ^b^Vedanāhī^eb^ti paṭipattivedanāhi. Dukkhā paṭipadā hi idhādhippetā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^377^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kiṃ pana na samattho,^eb^ yato evaṃ parehi cintitumpi asakkuṇeyyaṃ dukkaracariyaṃ chabbassāni akāsīti adhippāyo. ^b^Katvāpi akatvāpi samatthova^eb^ kāraṇassa nipphannattā. ‘‘Yathāpi sabbesampi kho bodhisattānaṃ carimabhave antamaso sattāhamattampi dhammatāvasena dukkaracariyā hotiyeva, evaṃ bhagavā samattho dukkaracariyaṃ kātuṃ, evañca naṃ akāsi, na pana tāya buddho jāto, atha kho majjhimāya eva paṭipattiyā’’ti tassā byatirekamukhena sadevakassa lokassa bodhāya amaggabhāvadīpanatthaṃ, imassa pana bhagavato kammavipākavasena chabbassāni dukkaracariyā ahosi. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Avacāhaṃ jotipālo, kassapaṃ sugataṃ tadā;<br/><br/>[22]Kuto nu bodhi muṇḍassa, bodhi paramadullabhā.<br/><br/>[21]Tena kammavipākena, acariṃ dukkaraṃ bahuṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Chabbassānuruvelāyaṃ, tato bodhimapāpuṇiṃ.<br/><br/>[21]Nāhaṃ etena maggena, pāpuṇiṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Kumaggena gavesissaṃ, pubbakammena vārito’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Dukkaracariyāya bodhāya amaggabhāvadassanatthaṃ dukkaracariyaṃ akāsīti keci. Atha vā lokanāthassa attano parakkamasampattidassanatthāya dukkaracariyā. Paṇītādhimuttiyā hi paramukkaṃsagatabhāvato abhinīhārānurūpaṃ sambodhiyaṃ tibbachandatāya sikhāppattiyā tadatthaṃ īdisampi nāma dukkaracariyaṃ akāsīti loke attano vīriyānubhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ – ‘‘so ca me pacchā pītisomanassāvaho bhavissatī’’ti lokanātho dukkaracariyaṃ ^a^M2.0214^ea^ akāsi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sadevakassa lokassā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^vīriyanimmathanaguṇo^eb^ti vīriyassa saṃvaḍḍhanasampādanaguṇo. Yathāvuttamatthaṃ ^a^V2.0200^ea^ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘pāsāde’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Saṅgāme dve tayo sampahāre^eb^ti dvikkhattuṃ tikkhattuṃ vā parasenāya pahārapayoge. ^b^Padhānavīriya^eb^nti sammappadhānehi āsevanavīriyaṃ, sabbaṃ vā pubbabhāgavīriyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhidanta^eb^nti abhibhavanadantaṃ, uparidantanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uparidanta’’^eb^nti. So hi itaraṃ musalaṃ viya udukkhalaṃ visesato kassaci khādanakāle abhibhuyya vattati. ^b^Kusalacittenā^eb^ti balavasammāsaṅkappayuttena kusalacittena. ^b^Akusalacitta^eb^nti kāmavitakkādisahitaṃ akusalacittaṃ. Akusalacittassa pavattituṃ appadānaṃ ^b^niggaho^eb^. Taṃtaṃpaṭikkhepavasena vinodanaṃ ^b^abhinippīḷanaṃ^eb^. Vīriyatāpena vikkhambhanaṃ ^b^abhisantāpanaṃ. Sadaratho^eb^ti sapariḷāho. ^b^Padhānenā^eb^ti padahanena, kāyassa kilamathuppādakena vīriyenāti attho. ^b^Viddhassā^eb^ti tudassa. ^b^Sato^eb^ti samānassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^378^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sīsaveṭhana^eb^nti sīsaṃ rajjuyā bandhitvā daṇḍakena parivattakaveṭhanaṃ. ^b^Arahanto nāma evarūpā hontī^eb^ti iminā yathāyaṃ, evaṃ visaññībhūtāpi hutvā viharantīti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘matakasadisā’’^eb^ti, vedanāppattā viya hontīti attho. ^b^Supinappaṭiggahaṇato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti paṭisandhiggahaṇe setavāraṇasupinaṃ passitvā brāhmaṇehi byākatakālato paṭṭhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^379^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dhammasarīrassa arogabhāvena sādhūti marisaniyoti ^b^māriso,^eb^ piyāyanavacanametaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sampiyāyamānā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ajajjita^eb^nti evaṃ abhuñjitaṃ bhakārassa jakārādesaṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhojana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Evaṃ mā karitthā^eb^ti ‘‘lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma anuppavesessāmā’’ti yathā tumhehi vuttaṃ, evaṃ mā karittha. Kasmā? ^b^Yāpessāmaha^eb^nti ahañca yāvadatthaṃ āhāramattaṃ bhuñjanto yathā yāpessāmi, evaṃ āhāraṃ paṭisevissāmi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^380-81^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Etāva parama^eb^nti ettakaṃ paramaṃ, na ito paraṃ opakkamikadukkhavedanāvediyanaṃ atthīti attho. Rañño gahetabbanaṅgalato aññāni sandhāya ^a^M2.0215^ea^^b^‘‘ekena ūna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Taṃ suvaṇṇaparikkhataṃ, itarāni rajataparikkhatāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘amaccā ekenūnāṭṭhasatarajatanaṅgalānī’’^eb^ti. Āḷārudakasamāgame laddhajjhānāni vaṭṭapādakāni, ānāpānasamādhi pana kāyagatāsatipariyāpannattā sabbesañca bodhisattānaṃ vipassanāpādakattā ‘‘bodhāya maggo’’ti vutto. ^b^Bujjhanatthāyā^eb^ti catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, sabbasseva vā ñeyyadhammassa abhisambujjhanāya ^a^V2.0201^ea^. Satiyā anussaraṇakaviññāṇaṃ ^b^satānusāriviññāṇaṃ^eb^. Kassā pana satiyāti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘nayida’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^382^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccupaṭṭhitā^eb^ti taṃtaṃvattakaraṇavasena patiupaṭṭhitā upaṭṭhāyakā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṇṇasālā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paccayabāhulliko^eb^ti paccayānaṃ bāhullāya paṭipanno. ^b^Āvatto^eb^ti pubbe paccayagedhappahānāya paṭipanno, idāni tato paṭinivatto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rasagiddho…pe… āvatto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammaniyāmenā^eb^ti dhammatāya. Tameva dhammataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bodhisattassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Bārāṇasimeva^eb^ tatthāpi ca sabbabuddhānaṃ avijahitadhammacakkapavattanaṭṭhānameva ^b^agamaṃsu^eb^. Pañcavaggiyā kira visākhamāsassa addhamāsiyaṃ gatā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tesu gatesu aḍḍhamāsaṃ kāyavivekaṃ labhitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^387^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Addhābhoto gotamassa sāvakācittabhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, no kāyabhāvana’’nti imaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi’’^eb^nti. ^b^Imaṃ dhammadesana^eb^nti ‘‘abhijānāmi kho panāha’’ntiādikaṃ dhammadesanaṃ. ^b^Asallīno^eb^ taṇhādiṭṭhikilesānaṃ samucchinnattā tehi sabbaso na litto. ^b^Anupalitto^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ taṇhānandiyā abhāvena. ^b^Gocarajjhattamevā^eb^ti gocarajjhattasaññite phalasamāpattiyā ārammaṇe, nibbāneti attho. Yaṃ sandhāya pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte’’ti vuttaṃ ^b^sannisīdāpemī^eb^ti phalasamāpattisamādhinā accantasamādānavasena cittaṃ sammadeva nisīdāpemi. ^b^Pubbābhogenā^eb^ti samāpajjanato pubbe pavattāabhogena. ^b^Paricchinditvā^eb^ti samāpajjanakkhaṇaṃ paricchinditvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sādhukāra…pe… avicchinneyevā’’^eb^ti. Evamassa paricchinnakālasamāpajjanaṃ yathāparicchinnakālaṃ vuṭṭhānañca buddhānaṃ na bhāriyaṃ vasībhāvassa tathāsuppaguṇabhāvatoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘buddhānaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. Dhammasampaṭiggāhakānaṃ ^b^assāsavāre^eb^ vā. Tadā hi desiyamānaṃ dhammaṃ upadhāretuṃ na ^a^M2.0216^ea^ sakkonti, tasmā tasmiṃ khaṇe desitadesanā niratthakā siyā. Na hi buddhānaṃ niratthakā kiriyā atthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Okappanīyameta^eb^nti ‘‘tassā eva kathāyā’’tiādinā vuttaṃ ativiya acchariyagataṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ sutvā īdisī paṭipatti sammāsambuddhasseva hotīti upavādavasena vadati, na sabhāvena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘satthari pasādamattampi na uppanna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kāyadaratho^eb^ti paccayavisesavasena rūpakāyassa parissamākāro. ^b^Upādinnake^eb^ti indriyabaddhe. ^b^Anupādinnake^eb^ti anindriyabaddhe. ^b^Vikasanti^eb^ sūriyarasmisamphassena. Tadabhāvena ^b^makulāni honti. Kesañci^eb^ tintinikādirukkhānaṃ ^a^V2.0202^ea^. ^b^Patilīyanti^eb^ nissayarūpadhammāvipphārikatāya. Arūpadhammatāya pañcaviññāṇānañceva kiriyāmayaviññāṇānañca appavattisaññitā avipphārikatā hoti, yattha niddāsamaññā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘darathavasena bhavaṅgasotañca idha niddāti adhippeta’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^darathavasenā^eb^ti darathavaseneva, na thinamiddhavasenāti avadhāraṇaṃ avadhāraṇaphalañca niddhāretabbaṃ. ^b^Taṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti kāyassa darathasaṅkhātasarīragilānahetukaṃ niddaṃ sandhāya. Sarīragilānañca bhagavato natthīti na sakkā vattuṃ ‘‘piṭṭhi me āgilāyatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.300; ma. ni. 2.22; cūḷava. 345) vacanato. ^b^Sammohavihārasmi^eb^nti paccatte etaṃ bhummavacananti āha ^b^‘‘sammohavihāroti vadantī’’^eb^ti, ^b^sammohavihārasmiṃ^eb^ vā pariyāpannaṃ etaṃ vadanti, yadidaṃ divā niddokkamananti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^389^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upanītehī^eb^ti dosamaggaṃ nindāpathaṃ upanītehi. ^b^Abhinanditvā^eb^ti sampiyāyitvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cittena sampaṭicchanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anumoditvā^eb^ti ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti desanāya thomanavasena anumoditvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vācāyapi pasaṃsanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sampatte kāle^eb^ti pabbajjāyogge kāle anuppatte.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gaṇaṃ vinodetvā^eb^ti gaṇaṃ apanetvā gaṇapalibodhaṃ chinditvā. ^b^Papañca^eb^nti avasesakilesaṃ. ^b^‘‘Puññavā rājapūjito’’^eb^ti vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘tasmiñhi kāle’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Chandavāsaharaṇena ^b^uposathakammaṃ karonto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Sakalaṃ ^a^M2.0217^ea^ rattiṃ buddhaguṇānaṃyeva kathitattā therassa ñāṇaṃ desanāvibhavañca vibhāvento āha ^b^‘‘ettakāva, bhante, buddhaguṇā’’^eb^ti. Imāya, bhante, tumhākaṃ dhammakathāya anavasesato buddhaguṇā kathitā viya jāyanti, evaṃ santepi anantāparimeyyāva te, kiṃ ito parepi vijjantevāti theraṃ tattha sīhanādaṃ nadāpetukāmo āha ^b^‘‘udāhu aññepi atthī’’^eb^tiādi. Rajjassa padesikattā, yathāvuttasubhāsitassa ca anagghattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ me duggatapaṇṇākāro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tiyojanasatika^eb^nti idaṃ parikkhepavasena vuttaṃ, tañca kho manussānaṃ paribhogavasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāsaccakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 143
title: mahāsaccakasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^390^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatrā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0203^ea^ tasmiṃ pubbārāmamigāramātupāsādānaṃ atthavibhāvane ^b^ayaṃ^eb^ idāni vuccamānā ^b^anupubbī kathā. Maṇīna^eb^nti ettha padumarāgamaṇīnaṃ adhippetattā āha ^b^‘‘aññehi cā’’^eb^ti. Tena indanīlādimaṇīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhapabhassarakabaravaṇṇavasena ^b^sattavaṇṇehi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Taṇhā sabbaso khīyanti etthāti ^b^taṇhāsaṅkhayo^eb^ (a. ni. ṭī. 3.7.61), tasmiṃ. ^b^Taṇhāsaṅkhaye^eb^ti ca visaye idaṃ bhummanti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vimuttacittatāyā^eb^ti sabbasaṃkilesehi vimuttacittatāya. Aparabhāgapaṭipadā nāma ariyasaccābhisamayo, sā sāsanacārigocarā paccattaṃ veditabbatoti āha ^b^‘‘pubbabhāgappaṭipadaṃ saṃkhittena desethāti pucchatī’’^eb^ti. Akuppadhammatāya khayavayasaṅkhātaṃ antaṃ atītāti accantā, so eva aparihānasabhāvattā accantā niṭṭhā etassāti ^b^accantaniṭṭho^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekantaniṭṭho satataniṭṭhoti attho’’^eb^ti. Na hi paṭividdhassa lokuttaradhammassa dassanaṃ kuppanaṃ nāma atthi. Accantameva catūhi yogehi khemo etassa atthīti ^b^accantayogakkhemī^eb^. Maggabrahmacariyassa vusitattā, tassa ca aparihānasabhāvattā accantaṃ brahmacārīti ^a^M2.0218^ea^^b^accantabrahmacārī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘niccabrahmacārīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariyosāna^eb^nti brahmacariyassa pariyosānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vegāyatī^eb^ti turitāyati. ^b^Sallakkhesī^eb^ti cintesi, attanā yathā sutāya satthu desanāya anussaraṇavasena upadhāresi. ^b^Anuggaṇhitvāvā^eb^ti atthavinicchayavasena anuggahetvā eva. Chasu dvāresu niyuttāti ^b^chadvārikā,^eb^ tehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcakkhandhā^eb^ti pañcupādānakkhandhā. Sakkāyasabbañhi sandhāya idha ^b^‘‘sabbe dhammā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ vipassanāvisayassa adhippetattā, tasmā āyatanadhātuyopi taggatikā eva daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’’ti. ^b^Na yuttā abhinivesāya^eb^ ‘‘etaṃ mama, eso me attā’’ti ajjhosānāya. ‘‘Alameva nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjitu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.272; saṃ. ni. 2.124-125, 128, 134, 143) viya ^b^alaṃ^eb^-saddo yuttatthopi hotīti āha ^b^‘‘na yuttā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sampajjantī^eb^ti bhavanti. Yadipi ‘‘tatiyā, catutthī’’ti idaṃ visuddhidvayaṃ ^a^V2.0204^ea^ abhiññāpaññā, tassā pana sappaccayanāmarūpadassanabhāvato, sati ca paccayapariggahe sappaccayattā (nāmarūpassa aniccatā, aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ, dukkhañca anattāti atthato) lakkhaṇattayaṃ supākaṭameva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti ñātapariññāya abhijānātī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatheva tīraṇapariññāyā^eb^ti iminā aniccādibhāvena nālaṃ abhinivesāyāti nāmarūpassa upasaṃharati, na abhiññāpaññānaṃ sambhāradhammānaṃ. Purimāya hi atthato āpannalakkhaṇattayaṃ gaṇhāti salakkhaṇasallakkhaṇaparattā tassā, dutiyāya sarūpato tassā lakkhaṇattayāropanavasena sammasanabhāvato. Ekacittakkhaṇikatāya abhinipātamattatāya ca ^b^appamattakampi^eb^. Rūpapariggahassa oḷārikabhāvato ^b^arūpapariggahaṃ dasseti^eb^. Dassento ca vedanāya āsannabhāvato, visesato sukhasārāgitāya, bhavassādagadhitamānasatāya ca ^b^sakkassa vedanāvasena nibbattetvā dasseti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uppādavayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti udayabbayasabhāvena uppajjitvā nirujjhanena. ^b^Aniccā^eb^ti addhu vā. Aniccalakkhaṇaṃ aniccatā udayavayatā. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ khayato vayato dassanañāṇaṃ aniccānupassanā, taṃsamaṅgī ca puggalo aniccānupassī ^a^M2.0219^ea^, tasmā. ^b^Khayavirāgo^eb^ti khayasaṅkhāto virāgo saṅkhārānaṃ palujjanā. Yaṃ āgamma sabbaso saṅkhārehi virajjanā hoti, taṃ nibbānaṃ ^b^accantavirāgo. Nirodhānupassimhipī^eb^ti nirodhānupassipadepi. ^b^‘‘Eseva nayo’’^eb^ti abhidisitvā taṃ ekadesena vivaranto ^b^‘‘nirodhopi hi…pe… duvidhoyevā’’^eb^ti āha. Sabbāsavasaṃvare vuttavossaggova idha ‘‘paṭinissaggo’’ti vuttoti dassento ^b^‘‘paṭinissaggo vuccati vossaggo’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Pariccāgavossaggo^eb^ vipassanā. Pakkhandanavasena appanato ^b^pakkhandanavossaggo^eb^ maggo aññassa tadabhāvato. ^b^So^eb^ti maggo. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ti kiccasādhanavasena ārammaṇakaraṇato. Evañhi maggato aññesaṃ nibbānārammaṇānaṃ pakkhandanavossaggābhāvo siddho hoti. Pariccajanena pakkhandanena cāti ^b^dvīhipi vā kāraṇehi^eb^. Sabbesaṃ khandhānaṃ vossajjanaṃ tappaṭibaddhasaṃkilesappahānena daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Cittaṃ pakkhandatī^eb^ti maggasampayuttaṃ cittaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Ubhayampetaṃ^eb^ vossajjanaṃ. ^b^Tadubhayasamaṅgī^eb^ti vipassanāsamaṅgī maggasamaṅgī ca. ‘‘Aniccānupassanāya niccasaññaṃ pajahatī’’tiādivacanato (paṭi. ma. 1.52) yathā vipassanāya kilesānaṃ pariccāgapaṭinissaggo labbhati, evaṃ āyatiṃ tehi kilesehi uppādetabbakhandhānampi pariccāgapaṭinissaggo vattabbo, pakkhandanapaṭinissaggo pana magge labbhamānāya ekantakāraṇabhūtāya vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāya vasena veditabbo, magge pana tadubhayampi ñāyāgatameva nippariyāyatova labbhamānattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tadubhayasamaṅgī puggalo’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Pucchantassa ^a^V2.0205^ea^ ajjhāsayavasena ‘‘na kiñci loke upādiyatī’’ti ettha kāmupādānavasena upādiyanaṃ paṭikkhipīyatīti āha ^b^‘‘taṇhāvasena na upādiyatī’’^eb^ti. Taṇhāvasena vā asati upādiyane diṭṭhivasena upādiyanaṃ anavakāsamevāti ^b^‘‘taṇhāvasena’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. ^b^Na parāmasatī^eb^ti nādiyati, diṭṭhiparāmāsavasena vā ‘‘nicca’’ntiādinā ^b^na parāmasati. Saṃkhitteneva khippaṃ kathesī^eb^ti tassa ajjhāsayavasena papañcaṃ akatvā kathesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^391^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhisamāgantvā^eb^ti abhimukhañāṇena ñeyyaṃ samāgantvā yāthāvato viditvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jānitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yathāparisaviññāpakattā^eb^ti yathāparisaṃ ^a^M2.0220^ea^ dhammasampaṭiggāhikāya mahatiyā, appakāya vā parisāya anurūpameva viññāpanato. ^b^Pariyantaṃ na niccharatī^eb^ti na pavattati. ^b^Mā niratthakā agamāsī^eb^ti idaṃ dhammatāvasena vuttaṃ, na satthu ajjhāsayavasena. Ekañhetaṃ satthu vacīghosassa aṭṭhasu aṅgesu, yadidaṃ parisapariyantatā. ^b^Chiddavivarokāso^eb^ti chiddabhūto, vivarabhūto vā okāsopi natthi, bhagavato saddāsavanakāraṇaṃ vuttameva. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yathāvuttakāraṇato.<br/><br/>[03]Pañca aṅgāni etassāti pañcaṅgaṃ, pañcaṅgaṃ eva ^b^pañcaṅgikaṃ^eb^. Mahatīādi vīṇāvisesopi ātatamevāti ^b^‘‘cammapariyonaddhesū’’^eb^ti visesitaṃ. ^b^Ekatalaṃ^eb^ kumbhathūṇadaddarādi. Cammapariyonaddhaṃ hutvā tantibaddhaṃ ^b^ātatavitataṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tantibaddhapaṇavādī’’^eb^ti. Gomukhīādīnampi ettheva saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Vaṃsādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena saṅkhasiṅgādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Sammādī^eb^ti sammatāḷakaṃsatāḷasilāsalākatāḷādi. Tattha ^b^sammatāḷaṃ^eb^ nāma daṇḍamayatāḷaṃ. ^b^Kaṃsatāḷaṃ^eb^ lohamayaṃ. Silāya ayopattena ca vādanatāḷaṃ ^b^silāsalākatāḷaṃ. Samappito^eb^ti sammā appito upeto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘upagato’’^eb^ti. Upaṭṭhānavasena pañcahi tūriyasatehi upeto. Evaṃbhūto ca yasmā tehi upaṭṭhito samannāgato nāma hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samaṅgībhūtoti tasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Paricāretī^eb^ti parito cāreti. Kāni pana cāreti, kathaṃ vā cāretīti āha ^b^‘‘sampattiṃ…pe… cāretī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^tato tato^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vādite tattha tattha ca vādakajane. ^b^Apanetvā^eb^ti vādakajane nisedhetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nissaddāni kārāpetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Devacārikaṃ gacchatiyeva^eb^ devatānaṃ manussānañca anukampāya. Svāyamattho ^b^vimānavatthūhi^eb^ (vi. va. 1) dīpetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^392^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Appeva sakena karaṇīyenā^eb^ti mārisa, moggallāna, mayaṃ sakena karaṇīyena appeva bahukiccāpi na homa. ^b^Apica devānaṃyevā^eb^ti apica kho pana devānaṃyeva tāvatiṃsānaṃ karaṇīyena ^a^V2.0206^ea^ visesato ^a^M2.0221^ea^ bahukiccāti atthayojanā. Bhummaṭṭhakadevatānampi keci aṭṭā sakkena vinicchitabbā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘pathavito paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Niyamento^eb^ti avadhārento. Taṃ pana karaṇīyaṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘devānaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tāsa^eb^nti devadhītudevaputtapādaparicārikānaṃ. ^b^Maṇḍanapasādhanakārikā^eb^ti maṇḍanapasādhanasaṃvidhāyikā. ^b^Aṭṭakaraṇaṃ natthi^eb^ saṃsayasseva abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ya^eb^nti savanuggahaṇādivasena suparicitampi yaṃ atthajātaṃ. ^b^Na dissati,^eb^ paññācakkhuno sabbaso na paṭibhātīti attho. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā. ^b^Somanassasaṃvega^eb^nti somanassasamuṭṭhānaṃ saṃvegaṃ, na cittasantāsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samupabyūḷho^eb^ti yujjhanavasena sahapatito samogāḷho. Evaṃbhūto ca yasmā samūhavasena sampiṇḍito hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sannipatito rāsibhūto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anantare attabhāve^eb^ti idaṃ dutiyaṃ sakkattabhāvaṃ tato anantarātītena sakkattabhāvena sakkattabhāvasāmaññato ekamiva katvā gahaṇavasena vuttaṃ, aññathā ‘‘tatiye attabhāve’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā. Maghattabhāvo hi ito tatiyoti. Atha vā yasmiṃ attabhāve so devāsurasaṅgāmo ahosi, tassa anantarattā maghattabhāvassa vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anantare attabhāve’’^eb^ti. Sattānaṃ hitesitāya mātāpitūpaṭṭhānādinā cariyāhi ^b^bodhisattacariyā viyassa cariyā ahosi. Satta vatapadānī^eb^ti satta vatakoṭṭhāse.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahāpāna^eb^nti mahantaṃ surāpānaṃ. ^b^Gaṇḍapāna^eb^nti gaṇḍasurāpānaṃ, adhimattapānanti attho. ^b^Pariharamānā^eb^ti parivārentā. ^b^Vedikāpādā^eb^ti sinerussa pariyante vedikāparikkhepā. ^b^Pañcasu ṭhānesū^eb^ti pañcasu paribhaṇḍaṭṭhānesu nāgasenādīhi ^b^ārakkhaṃ ṭhapesi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^393^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rāmaṇeyyaka^eb^nti ramaṇīyabhāvaṃ. ^b^Masāragallatthambhe^eb^ti kabaramaṇimaye thambhe. ^b^Suvaṇṇādimaye ghaṭake^eb^ti ‘‘rajatatthambhesu suvaṇṇamaye, suvaṇṇatthambhesu rajatamaye’’tiādinā suvaṇṇādimaye ghaṭake vāḷarūpakāni ca. Pabāḷhaṃ mattoti ^b^pamatto^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ativiya matto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nāṭakaparivārenā^eb^ti accharāparivārena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Acchariyabbhuta^eb^nti ^a^M2.0222^ea^ padadvayenapi vimhayanākārova vutto, tasmā sañjātaṃ acchariyabbhutaṃ vimhayanākāro etesanti ^b^sañjātācchariyābbhutā,^eb^ tathā pavattacittuppādā. Acchariyabbhutahetukā sañjātā ^a^V2.0207^ea^ tuṭṭhi etesanti ^b^sañjātatuṭṭhino. Saṃvigga^eb^nti sañjātasaṃvegaṃ. Svāyaṃ saṃvego yasmā purimāvatthāya cittassa calanaṃ hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘calita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^394^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tamaṃ vinodita^eb^nti pāṭihāriyadassanena ‘‘aho therassa iddhānubhāvo’’ti sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ sañjātabahumāno, īdisaṃ nāma sāsanaṃ labhitvāpi mayaṃ niratthakena bhogamadena sammattā bhavāmāti yoniso manasikāruppādanena sammohatamaṃ vinoditaṃ vidhamitaṃ. ^b^Ete^eb^ti mahāthero sakko cāti te dvepi samānabrahmacariyatāya ^b^sabrahmacārino^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^395^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paññātāna^eb^nti pākaṭānaṃ cātumahārāja-suyāma-santusita-paranimmitavasavattimahābrahmānaṃ aññataro, na yesaṃ kesañcīti adhippāyo. Āraddhadhammavaseneva pariyosāpitattā ^b^yathānusandhināva niṭṭhapesi^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 144
title: cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasuttavaṇṇanā^mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^396^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Laddhimatta^eb^nti ^a^V2.0208^ea^ micchāgāhamattaṃ, na diṭṭhābhiniveso. ^b^Sassatadiṭṭhī^eb^ti niccābhiniveso. ^b^So^eb^ti ariṭṭho bhikkhu. Kathetvā samodhānentanti yojanā. ^b^Samodhānenta^eb^nti ca nigamentanti attho. ^b^Tattha tatthevā^eb^ti tesu tesu eva bhavesu ^b^nirujjhanti,^eb^ na bhavantaraṃ saṅkamanti. ^b^Viññāṇaṃ pana^eb^ abhinnasabhāvaṃ anaññanti adhippāyo. ^b^Idhalokato^eb^ti imasmā attabhāvā. ^b^Paralokanti^eb^ parabhavasaññitaṃ attabhāvaṃ. ^b^Sandhāvatī^eb^ti niccatāya kenaci asambaddhaṃ viya gacchati. Tena idhalokato paralokagamanamāha. ^b^Saṃsaratī^eb^ti iminā paralokato idhāgamanaṃ. ^b^Sandhāvatī^eb^ti vā bhavantarasaṅkamanamāha. ^b^Saṃsaratī^eb^ti tattha tattha aparāparasañcaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Paccaye ^a^M2.0223^ea^ sati bhavatī’’tiādinā viññāṇassa anvayato byatirekato ca paṭiccasamuppannabhāvaṃ dassento sassatabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati. ^b^Buddhena akathitaṃ kathesī^eb^ti iminā ‘‘yaṃ abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena, taṃ bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpetī’’ti (cūḷava. 352, 353) imasmiṃ bhedakaravatthusmiṃ sandissatīti dasseti. ^b^Jinacakke pahāraṃ detī^eb^ti ‘‘tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ…pe… anañña’’nti niccataṃ paṭijānanto – ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā (dha. pa. 277), rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anicca’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.93-94) ca ādinayappavatte satthu dhammacakke khīlaṃ uppādento pahāraṃ deti. Sabbaññutaññāṇena aniccanti diṭṭhaṃ paveditañca viññāṇaṃ niccanti paṭijānanto ^b^vesārajjañāṇaṃ paṭibāhati. Sotukāmaṃ jana^eb^nti ariyadhammādhigamassa ekantaupāyabhūtaṃ vipassanāmaggaṃ sotukāmaṃ janaṃ niccaggāhapaggaṇhanena ^b^visaṃvādeti^eb^. Tato eva ^b^ariyapathe^eb^ ariyadhammavīthiyaṃ tassā paṭikkhipanena ^b^tiriyaṃ nipatitvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^398^eb^^b^.^eb^ Viññāṇasīsena attanā gahitaṃ attānaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘yvāyaṃ, bhante’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^vado vedeyyo^eb^tiādayo sassatadiṭṭhiyā eva abhinivesākārā. Vadatīti ^b^vado,^eb^ vacīkammassa kārakoti attho. Iminā hi kārakabhāvupāyikasattānaṃ hitasukhāvabodhanasamatthataṃ attano dasseti. Vediyova ^b^vedeyyo,^eb^ jānāti anubhavati cāti attho. Īdisānañhi padānaṃ bahulā kattusādhanataṃ saddavidū maññanti. ^b^Vedayatī^eb^ti taṃ taṃ anubhavitabbaṃ anubhavati. ^b^Tahiṃ tahi^eb^nti tesu tesu bhavayonigatiṭhitisattāvāsasattanikāyesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^399^eb^^b^.^eb^ Taṃ ^a^V2.0209^ea^ vādaṃ paggayha ṭhitattā sātissa chinnapaccayatā aviruḷhadhammatā ca veditabbā. ^b^Heṭṭhā^eb^ti alagaddasuttasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.236-237) sandhāyāha. Parato ^b^heṭṭhā^eb^ti vuttaṭṭhānepi eseva nayo. ^b^Pāṭiyekko anusandhī^eb^ti tīhipi anusandhīhi avomisso visuṃyeveko anusandhi. Nanu cāyampi sātissa ajjhāsayavasena pavattitattā ajjhāsayānusandhiyevāti? Na, niyyānamukhena appavattattā. Niyyānañhi purakkhatvā pucchādivasena pavattā itarā desanāpucchānusandhiādayo. Idha tadabhāvato ^a^M2.0224^ea^ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pāṭiyekko anusandhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parisāya laddhiṃ sodhento^eb^ti yādisī sātissa laddhi, tadabhāvadassanavasena parisāya laddhiṃ sodhento, parisāya laddhisodhaneneva sāti gaṇato nissārito nāma jāto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^400^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yaṃ yadevā^eb^ti idaṃ yadipi avisesato paccayadhammaggahaṇaṃ, ‘‘viññāṇantveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’ti pana vuttattā taṃtaṃviññāṇassa samaññānimittapaccayajātaṃ gahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ – ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇantveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’tiādi. Atha vā taṃtaṃdvāraniyataṃ itarampi sabbaṃ tassa tassa viññāṇassa paccayajātaṃ idha ‘‘yaṃ yadevā’’ti gahitaṃ, tattha pana yaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ, tena samaññāti ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇantvevā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dvārasaṅkantiyā abhāva^eb^nti viññāṇassa dvārantarasaṅkamanassa abhāvaṃ. Svāyaṃ oḷārikanayena mandabuddhīnaṃ sukhāvabodhanatthaṃ nayadassanavasena vutto. Na hi kadāci paccuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vigacchantaṃ anantaraviññāṇaṃ saṅkamati anantarādipaccayālābhe tassa anuppajjanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evamevā^eb^ti yathā aggi upādānaṃ paṭicca jalanto anupādāno tattheva nibbāyati, na katthaci saṅkamati, evameva. ^b^‘‘Paccayavekallena tattheva nirujjhatī’’^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ, na hettha anuppādanirodho icchito tādisassa nirodhassa idha anadhippetattā, atha kho khaṇanirodho, so ca sābhāvikattā na paccayavekallahetuko? Saccametaṃ, taṃtaṃdvārikassa pana viññāṇassa dvārantaraṃ asaṅkamitvā tattha tattheva nirujjhanaṃ idhādhippetaṃ. Yesañca paccayānaṃ vasena dvārantarikaviññāṇena bhavitabbaṃ, tesaṃ tadabhāvato paccayavekallaggahaṇaṃ, tasmā paccayavekallena na sotādīni saṅkamitvā sotaviññāṇantiādi saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti yojanā. Etena yaṃ viññāṇaṃ cakkhurūpādipaccayasāmaggiyā vasena cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tattha tattheva nirujjhati tāvakālikabhāvato, tassa pana sotasaddādipaccayābhāvato kuto sotaviññāṇādisamaññā, evamappavattito tassa kuto saṅkamoti dassitaṃ hoti. ^b^Viññāṇappavatte^eb^ti viññāṇappavattiyaṃ. ^b^Dvārasaṅkantimatta^eb^nti dvārantarasaṅkamanamattampi na vadāmi tattha tattheva ^a^V2.0210^ea^ bhijjanato paccayassa uppādavantato sati ca uppāde avassaṃbhāvī nirodhoti hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccatā dīpitā hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^401^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ ^a^M2.0225^ea^ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ mayā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo’’ti pāḷiyā anvayato ca byatirekato ca viññāṇassa saṅkhatatāva dassitāti āha ^b^‘‘sappaccayabhāvaṃ dassetvā’’^eb^ti. Hetupaccayehi jātaṃ nibbattaṃ ‘‘bhūta’’nti idhādhippetaṃ, taṃ atthato pañcakkhandhā tabbinimuttassa sappaccayassa abhāvato, yañca khandhapañcakaṃ attano tesañca bhikkhūnaṃ, taṃ ‘‘bhūtamida’’nti bhagavā avocāti āha ^b^‘‘idaṃ khandhapañcaka’’^eb^nti. Attano phalaṃ āharatīti āhāro, paccayo. Sambhavati etasmāti sambhavo, āhāro sambhavo etassāti ^b^āhārasambhavaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paccayasambhava’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tassa paccayassa nirodhā^eb^ti yena avijjādinā paccayena khandhapañcakaṃ sambhavati, tassa paccayassa anuppādanirodhā. Khaṇanirodho pana kāraṇanirapekkho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nossūti^eb^ saṃsayajotano nipātoti āha ^b^‘‘bhūtaṃ nu kho idaṃ, na nu kho bhūta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bhūtamidaṃ nossū^eb^ti ca iminā khandhapañcakameva nu kho idaṃ, udāhu attattaniyanti evaṃjātiko saṃsayanākāro gahito. ^b^Tadāhārasambhavaṃ nossū^eb^ti pana iminā sahetukaṃ nu kho idaṃ bhūtaṃ, udāhu ahetukanti yathā ahetukabhāvāpanno saṃsayanākāro gahito, evaṃ visamahetukabhāvāpannopi saṃsayanākāro gahitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Visamahetunopi paramatthato bhūtassa ahetukabhāvato. Visamahetuvādopi parehi parikappitamattatāya sabhāvaniyatiyadicchādivādehi samānayogakkhamoti. ^b^Nirodhadhammaṃ nossū^eb^ti iminā yathā aniccaṃ nu kho idaṃ bhūtaṃ, udāhu niccanti aniccataṃ paṭicca saṃsayanākāro gahito, evaṃ dukkhaṃ nu kho, udāhu na dukkhaṃ, anattā nu kho, udāhu na anattātipi saṃsayanākāro gahitoyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ aniccassa dukkhabhāvādiavassaṃbhāvato, nicce ca tadubhayābhāvato. ^b^Yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇato^eb^ti aviparītasarasato salakkhaṇato ca, kiccato ceva sabhāvato cāti attho. Vipassanāya adhiṭṭhānabhūtāpi paññā vipassanā evāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vipassanāpaññāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sarasato^eb^ti ca sabhāvato. ^b^Salakkhaṇato^eb^ti sāmaññalakkhaṇato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanāpaññāya sammā passantassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇato’’ti vuttanayeneva. ^b^Ye ye^eb^ti tassaṃ parisāyaṃ ye ye bhikkhū. ^b^Sallakkhesu^eb^nti sammadeva upadhāresuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tehī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0226^ea^^a^V2.0211^ea^ tehi bhikkhūhi. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tissaṃ vipassanāpaññāyaṃ. ^b^Nittaṇhabhāva^eb^nti taṇhābhāvaṃ ‘‘etaṃ mama’’nti taṇhāggāhassa pahīnataṃ. Etenapi bhagavā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammesupi taṇhāpahānameva vaṇṇemi, sāti pana moghapuriso attabhāvepi taṇhāsaṃvaddhaniṃ viparītadiṭṭhiṃ paggayha tiṭṭhatī’’ti sātiṃ niggaṇhāti. ^b^Sabhāvadassanenā^eb^ti dhammānaṃ aviparītasabhāvadassanena. ^b^Paccayadassanenā^eb^ti kāraṇadassanena anavasesato hetuno paccayassa ca dassanena. ^b^Allīyethā^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena nissayetha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhīhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kelāyethā^eb^ti pariharaṇakeḷiyā parihareyyātha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kīḷamānā vihareyyāthā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhanaṃ viya icchantā^eb^ti dhanaṃ viya drabyaṃ viya icchaṃ taṇhaṃ janentā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gedhaṃ āpajjeyyāthā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mamattaṃ uppādeyyāthā^eb^ti ‘‘mamamida’’nti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhinivesaṃ janeyyātha. Nikantivasenapi gahaṇatthāya no desito, tassa vā saṇhasukhumassa vipassanādhammassa gahaṇaṃ nāma nikantiyā eva siyā, na oḷārikataṇhāyāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nikantivasenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^402^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paṭicca etasmā phalaṃ etīti ^b^paccayo,^eb^ sabbo kāraṇavisesoti āha ^b^‘‘khandhānaṃ paccayaṃ dassento’’^eb^ti. Yāva avijjā hi sabbo nesaṃ kāraṇaviseso idha dassito. Puna ādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā, antato paṭṭhāya yāva ādīti anulomato paṭilomato ca vaṭṭavivaṭṭadassanavasena nānānayehi paṭiccasamuppādo dassito, niccaggāhassa nimittabhūto kilesopi idha natthīti dīpeti. ^b^Tampi vuttatthamevā^eb^ti tampi ‘‘ime ca, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā’’tiādi yāva ‘‘taṇhāpabhavā’’ti pāḷipadaṃ, tāva vuttatthameva ^b^sammādiṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.89). Sesaṃ paṭiccasamuppādakathābhāvato ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.570) ^b^vitthāritāvā^eb^ti imināva saṅgahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^404^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hotī^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ paramatthadīpaniyaṃ ^b^udānaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (udā. aṭṭha. 1) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^407^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭidhāvanā^eb^ti paṭisaraṇaṃ, pubbe attano āgataṃ atītaṃ addhānaṃ uddissa taṇhādiṭṭhivasena paṭigamananti attho. Nanu vicikicchāvasena pāḷiyaṃ ^a^M2.0227^ea^ paṭidhāvanā āgatāti? Saccaṃ āgatā, sā pana taṇhādiṭṭhihetukāti ‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ yathādhigate ñāṇadassane.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niccalabhāva^eb^nti ^a^V2.0212^ea^ suppatiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ, titthiyavādavātehi akampiyabhāvañca. ^b^Garū^eb^ti garuguṇayutto. ^b^Bhāriko^eb^ pāsāṇacchattasadiso. ^b^Akāmā anuvattitabbo^eb^ti saddhāmattakeneva anuvattanamāha, na aveccappasādena. ^b^Kicca^eb^nti satthukiccaṃ. ^b^Brāhmaṇāna^eb^nti jātimantabrāhmaṇānaṃ. ^b^Vatasamādānānī^eb^ti magavatādivatasamādānāni. ^b^Diṭṭhikutūhalānī^eb^ti taṃtaṃdiṭṭhiggāhavasena ‘‘idaṃ saccaṃ, idaṃ sacca’’ntiādinā gahetabbakutūhalāni. ^b^Evaṃ nissaṭṭhānī^eb^ti yathā mayā tumhākaṃ ovādo dinno, evaṃ nissaṭṭhāni vatādīni taṃ atikkamitvā kiṃ gaṇheyyātha. ^b^Sayaṃ ñāṇena ñāta^eb^nti paraneyyataṃ muñcitvā attano eva ñāṇena yāthāvato ñātaṃ. Evaṃbhūtañca sayaṃ paccakkhato diṭṭhaṃ nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sayaṃ paññācakkhunā diṭṭha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sayaṃ vibhāvita^eb^nti tehi bhikkhūhi tassa atthassa paccattaṃ vibhūtabhāvaṃ āpāditaṃ. ^b^Upanītā^eb^ti upakkamena dhammadesanānusārena nītā. ^b^Mayā^eb^ti kattari karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Dhammenā^eb^ti kāraṇena. ^b^Etaṃ vacana^eb^nti etaṃ ‘‘sandiṭṭhiko’’tiādivacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^408^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Taṃ^eb^ sammohaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^assa^eb^ lokassa. ^b^Samodhānenā^eb^ti samāgamena. Gabbhati attabhāvabhāvena vattatīti ^b^gabbho,^eb^ kalalādiavattho dhammapabandho, tannissitattā pana sattasantāno ‘‘gabbho’’ti vutto yathā ‘‘mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’ti. Tannissayabhāvato mātukucchi ‘‘gabbho’’ti veditabbo, gabbho viyāti vā. Yathā hi nivāsaṭṭhānatāya sattānaṃ ovarako ‘‘gabbho’’ti vuccati, evaṃ gabbhaseyyakānaṃ yāva abhijāti nivāsaṭṭhānatāya mātukucchi ‘‘gabbho’’ti vuttoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yamekaratti^eb^nti yassaṃ ekarattiyaṃ. Bhummatthe hi idaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, accantasaṃyoge vā. ^b^Paṭhama^eb^nti sabbapaṭhamaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe. ^b^Gabbhe^eb^ti mātukucchiyaṃ. ^b^Māṇavo^eb^ti satto. Yebhuyyena sattā rattiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantīti ^a^M2.0228^ea^ rattiggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Abbhuṭṭhitovā^eb^ti uṭṭhitābbho viya, abhimukhabhāvena vā uṭṭhito eva maraṇassāti adhippāyo. ^b^So yātī^eb^ti so māṇavo yāti paṭhamakkhaṇato paṭṭhāya gacchateva. ^b^Sa gacchaṃ na nivattatī^eb^ti so evaṃ gacchanto khaṇamattampi na nivattati, aññadatthu maraṇameva upagacchatīti gāthāya attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Utusamayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ,^eb^ na lokasamaññātarajassa lagganadivasamattaṃ. Idāni vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘mātugāmassa kira yasmi’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ gabbhāsaye. ^b^Saṇṭhahitvā^eb^ti nibbattitvā. ^b^Bhijjitvā^eb^ti aggahitagabbhā eva bhinnā hutvā. Ayañhi tassā sabhāvo. ^b^Vatthu suddhaṃ hotī^eb^ti paggharitalohitattā anāmayattā ca gabbhāsayo suddho hoti. Suddhavatthuttā ^a^V2.0213^ea^ tato paraṃ katipayadivasāni ^b^khettameva hoti^eb^ gabbhasaṇṭhahanassa parittassa lohitalesassa vijjamānattā. Sambhavassa pana kathaṃ sabbhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ samaye’’^eb^tiādi. Itthisantānepi sukkadhātu labbhateva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṅgaparāmasanenapi dārako nibbattatiyevā’’^eb^ti. Yathā pārikāya nābhiparāmasanena sāmassa bodhisattassa, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya nābhiparāmasanena maṇḍabyassa nibbatti. ^b^Gandhabbo^eb^ti gandhanato uppajjanagatiyā nimittupaṭṭhāpanena sūcanato gandhoti laddhanāmena bhavagāmikammunā abbati pavattatīti ^b^gandhabbo,^eb^ tattha uppajjanakasatto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatrūpagasatto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kammayantayantito^eb^ti tatrūpapattiāvahena kammasaṅkhātena pellanakayantena tathattāya pellito upanīto. ^b^Mahantena jīvitasaṃsayenā^eb^ti vijāyanaparikkilesena ‘‘jīvissāmi kho, na nu kho jīvissāmi ahaṃ vā, putto vā me’’ti evaṃ pavattena jīvitasaṃsayena vipulena garutarena saṃsayena. ^b^Taṃ ṭhāna^eb^nti thanappadesamāha. Kīḷanti tenāti kīḷanaṃ, kīḷanameva ^b^kīḷanakaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^409^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sārajjatī^eb^ti sārattacitto hoti. ^b^Byāpajjatī^eb^ti byāpannacitto hoti. ^b^Kāye^eb^ kesādidvattiṃsāsucisamudāye taṃsabhāvārammaṇā ^b^sati kāyasati. Anupaṭṭhapetvā^eb^ti anuppādetvā, yathāsabhāvato kāyaṃ anupadhāretvāti attho. ^b^Parittacetaso^eb^ti kilesehi ^a^M2.0229^ea^ parito khaṇḍitacitto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akusalacitto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ete^eb^ akusaladhammā. ^b^Nirujjhantī^eb^ti nirodhaṃ pattā honti. ^b^Taṇhāvasena abhinandatī^eb^ti sappītikataṇhāvasena abhimukhaṃ hutvā nandati. ^b^Abhivadatī^eb^ti taṇhāvasena taṃ taṃ ārammaṇaṃ abhinivissa vadati. ^b^Ajjhosāyā^eb^ti anaññasādhāraṇaṃ viya ārammaṇaṃ taṇhāvasena anupavisitvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dukkhaṃ kathaṃ abhinandatī^eb^ti ettha dukkhahetukaṃ abhinandanto dukkhaṃ abhinandati nāmāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana yāvatā yassa dukkhe diṭṭhitaṇhā abhinandanā appahīnā, tāvatāyaṃ dukkhaṃ abhinandati nāmāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ahaṃ dukkhito mama dukkhanti gaṇhanto abhinandati nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tena gāhadvayahetukā tattha abhinandanāti dasseti. ^b^Puna ekavāra^eb^nti punapi ekavāraṃ. Phalahetusandhihetuphalasandhivasena ^b^dvisandhī^eb^. ‘‘Gabbhassāvakkanti hotī’’tiādinā atthato sarūpato ca etarahi phalasaṅkhepassa. ^b^Sarūpeneva^eb^ ca itaradvayassa desitattā āha ^b^‘‘tisaṅkhepa’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^410-414^eb^^b^.^eb^ Samathayānikassa bhikkhuno vedanāmukhena saṅkhepeneva yāva arahattā kammaṭṭhānaṃ idha kathitanti āha ^b^‘‘saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ dhārethā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Imaṃ taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutti’’nti ca bhagavā yathādesitaṃ desanaṃ avocāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘imaṃ…pe… vimuttidesana’’^eb^nti ^a^V2.0214^ea^. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ desanā vimuttīti āha ^b^‘‘desanā hi…pe… vimuttīti vuttā’’^eb^ti. Yassā taṇhāya vasena sāti bhikkhu sassataggāhamahāsaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, sā sabbabuddhānaṃ desanā hatthāvalambamānepi durugghāṭiyā jātāti āha ^b^‘‘mahātaṇhājālataṇhāsaṅghāṭapaṭimukka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Mahātaṇhājāle^eb^ti mahante taṇhājaṭe. ^b^Taṇhāsaṅghāṭe^eb^ti taṇhāya saṅghāṭe. Tathābhūto ca tassa abbhantare kato nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anupaviṭṭho antogadho’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 145
title: mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāassapurasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^415^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jānapadino^eb^ti ^a^V2.0215^ea^ janapadavanto, janapadassa vā issarā rājakumārā gottavasena ^b^aṅgā nāma^eb^. Tesaṃ nivāso yadi eko janapado ^a^M2.0230^ea^, kathaṃ bahuvacananti āha ^b^‘‘ruḷhīsaddenā’’^eb^ti. Akkharacintakā hi īdisesu ṭhānesu yutte viya saliṅgavacanāni (pāṇini 1.2.51) icchanti. Ayamettha ruḷhī yathā ‘‘kurūsu viharati, mallesu viharatī’’ti ca. Tabbisesane pana janapadasadde jātisadde ekavacanameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṅgesu janapade’’^eb^ti. Assā vuccanti pāsāṇāni, tāni sundarāni tattha santīti ^b^‘‘assapura’’^eb^nti so nigamo vuttoti kecī. Apare pana ājānīyo asso rañño tattha gahaṇaṃ upagatoti ^b^‘‘assapura’’^eb^nti vuttoti vadanti. Kiṃ tehi, nāmametaṃ tassa nigamassa. Yasmā pana tattha bhagavato nibaddhavasanaṭṭhānaṃ kiñci nāhosi, tasmā ^b^‘‘taṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā viharati’’^eb^cceva vuttaṃ. Tathā hi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘assapuraṃ nāma aṅgānaṃ nigamo’’ti gocaragāmakittanameva kataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evarūpena sīlenā^eb^tiādīsu sīlaggahaṇena vārittasīlamāha. Tena sammāvācākammantājīve dasseti. Ācāraggahaṇena cārittasīlaṃ. Tena parisuddhaṃ kāyavacīsamācāraṃ. Paṭipattiggahaṇena samathavipassanāmaggaphalasaṅgahaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ. ^b^Lajjino^eb^ti iminā yathāvuttasīlācāramūlakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Pesalā^eb^ti iminā pārisuddhiṃ. ^b^Uḷāraguṇā^eb^ti iminā paṭipattiyā pāripūriṃ. ^b^Bhikkhusaṅghasseva vaṇṇaṃ kathentī^eb^ti idaṃ tesaṃ upāsakānaṃ yebhuyyena bhikkhūnaṃ guṇakittanapasutatāya vuttaṃ. Te pana saddhammepi sammāsambuddhepi abhippasannā eva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘buddhamāmakā dhammamāmakā’’^eb^ti. Vatthuttaye hi ekasmiṃ abhippasannā itaradvaye abhippasannā eva tadavinābhāvato. ^b^Piṇḍapātāpacāyane^eb^ti lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ yathā ‘‘kākehi sappi rakkhitabba’’nti, tasmā paccayapaṭipūjaneti vuttaṃ hoti. Paccayadāyakānañhi kārassa attano sammāpaṭipattiyā mahapphalabhāvassa karaṇaṃ idha ‘‘piṇḍapātāpacāyana’’nti adhippetaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samaṇakaraṇā^eb^ti samaṇabhāvakarā, samaṇabhāvassa kārakāti attho. Te pana ekantato attano santāne uppāditā vaḍḍhitā ca hontīti āha ^b^‘‘samādāya paripūritā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samaṇa^eb^ggahaṇañcettha samaṇavasena, na sāmaññamattenāti āha ^b^‘‘samitapāpasamaṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Brāhmaṇakaraṇā^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayenevattho veditabbo. Byañjanato eva cāyaṃ bhedo, yadidaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇāti ^a^V2.0216^ea^, na atthato. ^b^Samaṇena^eb^^b^kattabbadhammā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0231^ea^ samaṇadhamme ṭhitena sampādetabbadhammā. Yo hi heṭṭhimasikkhāsaṅkhātasamaṇabhāve suppatiṭṭhito, tena ye uparisikkhāsaṅkhātasamaṇabhāvā sampādetabbā, tesaṃ vaseneva vuttasamaṇena kattabbadhammā vuttāti. Tathā hi tesaṃ samaṇabhāvāvahataṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tepi ca samaṇakaraṇā hontiyevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Idha panā^eb^ti mahāassapure. ^b^Hirottappādivasena desanā vitthāritā^eb^ti hirottappa-parisuddhakāyavacīmanosamācārājīvaindriyasaṃvara-bhojanemattaññuta- jāgariyānuyogasatisampajañña-jhānavijjāvasena samaṇakaraṇadhammadesanā vitthārato desitā, na tikanipāte viya saṅkhepato. ^b^Phala^eb^ggahaṇeneva vipākaphalaṃ gahitaṃ, taṃ pana ukkaṭṭhaniddesena catubbidhaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ānisaṃsa^eb^ggahaṇena piyamanāpatādiudrayo. ^b^Tasseva attho^eb^ti tasseva avañcāpadasseva atthaniddeso. ^b^‘‘Yassā hī’’^eb^tiādinā byatirekavasena atthaṃ vadati. ^b^Ettakena ṭhānenā^eb^ti ettakena pāḷipadesena. ^b^Hirottappādīnaṃ^eb^ upari pāḷiyaṃ vuccamānānaṃ samaṇakaraṇa^b^dhammānaṃ. Vaṇṇaṃ kathesī^eb^ti guṇaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ abhāsi. ^b^Satipaṭṭhāne vuttanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘apica vaṇṇabhaṇanameta’’ntiādinā ^b^satipaṭṭhānavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.373; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.106) vuttanayena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^416^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yaṃ hirīyatī^eb^ti yena dhammena hetubhūtena vā jigucchati. Karaṇe hetaṃ paccattavacanaṃ. ^b^Ya^eb^nti vā liṅgavipallāsena vutto, dhammoti attho. ^b^Hirīyitabbenā^eb^ti upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, hirīyitabbayuttakaṃ kāyaduccaritādinti attho. ^b^Ottappitabbenā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Ajjhattaṃ niyakajjhattaṃ jātiādi samuṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^b^ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī,^eb^ bahiddhā attato bahibhūto parasatto samuṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^b^bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ^eb^. Attādhipatito āgatā ^b^attādhipateyyā,^eb^ attānaṃ adhipatiṃ katvā pavattā. ^b^Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā^eb^ti pāpajigucchanasabhāvaṭṭhāyinī. Sappatissavalakkhaṇattā garunā kismiñci vutte gāravavasena patissavanaṃ patissavo, saha patissavenāti ^b^sappatissavaṃ,^eb^ patissavabhūtaṃ taṃsabhāvañca yaṃ kiñci gāravaṃ. Jātiādimahattatāpaccavekkhaṇena uppajjamānā ca hirī tattha gāravavasena pavattatīti sappatissavalakkhaṇāti vuccati. ^b^Bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhita^eb^nti pāpato bhāyanasabhāvaṭṭhāyī, vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇattā ^a^M2.0232^ea^ vajjaṃ bhāyati taṃ bhayato passatīti ^b^vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvī,^eb^ evaṃsabhāvaṃ ottappaṃ. Ajjhattasamuṭṭhānāditā ca hirottappānaṃ tattha tattha pākaṭabhāveneva vuccati, na paresaṃ kadāci aññamaññavippayogā. Na hi lajjanaṃ nibbhayaṃ, pāpabhayaṃ vā alajjanaṃ hotīti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^aṭṭhasāliniyaṃ^eb^ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1.balarāsivaṇṇanā) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Lokamariyādassa pālanato ^b^lokapāladhammā nāma. Sukkā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0217^ea^ odātā pabhassarabhāvakārakā, sukkābhijātihetutāya ^b^vā sukkā. Sambheda^eb^nti ācāramariyādāsaṅkaraṃ. Devabhāvāvahā dhammāti ^b^devadhammā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukkadhammasamāhitā^eb^ti yathāvuttasukkadhammasamaṅgino. ^b^Santo^eb^ti vūpasantadosā. ^b^Sappurisā^eb^ti santajanā. Saparahitasādhakā hi sādhavo.<br/><br/>[03]Avayavavinimuttassa samudāyassa abhāvato, avayavena ca samudāyassa apadisitabbato ovādūpasampadāvahaovādekadeso ^b^ovādūpasampadā^eb^ti. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ assapure. ^b^Ete^eb^ hirottappadhammā. ^b^Samaṇadhammā nāmāti dassitā^eb^ mūlabhūtasamaṇabhāvakarā dhammāti katvā. Tathā hi tesaṃ ādito gahaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yassa adhigamena nippariyāyato samaṇā nāma honti, so ariyamaggo ‘‘samaṇassa kammaṃ paṭipadā’’ti katvā sāmaññaṃ, tassa pana phalabhāvato, ārammaṇakaraṇavasena araṇīyato phalanibbānāni ^b^sāmaññattho^eb^. Rāgaṃ khepetīti ^b^rāgakkhayo,^eb^ ariyamaggo. Rāgo khīyati etthāti ^b^rāgakkhayo,^eb^ nibbānaṃ. Phalaṃ pana kāraṇūpacārena ^b^rāgakkhayo^eb^ daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Dosakkhayo mohakkhayo^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Sāmaññabhūto attho ^b^sāmaññattho,^eb^ maggo, sāmaññassa atthoti ^b^sāmaññattho,^eb^ phalanti āha ^b^‘‘maggampi phalampi ekato katvā sāmaññattho kathito’’^eb^ti. Tayidaṃ ukkaṭṭhaniddesena vuttaṃ. Sīlādipubbabhāgapaṭipadāpi hi idha ‘‘sāmaññattho’’ti gahitā. Tenevāha ‘‘sati uttarikaraṇīye’’ti. ^b^Paṭivedayāmī^eb^ti punappunaṃ ñāpemi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^417^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kammapathavasenevā^eb^ti akusalakammapathabhāveneva, tato tādisampi akusalakammaṃ bhikkhussa kātuṃ na yuttanti duṭṭhullabhāveneva tato ^a^M2.0233^ea^ oramatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Sikkhāpadabaddhenā^eb^ti sikkhāpadapaññāpanena. ^b^Pānīyaghaṭe vā patte vā kākānaṃ hatthaṃ vā daṇḍaṃ vā leḍḍuṃ vā^eb^ti sabbamidaṃ nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yattha katthaci hi ṭhitānaṃ aññesampi pāṇīnaṃ uṭṭhāpanādi sabbaṃ aniṭṭhakaraṇaṃ idha aparisuddhakāyasamācārabhāveneva saṅgahitanti. ^b^Uttāno^eb^ti uddhamuddhaṃ tanotīti uttāno. Evaṃbhūto ca kenaci anuppādabhūmiyaṃ sañjātasālakalyāṇīkhandho viya uparūpari uggatuggato pākaṭo ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘uggato pākaṭo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anāvaṭo^eb^ti anivuto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘asañchanno’’^eb^ti, nacchādetabboti attho. ^b^Ekasadiso^eb^ visuddhabhāvena. ^b^Antarantare chiddarahito^eb^ pubbenāparaṃ sammāpaṭipattiyā sandhānena. ^b^Saṃvuto^eb^ kāyikassa saṃvarassa anupakkilesato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kilesānaṃ dvāraṃ pidahanenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^418^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ettha ^a^V2.0218^ea^ yathā lahukataraṃ kākuṭṭhāpanādikāyakammaṃ kāyasamācārassa aparisuddhabhāvāvahaṃ sallekhavikopanato, micchāvitakkanamattañca manosamācārassa, evaṃ yaṃ kiñci aniyyānakathākathanamattaṃ vacīsamācārassa aparisuddhabhāvāvahaṃ sallekhavikopanato, na hasādhippāyena musākathananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Hasādhippāyena hi musākathanaṃ sikkhāpadabaddheneva paṭikkhittanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^420^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ājīvopi ekacco kammapathavasena vārito labbhati. So pana atioḷāriko kāyavacīsamācāravāresu vuttanayo evāti na gahitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ye pana ‘‘tādiso bhikkhūnaṃ ayogyato na gahito’’ti vadanti, taṃ micchā tathā sati kāyavacīsamācāravārepi tassa aggahetabbabhāvāpattito. ‘‘Khādatha pivathā’’ti pucchā attano khāditukāmatādīpanena, pariyāyakathābhāvato panesā sallekhavikopanā jātā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^422^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anesanaṃ pahāya dhammena samena paccaye pariyesanto ^b^pariyesanamattaññū^eb^ nāma. Dāyakassa deyyadhammassa attano ca pamāṇaññutāpaṭiggaṇhanto ^b^paṭiggahaṇamattaññū^eb^ nāma. Yoniso paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjanto ^b^paribhogamattaññū^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]^b^423^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekasmiṃ^eb^^a^M2.0234^ea^^b^koṭṭhāse^eb^ti majjhimayāmasaññite ekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse. ^b^‘‘Vāmena passena sentī’’^eb^ti evaṃ vuttā. ^b^Dakkhiṇapassena sayāno nāma natthi^eb^ dakkhiṇahatthassa sarīraggahaṇādipayogakkhamato. Purisavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tejussadattā^eb^ti iminā sīhassa abhīrukabhāvaṃ dasseti. Bhīrukā hi sesamigā attano āsayaṃ pavisitvā santāsapubbakaṃ yathā tathā sayanti, sīho pana abhīrukabhāvato satokārī bhikkhu viya satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāva sayati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dve purimapāde’’^eb^tiādi. Seti abyāvaṭabhāvena pavattati etthāti ^b^seyyā,^eb^ catutthajjhānameva seyyā. Kiṃ pana taṃ catutthajjhānanti? Ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ. Tattha hi ṭhatvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā bhagavā anukkamena aggamaggaṃ adhigato tathāgato jātoti keci, tayidaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ nāma na seyyā. Apare pana ‘‘catutthajjhānasamanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyī’’ti vuttapadaṃ gahetvā ‘‘lokiyacatutthajjhānasamāpatti tathāgataseyyā’’ti vadanti, tathā sati parinibbānakālikā tathāgataseyyāti āpajjati, na ca bhagavā catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjanabahulo vihāsi, aggaphalajhānaṃ panettha ‘‘catutthajjhāna’’nti adhippetaṃ. Tattha yathā sattānaṃ niddupagamanalakkhaṇā seyyā ^a^V2.0219^ea^ bhavaṅgacittavāravasena hoti, tañca tesaṃ paṭhamajātisamanvayaṃ yebhuyyavuttikaṃ, evaṃ bhagavato ariyajātisamanvayaṃ yebhuyyavuttikaṃ aggaphalabhūtaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ ‘‘tathāgataseyyā’’ti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Sīhaseyyā^eb^ti seṭṭhaseyyāti āha ^b^‘‘uttamaseyyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^426^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vigatantānī^eb^ti iṇamūlāni. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti iṇamūlānaṃ. ^b^Pariyanto^eb^ti avaseso.<br/><br/>[03]Pavattinivāraṇena ^b^catuiriyāpathaṃ chindanto. Ābādhatī^eb^ti pīḷeti. ^b^Dukkhito^eb^ti sañjātadukkho. Appaṃ balaṃ ^b^balamattā^eb^. Appattho hi ayaṃ ^b^mattā^eb^-saddo ‘‘mattāsukhapariccāgā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 290) viya, balavattho pana ^b^mattā^eb^-saddo anatthantaro. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘tassa hi bandhanā muttomhīti āvajjayato tadubhayaṃ hotī’’tiādinā vattabbaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti vuttāvasiṭṭhesu sabbapadesu. Yenakāmaṃ yathāruci gacchatīti ^b^yenakāmaṃgamo^eb^ti ^a^M2.0235^ea^ anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā niddeso. Bhujo attano yathāsukhaviniyogo isso icchitabbo etthāti ^b^bhujisso,^eb^ sāmiko. So pana aparasantakatāya ^b^‘‘attano santako’’^eb^ti vutto. Dullabhāapatāya kaṃ tārenti etthāti ^b^kantāro^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘nirudakaṃ dīghamagga’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vināsetī^eb^ti khādanadubbiniyojanādīhi yathā iṇamūlaṃ kiñci na hoti, tathā karoti. ^b^Yamhi^eb^ rāgavatthumhi. ^b^So^eb^ puggalo. ^b^Tena^eb^ rāgavatthunā, puriso ce itthiyā, itthī ce purisena. ^b^Iṇaṃ viya kāmacchando daṭṭhabbo^eb^ pīḷāsamānato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na vindatī^eb^ti na jānāti. ^b^Upaddavethā^eb^ti sukhavihārassa upaddavaṃ karotha, vibādhethāti attho. ^b^Rogo viya byāpādo daṭṭhabbo^eb^ sukhabhañjanasamānato.<br/><br/>[03]Nānāvidhahetūpāyālaṅkatatāya khandhāyatanadhātupaṭiccasamuppādādidhammanītivicittatāya ca ^b^vicittanaye. Dhammassavane^eb^ti dhammakathāyaṃ. Kathā hi sotabbaṭṭhena ‘‘savana’’nti vuttā. Evamettha sīlaṃ vibhattaṃ, evaṃ jhānābhiññā, evaṃ vipassanāmaggaphalānīti ^b^neva tassa^eb^ dhammassavanassa ^b^ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ jānāti. Uṭṭhite^eb^ti niṭṭhite. ^b^Aho kāraṇa^eb^nti tattha tattha paṭiññānurūpena nikkhittasādhanavasena gahitakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Aho upamā^eb^ti tasseva kāraṇassa patiṭṭhāpanavasena anvayato byatirekato ca patiṭṭhaṃ udāharaṇādi. ^b^Bandhanāgāraṃ viya thinamiddhaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ^eb^ dukkhato niyyānassa vibandhanato.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ^a^V2.0220^ea^ kukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ uddhaccarahitaṃ natthi, yasmā vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ samānakiccāhārapaṭipakkhaṃ, tasmā kukkuccassa visayaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘vinaye apakataññunā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yathā hi uddhaccaṃ sattassa avūpasamakaraṃ, tathā kukkuccampi. Yathāpi uddhaccassa ñātivitakkādi āhāro, tathā kukkuccassapi. Yathā ca uddhaccassa samatho paṭipakkho, tathā kukkuccassapīti. ^b^Dāsabyaṃ viya uddhaccakukkuccaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ^eb^ aseribhāvāpādanato.<br/><br/>[03]Soḷasavatthukā vicikicchā aṭṭhavatthukaṃ vicikicchaṃ anupaviṭṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu vicikicchā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vicikicchanto^eb^ti saṃsayanto. ^b^Adhimuccitvā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0236^ea^ pattiyāyetvā. ^b^Gaṇhitu^eb^nti saddheyyavatthuṃ pariggahetuṃ. Abhimukhaṃ sappanaṃ ^b^āsappanaṃ,^eb^ parito sappanaṃ ^b^parisappanaṃ^eb^. Padadvayenapi cittassa anicchanākārameva vadati. Khemantagāmimaggaṃ na pariyogāhati etenāti ^b^apariyogāhanaṃ,^eb^ ussaṅkitaparisaṅkitabhāvena chambhitaṃ hoti cittaṃ yassa dhammassa vasena, so dhammo ^b^chambhitatta^eb^nti vicikicchanākāramāha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cittassa uppādayamānā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kantāraddhānamaggo viyā^eb^ti sāsaṅkakantāraddhānamaggo viya ^b^daṭṭhabbā^eb^ appaṭipattihetubhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Natthi ettha iṇanti aṇaṇo, tassa bhāvo ^b^āṇaṇyaṃ,^eb^ kassaci iṇassa adhāraṇaṃ. ^b^Samiddhakammanto^eb^ti nipphannajīvikappayogo. Paribundhati uparodhetīti ra-kārassa la-kāraṃ katvā palibodho, aserivihāro, tassa mūlaṃ kāraṇanti ^b^palibodhamūlaṃ. Cha dhamme bhāvetvā^eb^ti asubhanimittaggāhādike cha dhamme uppādetvā vaḍḍhetvā. ^b^Cha dhamme bhāvetvā^eb^ti ca mettānimittaggāhādayo ca tattha tattha cha dhammāti vuttāti veditabbo. ^b^Pajahatī^eb^ti vikkhambhanavasena pajahati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ācārapaṇṇattiādīni sikkhāpiyamāno’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paravatthumhī^eb^ti visabhāgavatthusmiṃ, paravisaye vā. Paravisayā hete bhikkhuno, yadidaṃ pañca kāmaguṇā. ^b^Āṇaṇyamiva kāmacchandappahānaṃ āha^eb^ piyavatthuabhāvāvahato.<br/><br/>[03]Ācāravipattipaṭibāhakāni sikkhāpadāni ^b^ācārapaṇṇattiādīni. Ārogyamiva byāpādappahānaṃ āha^eb^ kāyacittānaṃ phāsubhāvāvahato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bandhanā mokkhamiva thinamiddhappahānaṃ āha^eb^ cittassa niggahitabhāvāvahato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhujissaṃ viya uddhaccakukkuccappahānaṃ āha^eb^ cittassa seribhāvāvahato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiṇaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0221^ea^^b^viyā^eb^ti tiṇamiva katvā. ^b^Agaṇetvā^eb^ti acintetvā. ^b^Khemantabhūmiṃ viya vicikicchāpahānaṃ āha^eb^ anussaṅkitāparisaṅkitabhāvena sammāpaṭipattihetubhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^427^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kirīyati (a. ni. ṭī. 3.5.28-29) gabbhāsaye khipīyatīti karo, sambhavo, karato jātoti ^b^karajo,^eb^ mātāpettikasambhavoti attho. Mātuyā hi sarīrasaṇṭhāpanavasena ^a^M2.0237^ea^ karato jātoti ^b^karajo^eb^ti apare. Ubhayathāpi ^b^karajakāya^eb^nti catusantatirūpamāha. ^b^Temetī^eb^ti tintaṃ karoti. Ko panettha tintabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘snehetī’’^eb^ti, pītisnehena pīṇanaṃ karotīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbattha pavattapītisukhaṃ karotī’’^eb^ti. Pītisamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpehi sakalassa karajakāyassa pariphuṭatāya cettha taṃsamuṭṭhāpakapītisukhānaṃ sabbattha pavatti jotitā. ^b^Parisandetī^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Tatthāpi hi ‘‘samantato sandeti temeti sneheti, sabbattha pavattapītisukhaṃ karotī’’tiādinā yathārahaṃ attho veditabbo. ^b^Paripūretī^eb^ti vāyunā bhastaṃ viya imaṃ karajakāyaṃ pītisukhena pūreti. ^b^Samantato phusatī^eb^ti imaṃ karajakāyaṃ pītisukhena phusati. ^b^Sabbāvato^eb^ti a-kārassa ā-kāro kato, sabbāvayavavatoti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘sabbakoṭṭhāsavato’’^eb^ti, maṃsādisabbābhāgavatoti attho. ^b^Aphuṭaṃ nāma na hoti^eb^ pītisukhasamuṭṭhānehi rūpehi sabbatthakameva byāpitattā. Kātuñceva yojetuñca cheko sannetuṃ paṭibaloti yojanā. Nhānīyacuṇṇānaṃ parimaddanavasena piṇḍaṃ karontena hatthena bhājanaṃ nippīḷetabbaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sannentassa bhijjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anugatā^eb^ti anupaviṭṭhā. ^b^Parigatā^eb^ti parito samantato tintā. Tintabhāveneva samaṃ antaraṃ bāhirañca etissāti ^b^santarabāhirā. Sabbatthakamevā^eb^ti sabbattheva. ^b^Na ca pagghariṇī^eb^ pamāṇayuttasseva udakassa sittattā. Ettha ca nhānīyapiṇḍaṃ viya karajakāyo, taṃ temetvā sampiṇḍitapamāṇayuttaudakaṃ viya paṭhamajjhānasukhaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^428^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Heṭṭhā ubbhijjitvā uggacchanaudako^eb^ti rahadassa adhothūladhārāvasena ubbhijja uṭṭhahanaudako. ^b^Antoyeva ubbhijjanaudako^eb^ti rahadassa abbhantareyeva thūladhārā ahutvā uṭṭhitaudakasirāmukhehi ubbhijjanako. ^b^Āgamanamaggo^eb^ti nadītaḷākakandarasarāadito āgamanamaggo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^429^eb^^b^.^eb^ Uppalagacchāni ettha santīti ^b^uppalinī^eb^ (a. ni. ṭī. 3.5.28-29), vāri. ^b^Ayamettha vinicchayo,^eb^ tathā hi loke rattakkhiko ‘‘puṇḍarīkakkho’’ti vuccati. Keci pana ^a^V2.0222^ea^ ‘‘rattaṃ padumaṃ, setaṃ puṇḍarīka’’nti vadanti. Uppalādīni viya karajakāyo, udakaṃ ^a^M2.0238^ea^ viya tatiyajjhānasukhanti ayampi attho ^b^‘‘purimanayenā’’^eb^ti atideseneva vibhāvitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^430^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nirupakkilesaṭṭhenā^eb^ti rajojallādinā anupakkiliṭṭhatāya amalīnabhāvena. Amalīnampi kiñci vatthu pabhassarasabhāvaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pabhassaraṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Utupharaṇa^eb^nti uṇhautupharaṇaṃ. Sabbatthakameva jhānasukhena phuṭṭho karajakāyo yathā utunā phuṭṭhavatthasadisoti āha ^b^‘‘vatthaṃ viya karajakāyo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti ‘‘vatthaṃ viyā’’tiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ hetubhāvena paccāmasati, karajakāyassa vatthasadisattā catutthajjhānasukhassa ca utupharaṇasadisattāti attho. Santasabhāvattā ñāṇuttarattā cettha upekkhāpi sukhe saṅgahitāti catutthajjhānepi sukhaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. ‘‘Parisuddhena pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hotī’’ti vacanato catutthajjhānacittassa vatthasadisatā vuttā. Catutthajjhānasamuṭṭhānarūpehi bhikkhuno kāyassa phuṭabhāvaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ utupharaṇaṃ viyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Purisassa kāyo viya bhikkhuno karajakāyoti ayaṃ panattho pākaṭoti na gahito, gahito eva vā ‘‘yathā hi katthaci…pe… kāyo phuṭo hotī’’ti vuttattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^431^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbenivāsañāṇaupamāya^eb^nti pubbenivāsañāṇassa dassitaupamāyaṃ. ^b^Taṃdivasaṃkatakiriyā^eb^gahaṇaṃ pākatikasattassapi yebhuyyena pākaṭā hotīti dassanatthaṃ. ^b^Taṃdivasagatagāmattaya^eb^ggahaṇeneva mahābhinīhārehi aññesampi pubbenivāsañāṇalābhīnaṃ tīsu bhavesu katā kiriyā yebhuyyena pākaṭā hotīti dīpitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^432^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sammukhadvārā^eb^ti aññamaññassa abhimukhadvārā. ^b^Aparāparaṃ sañcarante^eb^ti taṃtaṃkiccavasena ito cito ca sañcarante. ^b^Ito pana gehā…pe… pavisanavasenapī^eb^ti idaṃ cutūpapātañāṇassa visayadassanavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Dvinnaṃ gehānaṃ antare ṭhatvā^eb^ti dvinnaṃ gehadvārānaṃ sammukhaṭṭhānabhūte antaravīthiyaṃ vemajjhe ṭhatvā. Tesu hi ekassa ce pācīnamukhadvāraṃ itarassa pacchimamukhaṃ, tassa sammukhaṃ ubhinnaṃ antaravīthiyaṃ ṭhitassa dakkhiṇāmukhassa, uttarāmukhassa vā cakkhumato purisassa tattha pavisanakanikkhamanakapurisā yathā sukheneva ^a^M2.0239^ea^ pākaṭā honti, evaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇasamaṅgino cavanakaupapajjanakapurisā. Yathā pana tassa purisassa aññeneva khaṇena pavisantassa dassanaṃ, aññena nikkhamantassa dassanaṃ, evaṃ imassapi aññeneva khaṇena cavamānassa dassanaṃ, aññena upapajjamānassa dassananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ñāṇassa pākaṭāti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti ñāṇassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^433^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pabbatasikharaṃ ^a^V2.0223^ea^ yebhuyyena saṃkhittaṃ saṅkucitaṃ hotīti idha pabbatamatthakaṃ ^b^‘‘pabbatasaṅkhepo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, pabbatapariyāpanno vā padeso ^b^pabbatasaṅkhepo. Anāvilo^eb^ti akālusso. Sā cassa anāvilatā kaddamābhāvena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nikkaddamo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ṭhitāsupi nisinnāsupi^eb^ gāvīsu. ^b^Vijjamānāsū^eb^ti labbhamānāsu. ^b^Itarā^eb^ ṭhitāpi nisinnāpi ^b^carantīti vuccanti^eb^ sahacaraṇañāyena. ^b^Tiṭṭhantameva,^eb^ na kadācipi carantaṃ. ^b^Dvaya^eb^nti sippisammukaṃ macchagumbanti imaṃ ubhayaṃ ^b^tiṭṭhantanti vuttaṃ,^eb^ carantampīti adhippāyo. Kiṃ vā imāya sahacariyāya, yathālābhaggahaṇaṃ panettha daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sakkharakathalassa hi vasena ‘‘tiṭṭhanta’’nti, sippisambukassa macchagumbassa ca vasena ‘‘tiṭṭhantampi, carantampī’’ti yojanā kātabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^434^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhikkhū^eb^ti bhinnakilesoti bhikkhu. So hi paramatthato samaṇotināmako. Tattha ariyamaggena sabbaso pāpānaṃ samitāvīti ^b^samaṇo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samitapāpattā’’^eb^ti. Seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmā vuccati sammāsambuddho, tato āgatoti brahmā, ariyamaggo, taṃ asammohapaṭivedhavasena aññāsīti ^b^brāhmaṇo^eb^. Taṃsamaṅgitāya hissa pāpānaṃ bāhitabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇo’’^eb^ti. Aṭṭhaṅgikena ariyamaggajalena nhātavā niddhotakilesoti ^b^nhātako. Gatattā^eb^ti pahānābhisamayavasena paṭividdhattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘viditattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nissutattā^eb^ti samucchedappahānavasena santānato sabbaso nihatattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apahatattā’’^eb^ti, mariyādavasena kilesānaṃ hiṃsitattā ariyamaggehi odhiso sabbaso kilesānaṃ samucchinnattāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hatattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ārakattā^eb^ti suppahīnatāya vippakaṭṭhabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dūrībhūtattā’’^eb^ti. Ubhayampi ubhayattha yojetabbaṃ – kilesānaṃ ārakattā ^a^M2.0240^ea^ hatattā dūrībhūtattā ca ^b^ariyo,^eb^ tathā ^b^araha^eb^nti. Yaṃ panettha atthato na vibhattaṃ, taṃ uttānatthattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāassapurasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 146
title: mahāassapurasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷāssapurasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^435^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Purimasadisamevā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0224^ea^ ‘‘assapuravāsīnaṃ bhikkhusaṅghe gāravabahumānaṃ nipaccakārañca disvā bhikkhū piṇḍapātāpacāyane niyojento idaṃ suttaṃ abhāsī’’ti purimasutte mahāassapure (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.415) vuttasadisameva. ^b^Samaṇānaṃ anucchavikā^eb^ti samaṇānaṃ samaṇabhāvassa anucchavikā patirūpā. ^b^Samaṇānaṃ anulomappaṭipadā^eb^ti samaṇānaṃ sāmaññasaṅkhātassa ariyamaggassa anukūlappaṭipadā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^436^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ete dhammā^eb^ti ete pāḷiyaṃ āgatā abhijjhābyāpādādayo pāpadhammā. ^b^Uppajjamānā^eb^ti uppajjamānā eva, pageva santāne bhāvitā. ^b^Maline^eb^ti malavante kiliṭṭhe. ^b^Malaggahite^eb^ti gahitamale sañjātamale. ^b^Samaṇamalā^eb^ti samaṇānaṃ samaṇabhāvassa malā. ^b^Dussantī^eb^ti vipajjanti vinassanti. ^b^Samaṇadosā^eb^ti samaṇānaṃ samaṇabhāvadūsanā. ^b^Kasaṭe^eb^ti asāre. ^b^Niroje^eb^ti nitteje. Ayato sukhato apetāti apāyā, nirayādayo, taṃ phalaṃ arahanti, taṃ payojanaṃ vā etesanti ^b^āpāyikā. Ṭhānāni^eb^ abhijjhādayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apāye’’^eb^tiādi. Kāraṇabhāvena duggatipariyāpannāya vedanāya hitānīti ^b^duggativedaniyāni^eb^. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘duggatiyaṃ vipākavedanāya paccayāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tikhiṇaṃ aya^eb^nti vekantakasadisaṃ sārāyaṃ. ^b^Ayenā^eb^ti ayoghaṃsakena. Koñcasakuṇānaṃ kira kucchiyaṃ nivutthaṃ yaṃ kiñci kharaṃ tikhiṇañca hoti. Tathā hi tesaṃ vaccaṃ aṭṭhimpi pāsāṇampi vilīyāpeti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘koñcasakuṇe khādāpentī’’^eb^ti. Taṃ kira ayacuṇṇaṃ aggināpi kicchena dayhati, bhesajjabalena pana sukhena dayheyya. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘susikkhitā ca naṃ ayakārā bahuhatthakammamūlaṃ labhitvā karontī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Atitikhiṇaṃ hoti,^eb^ aññataraṃ ayobandhanaṃ pheggudaṇḍaṃ viya sukheneva chindanti. Sasabiḷāracammehi ^a^M2.0241^ea^ saṅghaṭitaṭṭhena ^b^saṅghāṭī^eb^ti vuccati āvudhaparicchadoti āha ^b^‘‘saṅghāṭiyāti kosiyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariyonaddha^eb^nti parito onaddhaṃ chāditaṃ. ^b^Samantato veṭhitanti^eb^ sabbaso pihitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^437^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rajo^eb^ti āgantukarajo. ^b^Jalla^eb^nti sarīre uṭṭhānakaloṇādimalaṃ. Rajojallañca vatasamādānavasena anapanītaṃ etassa atthīti ^b^rajojalliko,^eb^ tassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rajojalladhārino’’^eb^ti. ^b^Udakaṃ orohantassā^eb^tiādīnamattho mahāsīhanādasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttoyeva. ^b^Sabbameta^eb^ntiādīsu sabbasopi vatasamādānavasenāti adhippāyo. Yasmā sabbametaṃ bāhirasamayavaseneva ^a^V2.0225^ea^ kathitaṃ, tasmā ^b^saṅghāṭikassā^eb^ti pilotikakhaṇḍehi saṅghaṭitattā ‘‘saṅghāṭī’’ti laddhanāmavatthadhārinoti attho. Tathā hi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘saṅghāṭikassa’’icceva vuttaṃ, na ‘‘bhikkhuno’’ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. Kasmā panettha bhagavatā saṅghāṭikattādīniyeva vatasamādānāni paṭikkhittānīti? Nayadassanametaṃ aññesampi pañcātapamūgavatādīnaṃ tappaṭikkhepeneva pasiddhito. Apare pana bhaṇanti – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghāṭikassa saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmī’’ti vutte tattha nisinno koci titthantaraladdhiko acelakattaṃ nu kho kathanti cintesi, apare rajojallakattaṃ nu kho kathanti, evaṃ taṃ taṃ cintentānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena bhagavā imāneva vatasamādānāni idha paṭikkhipīti. ^b^Saṅghāṭika^eb^nti nivāsanapārupanavasena saṅghāṭivantaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅghāṭikaṃ vattha’’^eb^ntiādi. Attano ruciyā mittādayo ^b^saṅghāṭikaṃ kareyyuṃ,^eb^ pacchā viññutaṃ pattakāle saṅghāṭikatte samādapeyyuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^438^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attānaṃ visujjhantaṃ passati^eb^ abhijjhādīnaṃ samudācārābhāvato. Maggena asamucchinnattā ^b^visuddhoti pana na vattabbo. Pāmojja^eb^nti taruṇapītimāha. Tassa hi attano sammāpaṭipattiyā kilesānaṃ vikkhambhitattā cittassa visuddhataṃ passantassa pāmojjaṃ jāyati, taṃ tuṭṭhākāraṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tuṭṭhākāro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pītī^eb^ti passaddhiāvahā balavapīti. ^b^Nāmakāyo passambhatī^eb^ti iminā ubhayampi passaddhiṃ vadati. ^b^Vediyatī^eb^ti anubhavati vindati. Idāni tena nīvaraṇehi cittassa visodhanattaṃ laddhanti āha ^a^M2.0242^ea^^b^‘‘appanāppattaṃ viya hotī’’^eb^ti. Aññattha uṭṭhitā aññaṃ ṭhānaṃ upagatāti ettakena upamābhāvena uccanīcatāsāmaññena heṭṭhā asaddhammānaṃ paṭipakkhavasena desanāya pariyosāpitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yathānusandhinā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mahāsīhanādasutte maggo pokkharaṇiyā upamito^eb^ ‘‘seyyathāpi, sāriputta, pokkharaṇī’’tiādiṃ (ma. ni. 1.154) ārabhitvā upamāsaṃsandane ‘‘tathāyaṃ puggalo paṭipanno, tathā ca iriyati, tañca maggaṃ samāruḷho, yathā āsavānaṃ khayā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.154) vuttattā. Yathā hi puratthimādidisāhi āgatā purisā taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ āgamma visuddharūpakāyā vigatapariḷāhā ca honti, evaṃ khattiyādikulato āgatā tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ sāsanaṃ āgamma visuddhanāmakāyā vigatakilesapariḷāhā ca honti. Tasmā ^b^sabbakilesānaṃ samitattā paramatthasamaṇo hotī^eb^ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷāssapurasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca mahāyamakavaggavaṇṇanā.


volume: 30
item: 147
title: cūḷayamakavaggo^sāleyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^439^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahājanakāye^eb^^a^M2.0243^ea^^a^V2.0226^ea^^b^sannipatite^eb^ti keci ‘‘pahaṃsanavidhiṃ dassetvā rājakumāraṃ hāsessāmā’’ti, keci ‘‘taṃ kīḷanaṃ passissāmā’’ti evaṃ mahājanasamūhe sannipatite. ^b^Devanaṭa^eb^nti dibbagandhabbaṃ. ^b^Kusalaṃ kusalanti vacanaṃ upādāyā^eb^ti ‘‘kacci kusalaṃ? Āma kusala’’nti vacanapaṭivacanavasena pavattakusalavāditāya te manussā ādito kusalāti samaññaṃ labhiṃsu. Tesaṃ kusalānaṃ issarāti rājakumārā ^b^kosalā^eb^. Kosale jātā. Tesaṃ nivāsoti sabbaṃ pubbe vuttanayameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so padeso kosalāti vuccatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cārikaṃ caramāno^eb^ti sāmaññavacanampi ‘‘mahatā…pe… tadavasarī’’ti vacanato visesaṃ niviṭṭhamevāti āha ^b^‘‘aturitacārikaṃ caramāno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mahatā^eb^ti guṇamahattenapi saṅkhyāmahattenapi mahatā. Tasmiñhi bhikkhusamūhe keci adhisīlasikkhāvasena sīlasampannā, tathā keci sīlasamādhisampannā, keci sīlasamādhipaññāsampannāti guṇamahattenapi so bhikkhusamūho mahāti. Taṃ anāmasitvā saṅkhyāmahattameva dassento ^b^‘‘sataṃ vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Aññagāmapaṭibaddhajīvikāvasena samosaranti etthāti ^b^samosaraṇaṃ, gāmo^eb^ nivāsagāmo. Nti sālaṃ brāhmaṇagāmaṃ. ^b^Vihāro^eb^ti bhagavato viharaṇaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ ^b^sāleyyakasutte. Aniyamito^eb^ti asukasmiṃ ārāme pabbate rukkhamūle vāti na niyamito, sarūpaggahaṇavasena na niyamitvā vutto. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti aniyamitattā. Atthāpattisiddhamatthaṃ parikappanavasena dassento ^b^‘‘vanasaṇḍo bhavissatī’’^eb^ti āha, addhā bhaveyyāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upalabhiṃsū^eb^ti (sārattha. ṭī. 1.1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.255; a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.64) savanavasena upalabhiṃsūti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sotadvāra…pe… jāniṃsū’’^eb^ti āha. Avadhāraṇaphalattā sabbampi vākyaṃ antogadhāvadhāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘padapūraṇamatte vā^eb^^a^V2.0227^ea^^b^nipāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Avadhāraṇatthe^eb^ti pana iminā iṭṭhatthāvadhāraṇatthaṃ kho-saddaggahaṇanti dasseti. ‘‘Assosu’’nti ^a^M2.0244^ea^ padaṃ kho-sadde gahite tena phullitamaṇḍitavibhūsitaṃ viya hontaṃ pūritaṃ nāma hoti, tena ca purimapacchimapadāni saṃsiliṭṭhāni honti, na tasmiṃ aggahiteti āha ^b^‘‘padapūraṇena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāmattamevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Matta^eb^-saddo visesanivattiattho. Tenassa anatthantaradīpanataṃ dasseti, ^b^eva^eb^-saddena pana byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya ekantikataṃ. Sālāyaṃ jātā saṃvaḍḍhakā ^b^sāleyyakā^eb^ yathā ‘‘katteyyakā ubbheyyakā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samitapāpattā^eb^ti accantaṃ anavasesato savāsanaṃ samitapāpattā. Evañhi bāhirakavītarāgasekkhāsekkhapāpasamanato bhagavato pāpasamanaṃ visesitaṃ hoti. Anekatthattā nipātānaṃ idha anussavattho adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘khalūti anussavanatthe nipāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ālapanamatta^eb^nti piyālāpavacanaṃ. Piyasamudāhārā hete ‘‘bho’’ti vā ‘‘āvuso’’ti vā ‘‘devānaṃpiyā’’ti vā. ^b^Gottavasenā^eb^ti ettha taṃ tāyatīti ^b^gottaṃ^eb^. Gotamoti hi pavattamānaṃ abhidhānaṃ buddhiñca ekaṃsikavisayatāya tāyati rakkhatīti ^b^gotamagottaṃ^eb^. Yathā hi buddhi ārammaṇabhūtena atthena vinā na vattati, evaṃ abhidhānaṃ abhidheyyabhūtena, tasmā so tāni tāyati rakkhatīti vuccati. So pana atthato aññakulaparamparāsādhāraṇaṃ tassa kulassa ādipurisasamudāgataṃ taṃkulapariyāpannasādhāraṇaṃ sāmaññarūpanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Uccākulaparidīpanaṃ^eb^ uditoditavipulakhattiyakulavibhāvanato. Sabbakhattiyānañhi ādibhūtamahāsammatamahārājato paṭṭhāya asambhinnaṃ uḷāratamaṃ sakyarājakulaṃ. ^b^Kenaci pārijuññenā^eb^ti ñātipārijuññabhogapārijuññādinā kenacipi pārijuññena parihāniyā ^b^anabhibhūto^eb^ anajjhotthaṭo. Tathā hi kadācipi tassa kulassa tādisapārijuññābhāvo, abhinikkhamanakāle ca tato samiddhatamabhāvo loke pākaṭo paññātoti. ^b^Sakyakulā pabbajito^eb^ti idaṃ vacanaṃ bhagavato ^b^saddhāpabbajitabhāvadīpanaṃ^eb^ vuttaṃ mahantaṃ ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ mahantañca bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya pabbajitabhāvadīpanato. Ettha ca ^b^samaṇo^eb^ti iminā parikkhakajanehi bhagavato bahumatabhāvo dassito samitapāpatādīpanato, ^b^gotamo^eb^ti iminā lokiyajanehi uḷāratamakulīnatādīpanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abbhuggato^eb^ti ettha ^b^abhi^eb^-saddo itthambhūtākhyāne, taṃyogato pana ‘‘bhavantaṃ gotama’’nti upayogavacanaṃ sāmiatthepi samānaṃ itthambhūtayogadīpanato ^a^M2.0245^ea^^b^‘‘itthambhūtākhyānatthe’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tassa kho pana bhoto gotamassāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kalyāṇo^eb^ti bhaddako. Sā cassa kalyāṇatā uḷāravisayatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘kalyāṇaguṇasamannāgato’’^eb^ti. Taṃvisayatā hettha samannāgamo. ^b^Seṭṭho^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo yathā ‘‘bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭha’’nti (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; visuddhi. 1.142; udā. aṭṭha. 1; itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50). ‘‘Bhagavā ^a^V2.0228^ea^ araha’’ntiādinā guṇānaṃ saṃkittanato saṃsaddanato ca kittisaddo vaṇṇoti āha ^b^‘‘kittiyevā’’^eb^ti. Kittipariyāyopi hi sadda-saddo yathā taṃ ‘‘uḷārasaddā isayo guṇavanto tapassino’’ti. ^b^Thutighoso^eb^ti abhitthavudāhāro. ^b^Ajjhottharitvā^eb^ti paṭipakkhābhāvena anaññasādhāraṇatāya ca abhibhavitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So bhagavā^eb^ti yo so samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhañjitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho devānaṃ atidevo sakkānaṃ atisakko brahmānaṃ atibrahmā lokanātho bhāgyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavāti laddhanāmo, so bhagavā. ‘‘Bhagavā’’ti hi idaṃ satthu nāmakittanaṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kata’’ntiādi (mahāni. 149, 198, 210; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 2). Parato pana ‘‘bhagavā’’ti guṇakittanameva. Evaṃ ‘‘araha’’ntiādīhi padehi ye sadevake loke ativiya paññātā buddhaguṇā, te nānappakārato vibhāvitāti dassetuṃ paccekaṃ itipi-saddo yojetabboti āha ^b^‘‘itipi arahaṃ, itipi samāsambuddho…pe… itipi bhagavā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Itipetaṃ bhūtaṃ, itipetaṃ taccha’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.6) viya hi idha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo āsannapaccakkhakāraṇattho, ^b^pi^eb^-saddo sampiṇḍanattho tena tesaṃ guṇānaṃ bahubhāvadīpanato. Tāni guṇasallakkhaṇakāraṇāni saddhāsampannānaṃ viññujātikānaṃ paccakkhāni evāti dassento ^b^‘‘iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tato visuddhimaggato. Tesa^eb^nti ‘‘araha’’ntiādīnaṃ. ^b^Vitthāro^eb^ atthaniddeso ^b^gahetabbo^eb^. Tato eva taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.130) vutto ‘‘ārakāti arahaṃ suvidūrabhāvato, ārakāti arahaṃ āsannabhāvato, rahitabbassa abhāvato, sayañca arahitabbato, natthi ^a^M2.0246^ea^ etassa rahogamanaṃ gatīsu paccājāti, pāsaṃsabhāvato vā araha’’ntiādinā ‘‘araha’’ntiādīnaṃ padānaṃ attho vitthārato veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Bhavanti cettha (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.130; sārattha. ṭī. 1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā) –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sammā nappaṭipajjanti, ye nihīnāsayā narā;<br/><br/>[22]Ārakā tehi bhagavā, dūre tenārahaṃ mato.<br/><br/>[21]Ye sammā paṭipajjanti, suppaṇītādhimuttikā;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavā tehi āsanno, tenāpi arahaṃ jino.<br/><br/>[21]Pāpadhammā ^a^V2.0229^ea^ rahā nāma, sādhūhi rahitabbato;<br/><br/>[22]Tesaṃ suṭṭhu pahīnattā, bhagavā arahaṃ mato.<br/><br/>[21]Ye sacchikatasaddhammā, ariyā suddhagocarā;<br/><br/>[22]Na tehi rahito hoti, nātho tenārahaṃ mato.<br/><br/>[21]Raho vā gamanaṃ yassa, saṃsāre natthi sabbaso;<br/><br/>[22]Pahīnajātimaraṇo, arahaṃ sugato mato.<br/><br/>[21]Guṇehi sadiso natthi, yasmā loke sadevake;<br/><br/>[22]Tasmā pāsaṃsiyattāpi, arahaṃ dvipaduttamo.<br/><br/>[21]Ārakā mandabuddhīnaṃ, āsannā ca vijānataṃ;<br/><br/>[27]Rahānaṃ suppahīnattā, vidūnamaraheyyato;<br/><br/>[22]Bhavesu ca rahābhāvā, pāsaṃsā arahaṃ jino’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sundara^eb^nti bhaddakaṃ. Tañca passantassa hitasukhāvahabhāvena veditabbanti āha ^b^‘‘atthāvahaṃ sukhāvaha’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^atthāvaha^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthasañhitahitāvahaṃ. ^b^Sukhāvaha^eb^nti tappariyāpannatividhasukhāvahaṃ. ^b^Tathārūpāna^eb^nti tādisānaṃ. Yādisehi pana guṇehi bhagavā samannāgato, tehi catuppamāṇikassa lokassa sabbathāpi accantāya pasādanīyoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anekehipī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^yathābhūta…pe… arahata^eb^nti iminā dhammappamāṇānaṃ lūkhappamāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ bhagavato pasādāvahatamāha, itarena itaresaṃ. ^b^Dassanamattampi^eb^^b^sādhu^eb^^a^M2.0247^ea^^b^hotī^eb^ti ettha kosiyasakuṇassa vatthu kathetabbaṃ. ^b^Ekaṃ padampi sotuṃ labhissāma, sādhutaraṃyeva bhavissatī^eb^ti ettha maṇḍūkadevaputtavatthu kathetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iminā nayena agārikapucchā āgatā^eb^ti idaṃ yebhuyyavasena vuttaṃ. Yebhuyyena hi agārikā evaṃ pucchanti. ^b^Anagārikapucchāyapi^eb^ eseva nayo. ^b^Yathā na sakkonti…pe… vissajjento^eb^ti iminā satthu tesaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ niggaṇhanavidhiṃ dasseti. Tesañhi saṃkhittarucitāya saṅkhepadesanā, tāya atthaṃ ajānantā vitthāradesanaṃ āyācanti, sā ca nesaṃ saṃkhittarucitā paṇḍitamānitāya, so ca māno yathādesitassa atthassa ajānante appatiṭṭho hoti ^a^V2.0230^ea^, iti bhagavā tesaṃ mānaniggahavidhiṃ cintetvā saṅkhepeneva pañhaṃ vissajjesi, na sabbaso desanāya asallakkhaṇatthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṇḍitamānikā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yasmā maṃ tumhe yācatha,^eb^ saṃkhittena vuttamatthaṃ na jānitthāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^440^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Ekavidhena ñāṇavatthu’’ntiādīsu (vibha. 751) viya koṭṭhāsattho ^b^vidha^eb^-saddo, so ca vibhattivacanavipallāsaṃ katvā paccatte karaṇavacanavasena ^b^‘‘tividha’’^eb^nti vutto. Attho pana karaṇaputhuvacanavasena daṭṭhabboti āha ^b^‘‘tividhanti tīhi koṭṭhāsehī’’^eb^ti. Pakārattho vā ^b^vidha^eb^-saddo, pakāratthattāyeva labbhamānaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyābhāvasāmaññaṃ, kāyadvārikabhāvasāmaññaṃ vā upādāya ekattaṃ netvā ^b^‘‘tividha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Pakārabhede pana apekkhite ‘‘tividhā’’icceva vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Kāyenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^kāyo^eb^ti copanakāyo adhippeto, so ca adhammacariyāya dvārabhūto tena vinā tassā appavattanato. ^b^Kāyenā^eb^ti ca hetumhi karaṇavacanaṃ. Kiñcāpi hi adhammacariyāsaṅkhātacetanāsamuṭṭhānā sā viññatti, na ca sā paṭṭhāne āgatesu catuvīsatiyā paccayesu ekenapi paccayena cetanāya paccayo hoti, tassā pana tathāpavattamānāya kāyakammasaññitāya cetanāya pavatti hotīti tena dvārena lakkhitabbabhāvato tassā kāraṇaṃ viya ca sabbohāramattaṃ hoti. ^b^Kāyadvārenā^eb^ti vā kāyena dvārabhūtena kāyadvārabhūtenāti taṃ itthambhūtalakkhaṇe karaṇavacanaṃ. Adhammaṃ carati etāyāti ^b^adhammacariyā,^eb^^a^M2.0248^ea^ tathāpavattā cetanā. ^b^Adhammo^eb^ti pana taṃsamuṭṭhāno payogo daṭṭhabbo. Dhammato anapetāti dhammā, na dhammāti adhammā, adhammā ca sā cariyā cāti ^b^adhammacariyā^eb^. Paccanīkasamanaṭṭhena samaṃ, samānaṃ sadisaṃ yuttanti vā samaṃ, sucaritaṃ. Samato vigataṃ, viruddhaṃ vā tassāti visamaṃ, duccaritaṃ. Sā eva visamā cariyāti ^b^visamacariyā. Sabbesu kaṇhasukkapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘catubbidhaṃ vācāya adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hotī’’tiādinā uddesaniddesavasena āgatesu sabbesu kaṇhapadesu – ‘‘tividhaṃ kho gahapatayo kāyena dhammacariyāsamacariyā hotī’’tiādinā uddesaniddesavasena āgatesu sabbesu sukkapadesu ca.<br/><br/>[03]Rodeti kurūrakammantatāya parapaṭibaddhe satte assūni mocetīti ruddo, so eva ^b^luddo^eb^ ra-kārassa la-kāraṃ katvā. ^b^Kakkhaḷo^eb^ti luddo. ^b^Dāruṇo^eb^ti pharuso. ^b^Sāhasiko^eb^ti sāhassakārī. ^b^Sacepi na lippanti^eb^. ^b^Tathāvidho^eb^ paresaṃ ghātanasīlo ^b^lohitapāṇītveva vuccati^eb^ yathā dānasīlo paresaṃ dānatthaṃ adhotahatthopi ‘‘payatapāṇī’’tveva vuccati. Paharaṇaṃ pahāradānamattaṃ ^b^hataṃ,^eb^ pavuddhaṃ paharaṇaṃ parassa māraṇaṃ ^b^pahata^eb^nti dassento ^b^‘‘hate’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^niviṭṭho^eb^ti abhiniviṭṭho pasuto.<br/><br/>[03]Yassa ^a^V2.0231^ea^ vasena ‘‘parassā’’ti sāminiddeso, taṃ sāpateyyaṃ. Yañhi sāmaññato gahitaṃ, taṃ teneva sāminiddesena pakāsitanti āha ^b^‘‘parassa santaka’’^eb^nti. Parassaparavittūpakaraṇanti vā ekamevetaṃ samāsapadaṃ, yaṃ kiñci parasantakaṃ visesato parassa vittūpakaraṇaṃ vāti attho. ^b^Tehi parehī^eb^ti yesaṃ santakaṃ, tehi. Yassa vasena puriso ‘‘theno’’ti vuccati, taṃ theyyanti āha ^b^‘‘avaharaṇacittassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Theyyasaṅkhātena,^eb^ na vissāsatāvakālikādivasenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mate vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddo avuttavikappattho. Tena pabbajitādibhāvaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Etenupāyenā^eb^ti yaṃ mātari matāya, naṭṭhāya vā pitā rakkhati, sā ^b^piturakkhitā^eb^. Yaṃ ubhosu asantesu bhātā rakkhati, sā ^a^M2.0249^ea^^b^bhāturakkhitā^eb^ti evamādiṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Sabhāgakulānī^eb^ti āvāhakiriyāya sabhāgāni kulāni. Dassukavidhiṃ vā uddissa ^b^ṭhapitadaṇḍā^eb^rājādīhi. ^b^Sammādiṭṭhisutte^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.89) ‘‘asaddhammādhippāyena kāyadvārappavattā agamanīyaṭṭhānavītikkamacetanā’’ti evaṃ ^b^vuttamicchācāralakkhaṇavasena^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hatthapādādihetū^eb^ti hatthapādādibhedanahetu. ^b^Dhanahetū^eb^ti dhanassa lābhahetu jānihetu ca. ^b^Lābho^eb^ti ghāsacchādanāni labbhatīti lābho. ^b^Kiñcikkha^eb^nti kiñcimattakaṃ āmisajātaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Jānantoyevā^eb^ti musābhāvaṃ tassa vatthuno atthi, taṃ jānanto eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṇḍakā^eb^ti vuccati rukkhe aṇḍasadisā gaṇṭhiyo. Yathā thaddhā visamā dubbinītā ca honti, evamevaṃ khuṃsanavambhanavasena pavattavācāpi hi ‘‘aṇḍakā’’ti vuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā sadose rukkhe’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kakkasā^eb^ti pharusā eva, so panassā kakkasabhāvo byāpādanimittatāya tato pūtikāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kaṭukā^eb^ti aniṭṭhā. ^b^Amanāpā^eb^ti na manavaḍḍhanī, tato eva ^b^dosajananī,^eb^ cittasandosuppattikārikā. ^b^Mammesū^eb^ti ghaṭṭanena dukkhuppattito mammasadisesu jātiādīsu. ^b^Lagganakārī^eb^ti evaṃ vadantassa evaṃ vadāmīti atthādhippāyena lagganakārī, na byañjanavasena. ^b^Kodhassa āsannā^eb^ tassa kāraṇabhāvato. ^b^Sadosavācāyā^eb^ti attano samuṭṭhāpakadosassa vasena sadosavācāya ^b^vevacanāni^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akālenā^eb^ti ayuttakālena. ^b^Akāraṇanissita^eb^nti nipphalaṃ. Phalañhi kāraṇanissitaṃ nāma tadavinābhāvato. Akāraṇanissitaṃ nipphalaṃ, samphanti attho. ^b^Asabhāvavattā^eb^ti ayāthāvavādī. ^b^Asaṃvaravinayapaṭisaṃyuttassā^eb^ti saṃvaravinayarahitassa, attano suṇantassa ca na saṃvaravinayāvahassa ^b^vattā. Hadayamañjūsāyaṃ nidhetu^eb^nti ahitasaṃhitattā cittaṃ anuppavisetvā nidhetuṃ ^a^V2.0232^ea^. ^b^Ayuttakāle^eb^ti dhammaṃ kathentena yo attho yasmiṃ kāle vattabbo, tato pubbe pacchā tassa akālo, tasmiṃ ayuttakāle ^b^vattā hoti. Anapadesa^eb^nti bhagavatā asukasutte evaṃ vuttanti suttāpadesavirahitaṃ. ^b^Apariccheda^eb^nti paricchedarahitaṃ ^a^M2.0250^ea^. Yathā pana vācā paricchedarahitā hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘suttaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Upalabbha^eb^nti anuyogaṃ. ^b^Bāhirakathaṃyevā^eb^ti yaṃ suttaṃ, jātakaṃ vā nikkhittaṃ, tassa sarīrabhūtaṃ kathaṃ anāmasitvā tato bahibhūtaṃyeva kathaṃ. ^b^Sampajjitvā^eb^ti viruḷhaṃ āpajjitvā. ^b^Paveṇijātakāvā^eb^ti anujātapārohamūlāniyeva tiṭṭhanti. ^b^Āharitvā^eb^ti nikkhittasuttato aññampi anuyogaupamāvatthuvasena tadanupayoginaṃ āharitvā. ^b^Jānāpetu^eb^nti etadatthamidaṃ vuttanti jānāpetuṃ yo sakkoti. ^b^Tassa kathetu^eb^nti tassa tathārūpassa dhammakathikassa bahumpi kathetuṃ vaṭṭati. ^b^Na atthanissita^eb^nti attano paresañca na hitāvahaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Abhijjhāyanaṃ yebhuyyena parasantakassa dassanavasena hotīti ^b^‘‘abhijjhāya oloketā hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Abhijjhāyanto vā abhijjhāyitaṃ vatthuṃ yattha katthaci ṭhitampi paccakkhato passanto viya abhijjhāyatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘abhijjhāya oloketā hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kammapathabhedo na hoti,^eb^ kevalaṃ lobhamattova hoti pariṇāmanavasena appavattattā. Yathā pana kammapathabhedo hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yadā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Pariṇāmetī^eb^ti attano santakabhāvena pariggayha nāmeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vipannacitto^eb^ti byāpādena vipattiṃ āpāditacitto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pūtibhūtacitto’’^eb^ti. Byāpādo hi visaṃ viya lohitassa cittaṃ pūtibhāvaṃ janeti. ^b^Dosena duṭṭhacittasaṅkappo^eb^ti visena viya sappiādikopena dūsitacittasaṅkappo. ^b^Ghātīyantū^eb^ti hanīyantu. ^b^Vadhaṃ pāpuṇantū^eb^ti maraṇaṃ pāpuṇantu. ^b^Mā vā ahesu^eb^nti sabbena sabbaṃ na hontu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiñcipi mā ahesu’’^eb^nti, anavasesavināsaṃ pāpuṇantūti attho. ^b^Haññantūti ādicintanenevā^eb^ti ekantato vināsacintāya eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Micchādiṭṭhiko^eb^ti ayoniso uppannadiṭṭhiko. So ca ekantato kusalapaṭipakkhadiṭṭhikoti āha ^b^‘‘akusaladassano’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vipallatthadassano^eb^ti dhammatāya vipariyāsaggāhī. ^b^Natthi dinna^eb^nti deyyadhammasīsena dānaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘dinnassa phalābhāvaṃ sandhāya vadatī’’^eb^ti. Dinnaṃ pana annādivatthuṃ kathaṃ paṭikkhipati. Esa nayo ^b^‘‘yiṭṭhaṃ huta’’^eb^nti etthāpi. ^b^Mahāyāgo^eb^ti sabbasādhāraṇaṃ mahādānaṃ. ^b^Paheṇakasakkāro^eb^ti pāhunakānaṃ kattabbasakkāro. ^b^Phala^eb^nti ānisaṃsaphalañca nissandaphalañca. ^b^Vipāko^eb^ti sadisaṃ ^a^M2.0251^ea^ phalaṃ. ^b^Paraloke ṭhitassa ayaṃ loko natthī^eb^ti paraloke ṭhitassa kammunā laddhabbo ayaṃ loko na hoti. ^b^Idhaloke ṭhitassapi paraloko natthī^eb^ti idhaloke ṭhitassa kammunā laddhabbo paraloko na hoti. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘sabbe tattha tattheva ucchijjantī’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0233^ea^. Ime sattā yattha yattha bhavayonigatiādīsu ṭhitā tattha tattheva ucchijjanti nirudayavināsavasena vinassanti. ^b^Phalābhāvavasenā^eb^ti mātāpitūsu sammāpaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattīnaṃ phalassa abhāvavasena ‘‘natthi mātā, natthi pitā’’ti vadati, na mātāpitūnaṃ, nāpi tesu sammāpaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattīnaṃ abhāvavasena tesaṃ lokapaccakkhattā. Bubbuḷakassa viya imesaṃ sattānaṃ uppādo nāma kevalova, na cavitvā āgamanapubbakoti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘natthi sattā opapātikā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘cavitvā upapajjanakasattā nāma natthīti vadatī’’^eb^ti. Samaṇena nāma yāthāvato jānantena kassaci kiñci akathetvā saññatena bhavitabbaṃ, aññathā ahopurisikā nāma siyā, kiṃ paro parassa karissati, tathā attano sampādanassa kassaci avasaro eva natthi tattha tattheva ucchijjanatoti āha ^b^‘‘ye imañca…pe… pavedentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinā byapadesena. ^b^Dasavatthukā^eb^ti paṭikkhipitabbāni dasa vatthūni etissāti dasavatthukā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^441^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anabhijjhādayo^eb^ heṭṭhā atthato pakāsitattā ^b^uttānatthāyeva^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^442^eb^^b^.^eb^ Saha byayati gacchatīti sahabyo, sahavattanako, tassa bhāvo ^b^sahabyatā,^eb^ sahapavattīti āha ^b^‘‘sahabhāvaṃ upagaccheyya’’^eb^nti. Brahmānaṃ kāyo samūhoti brahmakāyo, tappariyāpannatāya tattha gatāti ^b^brahmakāyikā^eb^. Kāmaṃ cetāya sabbassapi brahmanikāyassa samaññāya bhavitabbaṃ, ‘‘ābhāna’’ntiādinā pana dutiyajjhānabhūmikādīnaṃ upari gahitattā gobalībaddañāyena tadavasesānaṃ ayaṃ samaññāti āha ^b^‘‘brahmakāyikānaṃ devānanti paṭhamajjhānabhūmidevāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ābhā nāma visuṃ^eb^ devā ^b^natthi,^eb^ parittābhādīnaṃyeva pana ābhāvantatāsāmaññena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā pavattaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, yadidaṃ ‘‘ābhā’’ti yathā ‘‘brahmapārisajjabrahmapurohitamahābrahmānaṃ ^a^M2.0252^ea^ brahmakāyikā’’ti. ^b^Parittābhānantiādi panā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena appamāṇābhānaṃ devānaṃ ābhassarānaṃ devānanti imaṃ pāḷiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Ekato aggahetvā^eb^ti ābhāti vā, ekattakāyanānattasaññāti vā ekato aggahetvā. ^b^Tesaṃyevā^eb^ti ābhāti vuttadevānaṃyeva. ^b^Bhedato gahaṇa^eb^nti kāraṇassa hīnādibhedabhinnatādassanavasena parittābhādiggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Iti bhagavā āsavakkhayaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti evaṃ bhagavā dhammacariyaṃ, samacariyaṃ, vaṭṭanissitaṃ sugatigāmipaṭipadaṃ, vivaṭṭanissitaṃ āsavakkhayagāmipaṭipadaṃ katvā tibhavabhañjanato āsavakkhayaṃ dassetvā ^b^arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhapesi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idha ṭhatvā^eb^ti imasmiṃ dhammacariyāsamacariyāya niddese ṭhatvā. ^b^Devalokā samānetabbā^eb^ti chabbīsatipi ^a^V2.0234^ea^ devalokā samodhānetabbā. ^b^Vīsati brahmalokā^eb^ti taṃtaṃbhavapariyāpannanikāyavasena vīsati brahmalokā, vīsati brahmanikāyāti attho. ^b^Dasakusalakammapathehī^eb^ti yathārahaṃ dasakusalakammapathehi kammūpanissayapaccayabhūtehi kevalaṃ upanissayabhūtehi ca ^b^nibbatti dassitā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiṇṇaṃ sucaritāna^eb^nti tiṇṇaṃ kāmāvacarasucaritānaṃ. Kāmāvacaraggahaṇañcettha manosucaritāpekkhāya. ^b^Vipākenevā^eb^ti iminā vipākuppādeneva nibbatti hoti, na upanissayatāmattenāti dasseti. ^b^‘‘Upanissayavasenā’’^eb^ti vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘dasa kusalakammapathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dutiyādīni bhāvetvā^eb^tiādīsupi ‘‘sīle patiṭṭhāyā’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Kasmā panettha ‘‘upanissayavasenā’’ti vuttaṃ, nanu ^b^paṭisambhidāmagge^eb^ (paṭi. ma. 1.41) – ‘‘paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇānaṃ pahānaṃ sīlaṃ, veramaṇi sīlaṃ, cetanā sīlaṃ, saṃvaro sīlaṃ, avītikkamo sīla’’ntiādinā sabbesupi jhānesu sīlaṃ uddhaṭanti tassa vasena uparidevalokānampi vipākena nibbatti vattabbāti? Na, tassa pariññāya desanattā, pariññāya desanatā cassa ‘‘yattha ca pahāna’’ntiādinā ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāya^eb^ñca (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.837, 839) pakāsitā eva. Tathā hi idhāpi ‘‘dasa kusalakammapathā hi sīla’’ntiādinā sīlassa rūpārūpabhavānaṃ upanissayatā vibhāvitā, na nibbattakatāya. Kasmā panettha bhāvanālakkhaṇāya dhammacariyāya bhavavisese vibhajiyamāne asaññabhavo na gahitoti āha ^b^‘‘asaññabhavo^eb^^a^M2.0253^ea^^b^pana…pe… na niddiṭṭho’’^eb^ti. Bāhirakā hi ayathābhūtadassitāya asaññabhavaṃ bhavavippamokkhaṃ maññamānā tadupagajjhānaṃ bhāvetvā asaññesu nibbattanti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^brahmajālaṭṭhakathāyaṃ taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāya^eb^ñca (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.68-73; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.68-73) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sāleyyakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 148
title: sāleyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^verañjakasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^444^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Verañjavāsino^eb^ti ^a^V2.0235^ea^ verañjagāmavāsino. Keci pana ‘‘vividharaṭṭhavāsino verañjakā’’ti etamatthaṃ vadanti, tesaṃ matena ‘‘verajjakā’’ti pāḷiyā bhavitabbanti. ^b^Aniyamitakiccenā^eb^ti ‘‘iminā nāmā’’ti evaṃ na niyamitena kiccena. ^b^Ayaṃ viseso^eb^ti ayaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānadhammādhiṭṭhānakato imesu dvīsu suttesu desanāya viseso, attho pana desanānayo ca majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya avisiṭṭhoti dasseti. Kasmā pana bhagavā katthaci puggalādhiṭṭhānadesanaṃ deseti, katthaci dhammādhiṭṭhānanti? Desanāvilāsato veneyyajjhāsayato ca. Desanāvilāsappattā hi buddhā bhagavanto, te yathāruci katthaci puggalādhiṭṭhānaṃ katvā, katthaci dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desenti. Ye pana veneyyā sāsanakkamaṃ anotiṇṇā, tesaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānadesanaṃ desenti. Ye otiṇṇā, tesaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Sammutisaccavisayā puggalādhiṭṭhānā, itarā paramatthasaccavisayā. Purimā karuṇānukūlā, itarā paññānukūlā. Saddhānusārigottānaṃ vā purimā. Te hi puggalappamāṇā, pacchimā dhammānusārīnaṃ. Saddhācaritatāya vā lokādhipatīnaṃ vasena puggalādhiṭṭhānā, paññācaritatāya dhammādhipatīnaṃ vasena dhammādhiṭṭhānā. Purimā ca neyyatthā, pacchimā nītatthā. Iti bhagavā taṃ taṃ visesaṃ avekkhitvā tattha tattha duvidhaṃ desanaṃ desetīti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Verañjakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 149
title: verañjakasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāvedallasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^449^eb^^b^.^eb^ Garubhāvo ^a^M2.0254^ea^^a^V2.0236^ea^ gāravaṃ, pāsāṇacchattaṃ viya garukaraṇīyatā. Saha gāravenāti sagāravo, garunā kismiñci vutte gāravavasena patissavanaṃ patissavo, saha patissavena sappatissavo, patissavabhūtaṃ taṃsabhāgañca yaṃ kiñci garukaraṇaṃ. Sagārave sappatissavacanaṃ ^b^sagāravasappatissavacanaṃ^eb^. Garukaraṇaṃ vā gāravo, sagāravassa sappatissavacanaṃ ^b^sagāravasappatissavacanaṃ^eb^. Etena sabhāveneva sagāravassa tathāpavattaṃ vacananti dasseti. Aññattha ^b^du^eb^-saddo garahatthopi hoti ‘‘dukkhaṃ dupputto’’tiādīsu viya, idha pana so na sambhavati kucchitāya paññāya abhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘paññāya duṭṭhaṃ nāma natthī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Dussīlo’’tiādīsu viya abhāvattho ^b^du^eb^-saddoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘appañño nippaññoti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kittakenā^eb^ti kena parimāṇena. Taṃ pana parimāṇaṃ yasmā parimeyyassa atthassa paricchindanaṃ hoti, ^b^nu^eb^-saddo ca pucchāya jotako, tasmā ^b^‘‘kittāvatā nu khoti kāraṇaparicchedapucchā’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘kittakena nu kho evaṃ vuccatīti attho’’^eb^ti āha. ‘‘Kāraṇaparicchedapucchā’’ti iminā ‘‘kittāvatā’’ti sāmaññato pucchābhāvo dassito, na visesato, tassa pucchāvisesabhāvañāpanatthaṃ mahāniddese āgatā sabbāva pucchā atthuddhāranayena dasseti ^b^‘‘pucchā ca nāmā’’^eb^tiādinā. Adiṭṭhaṃ jotīyati etāyāti ^b^adiṭṭhajotanā,^eb^ pucchā. ^b^Diṭṭhasaṃsandanā^eb^ sākacchāvasena vinicchayakaraṇaṃ. Vimati chijjati etāyāti ^b^vimaticchedanā^eb^. Anumatiyā pucchā ^b^anumatipucchā^eb^. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave’’tiādipucchāya hi ‘‘kiṃ tumhākaṃ anumatī’’ti anumati pucchitā hoti. Kathetuṃ kamyatāya pucchā ^b^kathetukamyatāpucchā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lakkhaṇa^eb^nti ñātuṃ icchito yo koci sabhāvo. ^b^Aññāta^eb^nti yena kenaci ñāṇena aññātabhāvaṃ āha. ^b^Adiṭṭha^eb^nti dassanabhūtena paccakkhaṃ viya adiṭṭhataṃ. ^b^Atulita^eb^nti ‘‘ettakaṃ ida’’nti tulanabhūtena atulitataṃ. ^b^Atīrita^eb^nti tīraṇabhūtena akatañāṇakiriyāsamāpanataṃ. ^b^Avibhūta^eb^nti ñāṇassa apākaṭabhāvaṃ. ^b^Avibhāvita^eb^nti ñāṇena apākaṭīkatabhāvaṃ. ^b^Idha diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā adhippetā,^eb^ na adiṭṭhajotanā vimaticchedanā cāti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathamayaṃ ^a^M2.0255^ea^ attho viññāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘thero hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sayaṃ vinicchinanto^eb^ti sayameva tesaṃ pañhānaṃ atthaṃ visesena nicchinanto. ^b^Idaṃ sutta^eb^nti idaṃ pañcavīsatipañhapaṭimaṇḍitasuttaṃ, na ^a^V2.0237^ea^ yaṃ kiñci anavaseseneva matthakaṃ pāpesīti. ‘‘Sayameva pañhaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā sayaṃ vinicchinanto’’ti ettha catukkoṭikaṃ bhavatīti dassento ^b^‘‘ekacco hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Pañhaṃ samuṭṭhāpetuṃyeva sakkotī^eb^ti pucchanavidhiṃyeva jānāti. ^b^Na nicchetu^eb^nti nicchetuṃ na sakkoti, vissajjanavidhiṃ na jānātīti attho. ^b^Visesaṭṭhāna^eb^nti aññehi asadisaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Therena sadiso^eb^ti therena sadiso sāvako natthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṃsanditvā^eb^ti saṃyojetvā samānaṃ katvā, yathā tattha sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ pavattaṃ, tathā taṃ avilometvāti attho. ^b^Līḷāyanto^eb^ti līḷaṃ karonto. Dhammakathikatāya aggabhāvappattiyā tattha appaṭihatañāṇatāya buddhalīḷāya viya catunnaṃ parisānaṃ gamanaṃ gaṇhanto dhammakathaṃ katheti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ito vā etto vā anukkamitvā^eb^ti uggahitakathāmaggato yattha katthaci īsakampi anukkamitvā uggahitaniyāmenevāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṭṭhikoṭi’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Ekapadika^eb^nti ekapadanikkhepamattaṃ. ^b^Daṇḍakasetu^eb^nti ekadaṇḍakamayaṃ setuṃ. Heṭṭhā ca upari ca suttapadānaṃ āharaṇena ^b^tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ heṭṭhupariyaṃ karonto^eb^. Jātassarasadisañca gāthaṃ, suttapadaṃ vā nikkhipitvā tattha nānāupamākāraṇāni āharanto tāni ca tehi suttapadehi bodhento samuṭṭhāpento ^b^‘‘jātassare pañcavaṇṇāni kusumāni phullāpento viya sinerumatthake vaṭṭisahassaṃ jālento viyā’’^eb^ti vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekapaduddhāre^eb^ti ekasmiṃ paduddhāraṇakkhaṇe. Padavasena ^b^saṭṭhi padasatasahassāni^eb^ gāthāvasena ^b^pannarasa gāthāsahassāni. Ākaḍḍhitvā gaṇhanto viyā^eb^ti paccekaṃ pupphāni anocinitvā vallimeva ākaḍḍhitvā ekajjhaṃ pupphāni katvā gaṇhanto viya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekappahārenevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gatimantāna^eb^nti atisayāya ñāṇagatiyā yuttānaṃ. ^b^Dhitimantāna^eb^nti dhāraṇabalena yuttānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anantanayussada^eb^nti ^a^M2.0256^ea^ paccayuppannabhāsitatthanibbānavipākakiriyādivasena anantapabhede visaye pavattiyā anantanayehi ussannaṃ upacitaṃ. Caturoghanittharaṇatthikānaṃ titthe ṭhapitanāvā viyāti yojanā. ^b^Sahassayuttāajaññaratho^eb^ti vejayantarathaṃ sandhāya vadati.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā pucchāyaṃ byāpanicchānayena ‘‘duppañño duppañño’’ti āmeḍitavasena vuttaṃ, tasmā dhammasenāpati pucchitamatthaṃ vissajjento pucchāsabhāgena ‘‘nappajānāti nappajānātī’’ti āmeḍitavasenevāha. Tattha iti-saddo kāraṇatthoti dassento ^b^‘‘yasmā nappajānāti, tasmā duppaññoti^eb^^a^V2.0238^ea^^b^vuccatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Idaṃ dukkha^eb^nti idaṃ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Tañca kho ruppanaṃ vediyanaṃ sañjānanaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ vijānananti saṅkhepato ^b^ettakaṃ. Ito uddhaṃ^eb^ kiñci dhammajātaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ nāma ^b^natthī^eb^ti ^b^yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇato^eb^ pavattikkamato ceva pīḷanasaṅkhatasantāpavipariṇāmalakkhaṇato ca yathābhūtaṃ ariyamaggapaññāya ^b^nappajānāti^eb^. Avasesapaccayasamāgame udayati uppajjati, svāyaṃ samudayo saṃsārapavattibhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘pavattidukkhapabhāvikā’’^eb^ti, dukkhasaccassa uppādikāti attho. ^b^Yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇato^eb^ti yathābhūtaṃ anupacchedakaraṇarasato ceva sampiṇḍananidānasaṃyogapalibodhalakkhaṇato ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ patvā^eb^ti idaṃ nāma appavattikāraṇaṃ āgamma. ^b^Nirujjhatī^eb^ti anuppādanirodhavasena nirujjhati, tenāha ^b^‘‘ubhinnaṃ appavattī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇato^eb^ti yathābhūtaṃ accutirasato ceva nissaraṇavivekāsaṅkhatāmatalakkhaṇato ca. ^b^Ayaṃ paṭipadā^eb^ti ayaṃ sammādiṭṭhiādikā samodhānalakkhaṇā paṭipajjati etāyāti paṭipadā. ^b^Dukkhanirodhaṃ gacchatī^eb^ti dukkhanirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena gacchati ārabbha pavattati. ^b^Yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇato^eb^ti yathābhūtaṃ kilesappahānakaraṇasarasato ceva niyyānahetudassanādhipateyyalakkhaṇato ca nappajānāti. ^b^Anantaravāre^eb^ti dutiyavāre. ^b^Imināva nayenā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ettakaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā paṭhamavāre vuttanayena. Tattha hi duppaññaniddesattā pajānanapaṭikkhepavasena desanā āgatā, idha paññavantaniddesattā pajānanavasenāti ayameva viseso. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti dutiyavāre.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Savanato^eb^ti ^a^M2.0257^ea^ kammaṭṭhānassa savanato uggaṇhāti. Ganthasavanamukhena hi tadatthassa uggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Ṭhapetvā taṇha^eb^ntiādi tassa uggahaṇākāranidassanaṃ. ^b^Abhinivisatī^eb^ti vipassanābhinivesavasena abhinivisati vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ paṭṭhapeti. ^b^No vivaṭṭe^eb^ti vivaṭṭe abhiniveso na hoti avisayattā. ^b^Aya^eb^nti catusaccakammaṭṭhāniko.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcakkhandhā^eb^ti pañcupādānakkhandhā. Khandhavasena vipassanābhinivesassa cakkhādivasena vedanādivasena ca satipi anekavidhatte sukaraṃ suviññeyyanti catudhātumukhena taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dhātukammaṭṭhānavasena otaritvā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Rūpanti vavatthapetī^eb^ti ruppanaṭṭhena rūpanti asaṅkarato paricchindati. ^b^Tadārammaṇā^eb^ti taṃ rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattanakā. ^b^Nāma^eb^nti vedanādicatukkaṃ namanaṭṭhena nāmanti vavatthāpeti. ^b^Yamakatālakkhandhaṃ bhindanto viya^eb^ yamakaṃ bhinditvā ‘‘arūpaṃ, rūpañcā’’ti ^b^dveva ime dhammā,^eb^ na ettha koci attā vā attaniyaṃ vāti ^b^nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapeti^eb^ paricchindati ^a^V2.0239^ea^ pariggaṇhāti. Ettāvatā diṭṭhivisuddhi dassitā. ^b^Taṃ panetaṃ^eb^ nāmarūpaṃ ^b^na ahetukaṃ^eb^. Yasmā sabbaṃ sabbattha sabbadā ca natthi, tasmā ^b^sahetukaṃ^eb^. Kīdisena hetunā? Na issarādivisamahetunā. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.447) vuttanayena gahetabbaṃ. Sahetukattā eva ^b^sapaccayaṃ^eb^. ^b^Avijjādayo^eb^ti avijjātaṇhupādānakammāhārādayo. ^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘taṃ paneta’’ntiādinā vuttappakārena avijjādike ^b^paccaye ceva^eb^ rūpavedanādike ^b^paccayuppannadhamme ca vavatthapetvā^eb^ paricchinditvā pariggahetvā. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘avijjāsamudayā rūpasamudayo, taṇhāsamudayā rūpasamudayo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.50). Ettāvatā kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hutvā^eb^ti hetupaccayasamavāye uppajjitvā. ^b^Abhāvaṭṭhenā^eb^ti tadanantarameva vinassanaṭṭhena. ^b^Aniccā^eb^ti aniccā addhuvā. ^b^Aniccalakkhaṇaṃ āropetī^eb^ti tesu pañcasu khandhesu aniccatāsaṅkhātaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ niropeti. ^b^Tato^eb^ti aniccalakkhaṇāropanato paraṃ, ^b^tato^eb^ vā aniccabhāvato. ^b^Udayabbayappaṭipīḷanākārenā^eb^ti uppādanirodhehi pati pati abhikkhaṇaṃ pīḷanākārena hetunā ^b^dukkhā^eb^ aniṭṭhā, dukkhamā vā. ^b^Avasavattanākārenā^eb^ti kassaci vasena avasavattanākārena. ^b^Anattā^eb^ti na sayaṃ attā, nāpi nesaṃ koci attā atthīti anattāti. ^b^Tilakkhaṇaṃ^eb^^b^āropetvā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0258^ea^ evaṃ aniccassa dukkhabhāvato, dukkhassa ca anattabhāvato khandhapañcake tividhampi sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā. ^b^Sammasanto^eb^ti udayabbayañāṇuppattiyā uppanne vipassanupakkilese pahāya maggāmaggaṃ vavatthapetvā udayabbayañāṇādivipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā saṅkhāre sammasanto gotrabhuñāṇānantaraṃ ^b^lokuttaramaggaṃ pāpuṇāti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekapaṭivedhenā^eb^ti ekeneva ñāṇena paṭivijjhanena. ^b^Paṭivedho^eb^ paṭighātābhāvena visaye nissaṅgacārasaṅkhātaṃ nibbijjhanaṃ. ^b^Abhisamayo^eb^ avirajjhitvā adhigamanasaṅkhāto avabodho. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ettaṃ dukkhaṃ, na ito bhiyyo’’ti paricchinditvā yāthāvato jānanameva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^pariññāpaṭivedho,^eb^ idañca yathā ñāṇe pavatte pacchā dukkhassa sarūpādiparicchede sammoho na hoti, tathā pavattiṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ, na pana maggañāṇassa ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā pavattanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmiñcassa khaṇe’’^eb^tiādi. Pahīnassa puna apahātabbatāya pakaṭṭhaṃ hānaṃ cajanaṃ samucchindanaṃ pahānaṃ, pahānameva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^pahānapaṭivedho^eb^. Ayampi yena kilesena appahīyamānena maggabhāvanāya na bhavitabbaṃ, asati ca maggabhāvanāya yo uppajjeyya, tassa padaghātaṃ karontassa anuppattidhammataṃ āpādentassa ñāṇassa tathāpavattiyā paṭighātābhāvena ^a^V2.0240^ea^ nissaṅgacāraṃ upādāya evaṃ vutto. Sacchikiriyā paccakkhakaraṇaṃ anussavākāraparivitakkādike muñcitvāva sarūpato ārammaṇakaraṇaṃ ‘‘idaṃ ta’’nti yāthāvasabhāvato gahaṇaṃ, sā eva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^sacchikiriyāpaṭivedho^eb^. Ayampi yassa āvaraṇassa asamucchindanato ñāṇaṃ nirodhaṃ ālambituṃ na sakkoti, tassa samucchindanato taṃ sarūpato vibhāvitameva pavattatīti evaṃ vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhāvanā^eb^ uppādanā vaḍḍhanā ca. Tattha paṭhamamagge uppādanaṭṭhena bhāvanā, dutiyādīsu vaḍḍhanaṭṭhena, ubhayatthāpi vā ubhayaṃ veditabbaṃ. Paṭhamamaggopi hi yathārahaṃ vuṭṭhānagāminiyaṃ pavattaṃ parijānanādiṃ vaḍḍhento pavattoti tatthāpi vaḍḍhanaṭṭhena bhāvanāti sakkā viññātuṃ. Dutiyādīsupi appahīnakilesappahānato puggalantarasādhanato ca uppādanaṭṭhena bhāvanā, sā eva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^bhāvanāpaṭivedho^eb^. Ayampi yathā ñāṇe pavatte pacchā maggadhammānaṃ sarūpaparicchede sammoho na hoti, tathā ^a^M2.0259^ea^ pavattiṃ gahetvā vutto. Tiṭṭhantu tāva yathādhigatā maggadhammā, yathāpavattesu phalesupi ayaṃ yathādhigatasaccadhammesu viya vigatasammohova hoti sekkhopi samāno. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo’’ti (mahāva. 27). Yathā cassa dhammā tāsaṃ jotitā yathādhigatasaccadhammāvalambiniyo maggavīthito parato maggaphalapahīnāvasiṭṭhakilesanibbānānaṃ paccavekkhaṇā pavattanti. Dukkhasaccadhammā hi sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo. Ayañca atthavaṇṇanā ^b^pariññābhisamayenā^eb^tiādīsupi vibhāvetabbā. ^b^Kiccato^eb^ti asammohato. ^b^Nirodhaṃ ārammaṇato^eb^ti ettha ‘‘ārammaṇatopī’’ti pi-saddo luttaniddiṭṭho daṭṭhabbo nirodhepi asammohapaṭivedhassa labbhanato. ^b^Etassā^eb^ti catusaccakammaṭṭhānikassa puggalassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññavāti niddiṭṭho^eb^ nippariyāyato paññavantatāya idha adhippetattā. ^b^Pāḷito^eb^ti dhammato. ^b^Atthato^eb^ti aṭṭhakathāto. ^b^Anusandhito^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte taṃtaṃanusandhito. ^b^Pubbāparato^eb^ti pubbenāparassa saṃsandanato. Saṅgītikkamena cettha pubbāparatā veditabbā. Taṃtaṃdesanāyameva vā pubbabhāgena aparabhāgassa saṃsandanato. ^b^Viññāṇacarito^eb^ti vijānanacarito vīmaṃsanacarito tepiṭake buddhavacane vicāraṇācāravepullato. ^b^Paññavāti na vattabbo^eb^ maggenāgatāya paññāya abhāvato. ^b^Ajja ajjeva arahatta^eb^nti ittaraṃ atikhippamevāti adhippāyo. ^b^Paññavāpakkhaṃ bhajati^eb^ sekkhapariyāyasabbhāvato. ^b^Sutte pana paṭivedhova kathito^eb^ saccābhisamayavasena āgatattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Esā^eb^ti anantare vutto ariyapuggalo. ^b^Kammakārakacitta^eb^nti bhāvanākammassa pavattanakacittaṃ ^a^V2.0241^ea^. ^b^Sukhavedanampi vijānātī^eb^ti ko vediyati, kassa vedanā, kiṃkāraṇā vedanā, sopi kassaci abhāvaggahaṇamukhena sukhaṃ vedanaṃ sabhāvato samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato ca yathābhūtaṃ paricchindanto pariggaṇhanto sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vijānāti nāma. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Yasmā ^b^‘‘satipaṭṭhāne’’^eb^ti iminā satipaṭṭhānakathaṃ upalakkheti. Tāya hi tadattho veditabbo, tasmā taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyampi (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.380) vuttanayena tassattho veditabbo ^a^M2.0260^ea^. Kāmañcetaṃ viññāṇaṃ vedanāto aññampi ārammaṇaṃ vijānāti, anantaravāre pana rūpamukhena vipassanābhinivesassa dassitattā idha arūpamukhena dassetuṃ ‘‘sukhantipi vijānātī’’tiādinā niddiṭṭhaṃ, pucchantassa vā ajjhāsayavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṃsaṭṭhā^eb^ti sampayuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekuppādādilakkhaṇena saṃyogaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Visaṃsaṭṭhā^eb^ti vippayuttā. ^b^Bhinditvā^eb^ti aññabhūmikassa aññabhūmidassaneneva vināsetvā, saṃbhinditvā vā. ^b^Saṃsaṭṭhabhāvaṃ pucchatī^eb^ti taṃcittuppādapariyāpannānaṃ pañcaviññāṇānaṃ saṃsaṭṭhabhāvaṃ pucchati. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ pucchāya avasaro visaṃsaṭṭhabhāvāsaṅkāya eva abhāvato? Na, cittuppādantaragatānaṃ maggapaññāmaggaviññāṇānaṃ vipassanāpaññāvipassanāviññāṇānañca vomissakasaṃsaṭṭhabhāvassa labbhamānattā. ^b^Vinivaṭṭetvā^eb^ti aññamaññato vivecetvā. ^b^Nānākaraṇaṃ dassetuṃ na sakkā^eb^ti idaṃ kevalaṃ saṃsaṭṭhabhāvameva sandhāya vuttaṃ, na sabhāvabhedaṃ, sabhāvabhedato pana nānākaraṇaṃ nesaṃ pākaṭameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ārammaṇato vā vatthuto vā uppādato vā nirodhato vā’’^eb^ti. Idāni tameva sabhāvabhedaṃ visayabhedena suṭṭhu pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tesaṃ tesaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Visayo^eb^ti pavattiṭṭhānaṃ issariyabhūmi, yena cittapaññānaṃ tattha tattha pubbaṅgamatā vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmañca vipassanāpi paññāvaseneva kiccakārī, maggopi viññāṇasahitova, na kevalo, yathā pana lokiyadhammesu cittaṃ padhānaṃ tatthassa dhorayhabhāvena pavattisabbhāvato. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘chadvārādhipati rājā’’ti (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.181) vuccati, evaṃ lokuttaradhammesu paññā padhānā paṭipakkhavidhamanassa visesato tadadhīnattā. Tathā hi maggadhamme sammādiṭṭhi eva paṭhamaṃ gahitā. Ayañca nesaṃ visayavasena pavattibhedo, tathā ca paññāpanavidhi na kevalaṃ thereheva dassito, apica kho bhagavatāpi dassitoti vibhāvento ^b^‘‘sammāsambuddhopī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yattha paññā na labbhati, tattha cittavasena pucchane vattabbameva natthi yathā ‘‘kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādīsu (pārā. 132-135). Yattha pana paññā labbhati, tatthāpi cittavasena jotanā hoti yathā – ‘‘ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapeti sannisādeti ekodiṃ karoti samādahati (saṃ. ni. 4.332), yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ ^a^M2.0261^ea^^a^V2.0242^ea^ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 1). ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana lokiyadhammesu cittavasena, lokuttaradhammesu paññāvasena codanaṃ byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katamā te bhikkhu paññā adhigatā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yebhuyyavasena cetaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi katthaci lokiyadhammā paññāsīsenapi niddisīyanti – ‘‘paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhino kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti hānabhāginī paññā’’tiādīsu (paṭi. ma. 1.1). Saññāsīsenapi – ‘‘uddhumātakasaññāti vā sesarūpārūpasaññāti vā ime dhammā ekatthā, udāhu nānatthā’’tiādīsu (pārā. aṭṭha. 45.padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā). Tathā lokuttaradhammāpi katthaci cittasīsena niddisīyanti – ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ cittaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (dha. sa. 277), tathā phassādisīsenapi – ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ phassaṃ bhāveti, vedanaṃ saññaṃ cetanaṃ bhāvetī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 277).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesū^eb^ti sappurisasevanā, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammapaṭipattīti imesu catūsu sotāpattimaggassa kāraṇesu. Kāmaṃ cetesu satiādayopi dhammā icchitabbāva tehi vinā tesaṃ asambhavato, tathāpi cettha saddhā visesato kiccakārīti veditabbā. Saddo eva hi sappurise payirupāsati, saddhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso ca manasi karoti, ariyamaggassa ca anudhammaṃ paṭipajjati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ettha saddhindriyaṃ daṭṭhabba’’^eb^nti. Iminā nayena sesindriyesupi attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Catūsu sammappadhānesū^eb^ti catubbidhasammappadhānabhāvanāya. ^b^Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesū^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Ettha ca sotāpattiyaṅgesu saddhā viya sammappadhānabhāvanāya vīriyaṃ viya ca satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāya – ‘‘satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’’nti (dī. ni. 2.373; ma. ni. 1.106; saṃ. ni. 5.384, 407) vacanato pubbabhāge kiccato sati adhikā icchitabbā. Evaṃ samādhikammikassa samādhi, ‘‘ariyasaccabhāvanā paññābhāvanā’’ti katvā tattha paññā pubbabhāge adhikā icchitabbāti pākaṭoyamattho, adhigamakkhaṇe pana samādhipaññānaṃ viya sabbesampi indriyānaṃ saddhādīnaṃ samarasatāva icchitabbā. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘ettha saddhindriya’’^eb^ntiādinā tattha tattha etthaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Eva^eb^nti yaṃ ṭhānaṃ, taṃ indriyasamattādiṃ paccāmasati. ^b^Savisayasmiṃyevā^eb^ti attano attano visaye ^a^M2.0262^ea^ eva. ^b^Lokiyalokuttarā dhammā kathitā^eb^ti lokiyadhammā lokuttaradhammā ca tena tena pavattivisesena kathitā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – saddhāpañcamesu indriyesu saha pavattamānesu tattha tattha visaye saddhādīnaṃ kiccādhikatāya tassa tasseva daṭṭhabbatā vuttā, na sabbesaṃ. Evaṃ aññepi lokiyalokuttarā dhammā yathāsakaṃ visaye pavattivisesavasena bodhitāti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni ^a^V2.0243^ea^ saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ tattha tattha atirekakiccataṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatridaṃ upamāsaṃsandanaṃ rājapañcamā sahāyā viya vimuttiparipācakāni pañcindriyāni. Nesaṃ kīḷanatthaṃ ekajjhaṃ vīthiotaraṇaṃ viya indriyānaṃ ekajjhaṃ vipassanāvīthiotaraṇaṃ. Sahāyesu paṭhamādīnaṃ yathāsakageheva vicāraṇā viya saddhādīnaṃ sotāpattiaṅgādīni patvā pubbaṅgamatā. Sahāyesu itaresaṃ tattha tattha tuṇhībhāvo viya sesindriyānaṃ tattha tattha tadanvayatā. Tassa pubbaṅgamabhūtassa indriyassa kiccānugatatā. Na hi tadā tesaṃ sasambhārapathavīādīsu āpādīnaṃ viya kiccaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, saddhādīnaṃyeva pana kiccaṃ vibhūtaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati puretaraṃ tathāpaccayehi cittasantānassa abhisaṅkhatattā. Ettha ca vipassanākammikassa bhāvanā visesato paññuttarāti dassanatthaṃ rājānaṃ nidassanaṃ katvā paññindriyaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Itī^eb^tiādi yathādhigatassa atthassa nigamanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggaviññāṇampī^eb^ti ariyamaggasahagataṃ apacayagāmiviññāṇampi. ^b^Tatheva taṃ vijānātī^eb^ti saccadhammaṃ ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā nayeneva vijānāti ekacittuppādapariyāpannattā maggānukūlattā ca. ^b^Yaṃ vijānātī^eb^ti ettha vijānanapajānanāni vipassanācittuppādapariyāpannāni adhippetāni, na ‘‘yaṃ pajānātī’’ti ettha viya maggacittuppādapariyāpannāti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ saṅkhāragata’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Tathevā^eb^ti ‘‘anicca’’ntiādinā nayena. Ekacittuppādapariyāpannattā vipassanābhāvato ca samānapaccayehi saha pavattikatā ^b^ekuppādatā,^eb^ tato eva ekajjhaṃ saheva nirujjhanaṃ ^b^ekanirodhatā,^eb^ ekaṃyeva vatthuṃ nissāya pavatti ^b^ekavatthukatā,^eb^ ekaṃyeva ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha pavatti ^b^ekārammaṇatā^eb^. Hetumhi cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Tena ekuppādāditāya saṃsaṭṭhabhāvaṃ sādheti. Anavasesapariyādānañcetaṃ, ito tīhipi sampayuttalakkhaṇaṃ hotiyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggapaññaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0263^ea^^b^sandhāya vuttaṃ,^eb^ sā hi ekantato bhāvetabbā, na pariññeyyā, paññāya pana bhāvetabbatāya taṃsampayuttadhammāpi taggatikāva hontīti āha ^b^‘‘taṃsampayuttaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi. Kiñcāpi vipassanāpaññāya bhāvanāvasena pavattanato taṃsampayuttaviññāṇampi tatheva pavattati, tassa pana pariññeyyabhāvānativattanato pariññeyyatā vuttā. Tenevāha – ‘‘yampi taṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, tampi khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^450^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti vedanāti evaṃ sāmaññaggahaṇe satipi. ^b^Tebhūmikasammasanacāravedanāvā^eb^ti bhūmittayapariyāpannā, tato eva sammasanañāṇassa gocarabhūtā vedanā eva adhippetā sabrahmacārīnaṃ upakārāvahabhāvena desanāya āraddhattā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘caturoghanittharaṇatthikāna’’ntiādi ^a^V2.0244^ea^. Esa nayo paññāyapi. Idha sukhādisaddā tadārammaṇavisayāti imamatthaṃ suttena sādhetuṃ ^b^‘‘rūpañca hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekantadukkha^eb^nti ekanteneva aniṭṭhaṃ, tato eva dukkhamatāya dukkhaṃ. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena dukkhavedanāya anupatitaṃ, otiṇṇañcāti ^b^dukkhānupatitaṃ, dukkhāvakkantaṃ^eb^. Sukhena anavakkantaṃ abhavissāti yojanā. ^b^Nayida^eb^nti ettha ^b^ida^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Sārajjeyyu^eb^nti sārāgaṃ uppādeyyuṃ. ^b^Sukha^eb^nti sabhāvato ca iṭṭhaṃ. ^b^Sārāgā saṃyujjantī^eb^ti bahalarāgahetu yathārahaṃ dasahipi saṃyojanehi saṃyujjanti. ^b^Saṃyogā saṃkilissantī^eb^ti tathā saṃyuttatāya taṇhāsaṃkilesādivasena saṃkilissanti, vibādhīyanti upatāpīyanti cāti attho. ^b^Ārammaṇa^eb^nti iṭṭhaṃ, aniṭṭhaṃ, majjhattañca ārammaṇaṃ yathākkamaṃ sukhaṃ, dukkhaṃ, adukkhamasukhanti kathitaṃ. Evaṃ avisesena pañcapi khandhe sukhādiārammaṇabhāvena dassetvā idāni vedanā eva sukhādiārammaṇabhāvena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Pākatikapacurajanavasenāyaṃ kathitāti katvā ^b^‘‘purimaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Visesalābhī pana anāgatampi sukhaṃ vedanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoteva. ^b^Vuttametaṃ^eb^ satipaṭṭhānavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.380; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.79). Vedanāya hi ārammaṇaṃ vediyantiyā taṃsamaṅgīpuggalo vedetīti vohāramattaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbasaññāyā^eb^ti sabbāyapi catubhūmikasaññāya. ^b^Sabbatthakasaññāyā^eb^ti sabbasmiṃ cittuppāde pavattanakasaññāya. ^b^Vatthe vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddena vaṇṇadhātuṃ saṅgaṇhāti ^a^M2.0264^ea^. ^b^Pāpento^eb^ti bhāvanaṃ upacāraṃ vā appanaṃ vā upanento. ^b^Uppajjanakasaññāpī^eb^ti ‘‘nīlaṃ rūpaṃ, rūpārammaṇaṃ nīla’’nti uppajjanakasaññāpi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asabbasaṅgāhikattā^eb^ti sabbesaṃ vedanāsaññāviññāṇānaṃ asaṅgahitattā. ^b^Takkagata^eb^nti suttakantanakatakkamhi, suttavattanakatakkamhi vā veṭhanavasena ṭhitaṃ. ^b^Parivaṭṭakādigata^eb^nti suttaveṭhanaparivaṭṭakādigataṃ. ^b^Vissaṭṭhattāva na gahitā,^eb^ yadaggena paññā viññāṇena saddhiṃ sampayogaṃ labhāpitā, tadaggena vedanāsaññāhipi sampayogaṃ labhāpitā evāti. ^b^Tadeva sañjānāti^eb^ saṃsaṭṭhabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sañjānāti vijānātī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘pajānātī’’ti padaṃ ānetvā vattabbaṃ pajānanavasenapi visesassa vakkhamānattā. ^b^Jānātī^eb^ti ayaṃ saddo ca laddatoyevettha aviseso, atthato pana visesato icchitabbo. Anekatthattā hi dhātūnaṃ tena ākhyātapadena nāmapadena ca vuttamatthaṃ upasaggapadaṃ jotakabhāvena viseseti, na vācakabhāvena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tassapi jānanatthe viseso veditabbo’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0245^ea^. Etena saññāviññāṇapaññāpadāni antogadhajānanatthe yathāsakaṃ visiṭṭhavisaye ca niṭṭhānīti dasseti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘saññā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sañjānanamattamevā^eb^ti ettha ^b^matta^eb^-saddena visesanivattiatthena vijānanapajānanākāre nivatteti, ^b^eva^eb^-saddena kadācipi imissā te visesā natthevāti avadhāreti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘aniccaṃ dukkha’’^eb^ntiādi. Tattha viññāṇakiccampi kātuṃ asakkontī saññā kuto paññākiccaṃ kareyyāti ^b^‘‘lakkhaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkoti’’^eb^cceva vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ ‘‘maggapātubhāva’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Ārammaṇe pavattamānaṃ viññāṇaṃ na saññā viya nīlapītādimattasañjānanavasena pavattati, atha kho tattha aññampi tādisaṃ visesaṃ jānantameva pavattatīti āha ^b^‘‘viññāṇa’’^eb^ntiādi. Kathaṃ pana viññāṇaṃ lakkhaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pāpetīti? Paññāya dassitamaggena. Lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāya hi anekavāraṃ lakkhaṇāni paṭivijjhitvā pavattamānāya paguṇabhāvato paricayavasena ñāṇavippayuttacittenapi vipassanā sambhavati, yathā taṃ paguṇassa ganthassa ajjhayane tattha tattha gatāpi vārā ^a^M2.0265^ea^ na upadhārīyanti. ‘‘Lakkhaṇapaṭivedha’’nti ca lakkhaṇānaṃ ārammaṇakaraṇamattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na paṭivijjhanaṃ. ^b^Ussakkitvā^eb^ti udayabbayañāṇādiñāṇapaṭipāṭiyā ārabhitvā. ^b^Maggapātubhāvaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkoti^eb^ asambodhasabhāvattā. ^b^Ārammaṇampi sañjānā^eb^ti avabujjhanavaseneva, na sañjānanamattena. Tathā ^b^lakkhaṇapaṭivedhampi pāpeti,^eb^ na vijānanamattena, attano pana aññāsādhāraṇena ānubhāvena ussakkitvā maggapātubhāvampi pāpeti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ajātabuddhī^eb^ti asañjātabyavahārabuddhi. ^b^Upabhogaparibhoga^eb^nti upabhogaparibhogārahaṃ, upabhogaparibhogavatthūnaṃ paṭilābhayogganti attho. ^b^Kūṭo^eb^ti kahāpaṇapatirūpako tambakaṃsādimayo. ^b^Cheko^eb^ti mahāsāro. ^b^Karato^eb^ti aḍḍhasāro. ^b^Saṇho^eb^ti mudujātiko samasāro. ^b^Iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. Tena pādasāraparopādasārāḍḍhasārādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Jānanto ca pana naṃ rūpaṃ disvāpi…pe… asukācariyena katotipi jānāti^eb^ tathā heraññikaganthassa suggahitattā. ^b^Evameva^eb^ntiādi upamāsaṃsandanaṃ. Saññāvibhāgaṃ akatvā piṇḍavaseneva ārammaṇassa gahaṇato dārakassa kahāpaṇadassanasadisā vuttā. Tathā hi sā yathāupaṭṭhitavisayapadaṭṭhānā vuccati. Viññāṇaṃ ārammaṇe ekaccavisesaggahaṇasamatthabhāvato gāmikapurisakahāpaṇadassanasadisaṃ vuttaṃ. Paññā pana ārammaṇe anavasesāvabodhato heraññikakahāpaṇadassanasadisā vuttā. ^b^Nesa^eb^nti saññāviññāṇapaññānaṃ ^a^V2.0246^ea^. ^b^Viseso^eb^ti sabhāvaviseso. ^b^Duppaṭivijjho^eb^ pakatipaññāya. Imināva nesaṃ accantasukhumataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekārammaṇe pavattamānāna^eb^nti ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe pavattamānānaṃ. Tena abhinnavisayābhinnakālatādassanena avinibbhogavuttitaṃ vibhāvento duppaṭivijjhataṃyeva ulliṅgeti. ^b^Vavatthāna^eb^nti asaṅkarato ṭhapanaṃ. ^b^Ayaṃ phasso…pe… idaṃ citta^eb^nti nidassanamattametaṃ. ^b^Iti^eb^-saddo vā ādiattho. Tena sesadhammānampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Ida^eb^nti arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ vavatthānakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Tato^eb^ti yaṃ vuttaṃ tilatelādiuddharaṇaṃ, tato. Yadi dukkarataraṃ, kathaṃ tanti āha ^b^‘‘bhagavā panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^451^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissaṭenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0266^ea^ nikkhantena ataṃsambandhena. ^b^Pariccattenā^eb^ti pariccattasadisena paccayabhāvānupagamanena paccayuppannasambandhābhāvato. ^b^Nissakkavacanaṃ^eb^ apādānadīpanato. ^b^Karaṇavacanaṃ^eb^ kattuatthadīpanato. Kāmāvacaramanoviññāṇaṃ na niyamato ‘‘idaṃ nāma pañcadvārikāsambandhā’’ti sakkā vattuṃ, rūpāvacaraviññāṇaṃ pana na tathāti, tasseva pañcahi indriyehi nissaṭatā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānacittenā’’^eb^ti. Catutthajjhānaggahaṇaṃ tasseva arūpāvacarassa padaṭṭhānabhāvato. ^b^Parisuddhenā^eb^ti visesato asaṃkilesikattāva. Tañhi vigatūpakkilesatāya visesato parisuddhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nirupakkilesenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jānitabbaṃ neyyaṃ,^eb^ saparasantānesu idaṃ atisayaṃ jānitabbato bujjhitabbaṃ bodhetabbaṃ vāti attho. ^b^Neyya^eb^nti vā attano santāne netabbaṃ pavattetabbanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbattetuṃ sakkā hoti. Ettha ṭhitassa hi sā ijjhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pāṭiyekka^eb^nti visuṃ visuṃ, anupadadhammavasenāti attho. ^b^Abhinivesābhāvato^eb^ti vipassanābhinivesassa asambhavato. ^b^Kalāpato nayato^eb^ti kalāpasammasanasaṅkhātato nayavipassanato. ^b^Bhikkhuno^eb^ti sāvakassa. Sāvakasseva hi tatra anupadadhammavipassanā na sambhavati, na satthu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vissajjesī^eb^ti tappaṭibaddhachandarāgappahānena pajahati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hatthagatattā^eb^ti hatthagatasadisattā, āsannattāti attho. Yadā hi lokanātho bodhimūle aparājitapallaṅke nisinno – ‘‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.57; saṃ. ni. 2.4, 10) paṭiccasamuppādamukhena vipassanābhinivesaṃ katvā adhigantabbasabbaññutaññāṇānurūpaṃ chattiṃsakoṭisahassamukhena mahāvajirañāṇaṃ nāma mahābodhisattasammasanaṃ pavattento anekākārasamāpattidhammasammasane anupadameva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhammepi ^a^V2.0247^ea^ aparāparaṃ sammasi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavā panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paropaññāsā^eb^ti dvepaññāsaṃ. Kāmañcettha keci dhammā vedanādayo phassapañcamakādīsu vuttāpi jhānakoṭṭhāsādīsupi saṅgahitā, taṃtaṃpaccayabhāvavisiṭṭhena pana atthavisesena dhammantarāni viya hontīti evaṃ vuttaṃ. Tathā hi lokuttaracittuppādesu navindriyatā vuccati. ^b^Aṅguddhārenā^eb^ti tattha labbhamānajhānaṅgabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgānaṃ uddharaṇena. ^b^Aṅga^eb^-saddo ^a^M2.0267^ea^ vā koṭṭhāsapariyāyo, tasmā ^b^aṅguddhārenā^eb^ti phassapañcamakādikoṭṭhāsānaṃ samuddharaṇena. ^b^Yāvatā saññāsamāpattiyo^eb^ti yattakā saññāsahagatā jhānasamāpattiyo, tāhi vuṭṭhāya adhigandhabbattā tāvatikā veneyyānaṃ ^b^aññāpaṭivedho^eb^ arahattasamadhigamo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dassanapariṇāyakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti andhassa yaṭṭhikoṭiṃ gahetvā maggadesako viya dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvadassanasaṅkhātena pariṇāyakabhāvena. Yathā vā so tassa cakkhubhūto, evaṃ sattānaṃ paññā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cakkhubhūtāya paññāyā’’^eb^ti. Samādhisampayuttā paññā ^b^samādhipaññā^eb^. Samādhi cettha āruppasamādhīti vadanti, sammasanapayogo pana koci jhānasamādhīti yuttaṃ. Vipassanābhūtā paññā ^b^vipassanāpaññā^eb^. Samādhipaññāya antosamāpattiyaṃ ^b^kiccato pajānāti,^eb^ ‘‘samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’ti pana vacanato (saṃ. ni. 3.5; 4.99-100; 3.5.1071-1072; netti. 40; mi. pa. 2.1.14) ^b^asammohato pajānāti^eb^. Tattha ^b^kiccato^eb^ti gocarajjhatte ārammaṇakaraṇakiccato. ^b^Asammohato^eb^ti sampayuttadhammesu sammohavidhamanato yathā pītipaṭisaṃvedanādīsu. ^b^Kimatthiyā^eb^ti kiṃpayojanāti āha ^b^‘‘ko etissā attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhiññeyye dhamme^eb^ti yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇāvabodhavasena abhimukhaṃ ñeyye jānitabbe khandhāyatanādidhamme. ^b^Abhijānātī^eb^ti salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca abhimukhaṃ avirajjhanavasena jānāti. Etena ñātapariññābyāpāramāha. ^b^Pariññeyye^eb^ti aniccātipi dukkhātipi anattātipi paricchijja jānitabbe. ^b^Parijānātī^eb^ti ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ…pe… aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhenā’’tiādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.48) paricchinditvā jānāti. Iminā tīraṇapariññābyāpāramāha. ^b^Pahātabbe dhamme^eb^ti niccasaññādike yāva arahattamaggavajjhā sabbe pāpadhamme. ^b^Pajahati^eb^ pakaṭṭhato jahati, vikkhambheti ceva samucchindati cāti attho. Iminā pahānapariññābyāpāramāha. Sā panesā paññā lokiyāpi tippakārā lokuttarāpi, tāsaṃ visesaṃ sayamevāha. ^b^Kiccato^eb^ti abhijānanavasena ārammaṇakiccato. ^b^Asammohato^eb^ti yathābalaṃ abhiññeyyādīsu sammohavidhamanato. Nibbānamārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattanato abhiññeyyādīsu vigatasammohato evāti āha ^b^‘‘lokuttarā asammohato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^452^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kammassakatā ^a^M2.0268^ea^^a^V2.0248^ea^ sammādiṭṭhi ca vaṭṭanissitattā idha nādhippetā, vivaṭṭakathā hesāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vipassanāsammādiṭṭhiyā ca maggasammādiṭṭhiyā cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parato ghoso^eb^ti parato satthuto, sāvakato vā labbhamāno dhammaghoso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sappāyadhammassavana’’^eb^nti. Tañhi sammādiṭṭhiyā paccayo bhavituṃ sakkoti, na yo koci paratoghoso. ^b^Upāyamanasikāro^eb^ti yena nāmarūpapariggahādi sijjhati, tādiso pathamanasikāro. Ayañca sammādiṭṭhiyā paccayoti niyamapakkhiko, na sabbasaṃgāhakoti dassento ^b^‘‘paccekabuddhānaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Yonisomanasikārasmiṃyevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇena paratoghosameva nivatteti, na padaṭṭhānavisesaṃ paṭiyogīnivattanatthattā eva-saddassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Laddhupakārā^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.5.25) yathārahaṃ nissayādivasena laddhapaccayā. Vipassanāsammādiṭṭhiyā anuggahitabhāvena gahitattā maggasammādiṭṭhīsu ca ^b^arahattamaggasammādiṭṭhi,^eb^ anantarassa hi vidhi, paṭisedho vā. Aggaphalasamādhimhi tapparikkhāradhammesuyeva ca kevalo cetopariyāyo niruḷhoti ^b^sammādiṭṭhīti arahattamaggasammādiṭṭhi. Phalakkhaṇe^eb^ti anantare kālantare cāti duvidhe phalakkhaṇe. Paṭippassaddhivasena sabbasaṃkilesehi ceto vimuccati etāyāti ^b^cetovimutti,^eb^ aggaphalapaññaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesā phaladhammā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cetovimutti phalaṃ assā^eb^ti. ^b^Cetovimuttisaṅkhātaṃ phalaṃ ānisaṃso’’^eb^ti, sabbasaṃkilesehi cetaso vimuccanasaṅkhātaṃ paṭippassambhanasaññitaṃ pahānaṃ phalaṃ ānisaṃso cāti yojanā. Idha ca cetovimutti-saddena pahānamattaṃ gahitaṃ, pubbe pahāyakadhammā, aññathā phaladhammā eva ānisaṃsoti gayhamāne punavacanaṃ niratthakaṃ siyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā^eb^ti etthāpi evameva attho veditabbo. Sammāvācākammantājīvā sīlasabhāvattā visesato samādhissa upakārā, tathā sammāsaṅkappo jhānasabhāvattā. Tathā hi so ‘‘appanā’’ti niddiṭṭho. Sammāsatisammāvāyāmā pana samādhipakkhiyā evāti āha ^b^‘‘avasesā dhammā cetovimuttīti veditabbā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Catupārisuddhisīla^eb^nti ariyamaggādhigamassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ catupārisuddhisīlaṃ. ^b^Sutā^eb^dīsupi eseva nayo. Attano cittappavattiārocanavasena saha kathanaṃ saṃkathā, saṃkathāva ^a^M2.0269^ea^^b^sākacchā^eb^. Idha pana kammaṭṭhānapaṭibaddhāti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhāne…pe… kathā’’^eb^ti. Tattha kammaṭṭhānassa ekavāraṃ vīthiyā appaṭipajjanaṃ khalanaṃ, anekavāraṃ pakkhalanaṃ, tadubhayassa vicchedanīkathā ^b^khalanapakkhalanachedanakathā. Pūrentassā^eb^ti vivaṭṭanissitaṃ katvā pālentassa brūhentassa ca. ^b^Suṇantassā^eb^ti ‘‘yathāuggahitakammaṭṭhānaṃ phātiṃ gamissatī’’ti ^a^V2.0249^ea^ evaṃ suṇantassa. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘sappāyadhammassavana’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Kammaṃ karontassā^eb^ti bhāvanānuyogakammaṃ karontassa.<br/><br/>[03]Pañcasupi ṭhānesu ^b^anta^eb^-saddo hetuatthajotano daṭṭhabbo. Evañhi ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādinā vuccamānā ambupamā ca yujjeyya. ^b^Udakakoṭṭhaka^eb^nti ālavālaṃ. ^b^Thiraṃ katvā bandhatī^eb^ti asithilaṃ daḷhaṃ nātimahantaṃ nātikhuddakaṃ katvā yojeti. ^b^Thiraṃ karotī^eb^ti udakasiñcanakāle tato tato vissaritvā udakassa anikkhamanatthaṃ ālavālaṃ thirataraṃ karoti. ^b^Sukkhadaṇḍako^eb^ti tasseva ambagacchakassa sukkho sākhāsīsako. ^b^Kipillikapuṭo^eb^ti tambakipillikakuṭajaṃ. ^b^Khaṇitti^eb^nti kudālaṃ. ^b^Koṭṭhakabandhanaṃ viya sīlaṃ^eb^ sammādiṭṭhiyā vaḍḍhanupāyassa mūlabhāvato. ^b^Udakasiñcanaṃ viya dhammassavanaṃ^eb^ bhāvanāya paribrūhanato. ^b^Mariyādāya thirabhāvakaraṇaṃ viya samatho^eb^ yathāvuttabhāvanādhiṭṭhānāya sīlamariyādāya daḷhabhāvāpādanato. Samāhitassa hi sīlaṃ thirataraṃ hoti. ^b^Samīpe valliādīnaṃ haraṇaṃ viya kammaṭṭhāne khalanapakkhalanacchedanaṃ^eb^ ijjhitabbabhāvanāya vibandhāpanayanato. ^b^Mūlakhaṇanaṃ viya sattannaṃ anupassanānaṃ bhāvanā^eb^ tassā vibandhassa mūlakānaṃ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhīnaṃ palikhaṇanato. Ettha ca yasmā suparisuddhasīlassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjantassa sappāyadhammassavanaṃ icchitabbaṃ, tato yathāsute atthe sākacchāsamāpajjanaṃ, tato kammaṭṭhānavisodhanena samathanipphatti, tato samāhitassa āraddhavipassakassa vipassanāpāripūri. Paripuṇṇavipassano maggasammādiṭṭhiṃ paribrūhetīti evametesaṃ aṅgānaṃ paramparāya sammukhā ca anuggaṇhanato ayamānupubbī kathitāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^453^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idha kiṃ pucchatī^eb^ti idha evaṃ arahattaphalaṃ pāpitāya desanāya ‘‘kati panāvuso, bhavā’’ti bhavaṃ pucchanto kīdisaṃ anusandhiṃ upādāya pucchatīti attho. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘mūlameva gato anusandhī’’^eb^ti vatvā adhippāyaṃ ^a^M2.0270^ea^ pakāsento ^b^‘‘duppañño’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Duppañño^eb^ti hi idha appaṭividdhasacco adhippeto, na jaḷo eva. ^b^Kāmabhavo^eb^tiādīsu kammopapattibhedato duvidhopi bhavo adhippetoti dassento ^b^‘‘kāmabhavūpagaṃ kamma’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^^b^taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.647; visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.646-647) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. ^b^Punabbhavassā^eb^ti punappunaṃ aparāparaṃ bhavanato jāyanato punabbhavoti laddhanāmassa vaṭṭapabandhassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idha vaṭṭaṃ pucchissāmī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhinibbattī^eb^ti bhavayonigatiādivasena nibbatti. ^b^Tahiṃ tahiṃ^eb^ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhavādike. ^b^Abhinandanā^eb^ti taṇhāabhinandanahetu. ^b^Gamanāgamanaṃ hotīti^eb^ādinā bhavādīsu sattānaṃ aparāparaṃ cutipaṭisandhiyo dasseti. ^b^Khayanirodhenā^eb^ti accantakhayasaṅkhātena anuppādanirodhena. ^b^Ubhayametaṃ na vattabbaṃ^eb^ pahānābhisamayabhāvanābhisamayānaṃ ^a^V2.0250^ea^ accāsannakālattā. Vattabbaṃ taṃ hetuphaladhammūpacāravasena. Yathā hi padīpujjalanahetuko andhakāravigamo, evaṃ vijjuppādahetuko avijjānirodho, hetuphaladhammā ca samānakālāpi pubbāparakālā viya voharīyanti yathā – ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; ma. ni. 3.420, 425, 426; saṃ. ni. 2.43-45; 2.4.60; kathā. 465, 467) paccayapaccayuppannakiriyā. ^b^Gamanaṃ upacchijjati^eb^ idha kāmabhave parinibbānena. ^b^Āgamanaṃ upacchijjati^eb^ tattha rūpārūpesu parinibbānena. ^b^Gamanāgamanaṃ upacchijjati^eb^ sabbaso aparāparuppattiyā abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^454^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vivaṭṭakathāya parato jotitaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ patvā ṭhitassa ukkaṭṭhaniddesena ubhatobhāgavimuttassa nirodhasādhakaṃ vibhāvituṃ yuttanti āha ^b^‘‘katamaṃ panāvusoti idha kiṃ pucchatī’’^eb^tiādi. Tathā hi anantaraṃ nirodhasamāpajjanakena bhikkhunā jānitabbāni paṭhamassa jhānassa sampayogapahānaṅgāni pucchitāni. ^b^Aṅgavavatthāna^eb^nti jhānaṅgavavatthānaṃ. ^b^Koṭṭhāsaparicchedo^eb^ti tattha labbhamānaphassapañcamakādidhammakoṭṭhāsaparicchedo jānitabbo. Imasmiṃ jhāne ettakā dhammā saṃvijjanti, ettakā nirodhitāti jānitabbaṃ. ^b^Upakārānupakārāni aṅgānī^eb^ti nirodhasamāpattiyā upakārāni ca anupakārāni ca aṅgāni. Nirodhasamāpattiyā hi soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhi navahi samādhicariyāhi ca pattabbattā taṃtaṃñāṇassa samādhicariyāhi samatikkamitabbā dhammā anupakārakaṅgāni, samatikkamakā ^a^M2.0271^ea^ upakārakaṅgāni. Tesañhi vasena yathānupubbaṃ upasantupasantaoḷārikabhāvāya bhavaggasamāpattiyā saṅkhārāvasesasukhumataṃ pattā cittacetasikā yathāparicchinnaṃ kālaṃ nirujjhanti, appavattiṃ gacchanti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti nirodhassa. ^b^Anantarapaccaya^eb^nti anantarapaccayasadisaṃ. Na hi nirodhassa koci dhammo anantarapaccayo nāma atthi. Yañhi tadā cittacetasikānaṃ tathā nirujjhanaṃ, taṃ yathāvuttapubbābhisaṅkhārahetukāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ahosīti sā tassa anantarapaccayo viya hotīti taṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Cha samāpattiyo^eb^ti suttantanayena vuttasuttantapiṭakasaṃvaṇṇanāti katvā. ‘‘Satta samāpattiyo’’ti pana vattabbaṃ, aññathā idaṃ ‘‘caturaṅgika’’nti na vattabbaṃ siyā. ^b^Nayaṃ vā dassetvā^eb^ti ādiantadassanavasena nayadassanaṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^455^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ nirodhassa pādakaṃ vibhāvetvā idāni antonirodhe anupabandhabhāvato pañcannaṃ pasādānaṃ paccayapucchane paṭhamaṃ tāva te sarūpato āveṇikato āveṇikavisayato paṭissaraṇato ca pucchanavasena pāḷi pavattāti dassento ^b^‘‘viññāṇanissaye pañca pasāde pucchanto’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0251^ea^ āha. ^b^Gocaravisaya^eb^nti ettha kāmaṃ tabbahulacāritāpekkhaṃ gocaraggahaṇaṃ, anaññatthabhāvāpekkhaṃ visayaggahaṇanti attheva gocaravisayabhāvānaṃ viseso, vivariyamānaṃ pana ubhayampi ārammaṇasabhāvamevāti āha ^b^‘‘gocarabhūtaṃ visaya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ekekassā^eb^ti eko ekassa, añño aññassāti attho. Aññattho hi ayaṃ ^b^eka^eb^-saddo ‘‘ittheke abhivadantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.27) viya. ^b^Sace hī^eb^tiādi abhūtaparikappanavacanametaṃ. Tattha ^b^samodhānetvā^eb^ti ekajjhaṃ katvā. ^b^Vināpi mukhenā^eb^tiādinā atthasallāpikanidassanaṃ nāma dasseti. Yathā viññāṇādhiṭṭhitameva cakkhu rūpaṃ passati, na kevalaṃ, evaṃ cakkhunissayameva viññāṇaṃ taṃ passati, na itaranti āha ^b^‘‘cakkhupasāde upanehī’’^eb^ti. Tena tesaṃ tattha saṃhaccakāritaṃ dasseti. ^b^Yadi vā nīlaṃ yadi vā pītaka^eb^nti idaṃ nīlapītādisabhāvajānanamattaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Nīlaṃ pītaka^eb^nti pajānanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa nattheva avikappakabhāvato. ^b^Etesaṃ^eb^ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ. Nissayasīsena nissitapucchā hesā, evañhi visayānubhavanacodanā samatthitā hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. Yathāsakaṃ visayaṃ rajjanādivasena anubhavituṃ ^a^M2.0272^ea^ asamatthāni cakkhuviññāṇādīni, tattha samatthatāyeva ca natthi, na kiñci atthato paṭisarantāni viya hontīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kiṃ etāni paṭisarantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Javanamano paṭisaraṇa^eb^nti pañcadvārikaṃ itarañca sādhāraṇato vatvā puna yāya’ssa rajjanādipavattiyā paṭisaraṇatā, sā savisesā yattha labbhati, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘manodvārikajavanamano vā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Etasmiṃ pana dvāre^eb^ti cakkhudvāre javanaṃ rajjati vā dussati vā muyhati vā, yato tattha aññāṇādiasaṃvaro pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ javanamanasseva paṭisaraṇabhāve. ^b^Dubbalabhojakā^eb^ti hīnasāmatthiyā rājabhoggā. Sevakānaṃ gaṇanāya yojitadivase labbhamānakahāpaṇo ^b^yuttikahāpaṇo^eb^. Andubandhanena baddhassa vissajjanena labbhamānakahāpaṇo ^b^bandhakahāpaṇo^eb^. Kiñci paharante mā paharantūti paṭikkhipato dātabbadaṇḍo ^b^māpahārakahāpaṇo^eb^. So sabbopi parittakesu gāmikamanussesu tathā labbhamāno ettako hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhakahāpaṇo vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Satavatthuka^eb^nti satakarīsavatthukaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadadvayepi. ^b^Tatthā^eb^tiādi upamāsaṃsandhanaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^456^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Antonirodhasmiṃ pañca pasāde^eb^ti nirodhasamāpannassa pavattamāne pañca pasāde. ^b^Kiriyamayapavattasmi^eb^nti javanādikiriyānibbattakadhammappavattiyaṃ. ^b^Balavapaccayā hontī^eb^ti pacchājātavippayuttātthiavigatapaccayehi paccayā honti, upatthambhakabhāvena balavapaccayā honti. ^b^Jīvitindriyaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti indriyātthiavigatapaccayavasena paccayabhūtaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ paṭicca ^a^V2.0252^ea^ pañcavidhopi pasādo tiṭṭhati. ^b^Jīvitindriyena vinā na tiṭṭhati^eb^ jīvitindriyarahitassa kammasamuṭṭhānarūpakalāpassa abhāvato. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā anupālanalakkhaṇena jīvitena anupālitā eva usmā pavattati, na tena ananupālitā, tasmā usmā āyuṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhati. ^b^Jālasikhaṃ paṭicca ābhā paññāyatī^eb^ti jālasikhāsaṅkhātabhūtasaṅghātaṃ saheva pavattamānaṃ nissāya ‘‘ābhā’’ti laddhanāmā vaṇṇadhātu ‘‘ujjalati, andhakāraṃ vidhamati, rūpagatāni ca vidaṃsetī’’tiādīhi pakārehi ñāyati. ^b^Taṃ ālokaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti taṃ vuttappakāraṃ ālokaṃ paccayaṃ labhitvā. ^b^Jālasikhā paññāyatī^eb^ti ‘‘appikā, mahatī, uju, kuṭilā’’tiādinā pākaṭā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jālasikhā^eb^^a^M2.0273^ea^^b^viya kammajatejo^eb^ nissayabhāvato. ^b^Āloko viya jīvitindriyaṃ^eb^ tannissitabhāvato. Idāni upamopamitabbānaṃ sambandhaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘jālasikhā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ālokaṃ gahetvāva uppajjatī^eb^ti iminā yathā jālasikhāya saheva āloko uppajjati, evaṃ kammajusmanā saheva jīvitindriyaṃ uppajjatīti dasseti. Jālasikhāsannissayo tassā satiyeva honto āloko tāya uppādito viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘attanā janitāalokenevā’’^eb^ti. Usmā nāmettha kammasamuṭṭhānā tejodhātu tannissitañca jīvitindriyaṃ tadanupālakañcāti āha ^b^‘‘kammajamahābhūtasambhavena jīvitindriyena usmāya anupālana’’^eb^nti. Na kevalaṃ khaṇaṭṭhitiyā eva, atha kho pabandhānupacchedassapi jīvitindriyaṃ kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘vassasatampi kammajatejapavattaṃ pāletī’’^eb^ti. Usmā āyuno paccayo honto sesabhūtasahito eva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘mahābhūtānī’’^eb^ti. Tathā āyupi sahajātarūpaṃ pālentameva usmāya paccayo hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mahābhūtāni pāletī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^457^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āyu eva indriyapaccayādivasena sahajātadhammānaṃ anupālanavasena saṅkharaṇato ^b^āyusaṅkhāro^eb^. Bahuvacananiddeso pana anekasatasahassabhedesu rūpakalāpesu pavattiyā anekabhedanti katvā. Ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavantīti ^b^vedaniyā^eb^ yathā ‘‘niyyānikā’’ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vedanā dhammāvā’’^eb^ti. Sukhādibhedabhinnattā bahuvacananiddeso. Imesaṃ āyusaṅkhāravedanānaṃ ekantanirodhaṃ samāpannassa maraṇena bhavitabbaṃ vedanāya niruddhattā. Āyusaṅkhārānaṃ tathā aniruddhattā nirodhassa samāpajjanameva na siyā, kuto vuṭṭhānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘te ca hāvuso’’tiādi. ^b^Vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati^eb^ saññāvedanādīnaṃ uppattiyā. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārato upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ukkaṇṭhitvā^eb^ti nānārammaṇāpātato nibbinditvā. ^b^Yathāparicchinnakālavasenā^eb^ti yathāparicchinne kāle sampatte. ^b^Rūpajīvitindriyapaccayā^eb^ti indriyapaccayabhūtā ^a^V2.0253^ea^. ^b^Jālāpavattaṃ viya arūpadhammā^eb^ tejussadabhāvato visayobhāsanato ca. Udakappahāro viya nirodhasamāpattiyā pubbābhisaṅkhāro. ^b^Pihitāṅgārā viya rūpajīvitindriyaṃ^eb^ usmāmattatāya anobhāsanato ^a^M2.0274^ea^. ^b^Yathāparicchinnakālāgamana^eb^nti yathāparicchinnakālassa upagamanaṃ. Anurūpapattivaseneva ^b^rūpapavatti^eb^ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Imaṃ rūpakāyaṃ jahantī^eb^ti imasmā rūpakāyā kaḷevarā vigacchanti nappavattanti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāyena saṅkharīyantīti ^b^kāyasaṅkhārā^eb^ tappaṭibaddhavuttitāya. Vācaṃ saṅkharontīti ^b^vacīsaṅkhārā^eb^. Vitakketvā vicāretvā hi vācaṃ bhindati katheti. Cittena saṅkharīyantīti ^b^cittasaṅkhārā^eb^ tappaṭibaddhavuttito. Cittasaṅkhāranirodhacodanāya rūpanirodho viya cittanirodho acodito tesaṃ tato aññattāti na cittasampayuttanirodho ekantiko vitakkādinirodhe tadabhāvato. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘vācā aniruddhā hotī’’ti, tampi na. Vācaṃ saṅkharontīti hi vacīsaṅkhārā, tesu niruddhesu kathaṃ vācāya anirodho. Cittaṃ pana niruddhesupi cittasaṅkhāresu tehi anabhisaṅkhatattā vitakkādinirodho viya pavattatiyevāti ayamettha parassa adhippāyo. Ānantariyakammaṃ kataṃ bhaveyya, cittassa aniruddhattā taṃ nissāya ca rūpadhammānaṃ anapagatattā te jīvanti eva nāmāti. ^b^Byañjane abhinivesaṃ akatvā^eb^ti ‘‘cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā’’ti vacanato teva niruddhā, na cittanti evaṃ neyyatthaṃ suttaṃ ‘‘nītattha’’nti abhinivesaṃ akatvā. ^b^Ācariyānaṃ naye ṭhatvā^eb^ti paramparāgatānaṃ ācariyānaṃ adhippāye ṭhatvāti attho. ^b^Upaparikkhitabbo^eb^ti suttantarāgamato suttantarapadassa aviparīto attho vīmaṃsitabbo. Yathā hi ‘‘asaññabhavo’’ti vacanato ‘‘saññāva tattha natthi, itare pana cittacetasikā santī’’ti ayamettha attho na gayhati. Yathā ca ‘‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatana’’nti vacanato ‘‘saññāva tattha tādisī, na phassādayo’’ti ayamettha attho na gayhati saññāsīsena desanāti katvā, evamidhāpi ‘‘cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā’’ti, ‘‘saññāvedayitanirodho’’ti ca desanāsīsameva. Sabbepi pana cittacetasikā tattha nirujjhantevāti ayamettha aviparīto attho veditabbo, tathāpubbābhisaṅkhārena sabbesaṃyeva cittacetasikānaṃ tattha nirujjhanato. Etena yaṃ pubbe ‘‘aññattā, tadabhāvato’’ti ca yuttivacanaṃ, tadayuttaṃ adhippāyānavabodhatoti dassitaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attho hi paṭisaraṇaṃ, na byañjana’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upahatānī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0275^ea^ bādhitāni. ^b^Makkhitānī^eb^ti dhaṃsitāni. Ārammaṇaghaṭṭanāya indriyānaṃ kilamatho cakkhunā bhāsurarūpasukhumarajadassanena vibhāvetabbo. Tathā hi uṇhakāle purato aggimhi ^a^V2.0254^ea^ jalante kharassare ca paṇave ākoṭite akkhīni bhedāni viya na sahanti sotāni ‘‘sikharena viya abhihaññantī’’ti vattāro honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^458^eb^^b^.^eb^ Rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānameva rūpavirāgabhāvanāvasena pavattaṃ arūpajjhānanti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ vissajjento dhammasenāpati ‘‘sukhassa ca pahānā’’tiādinā vissajjesi. Apagamanena vigamena paccayā ^b^apagamanapaccayā^eb^ sukhādippahānāni. ^b^Adhigamapaccayā^eb^ pana kasiṇesu rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānaṃ heṭṭhimā tayo ca āruppā. Na hi sakkā tāni anadhigantvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanamadhigantuṃ. ^b^Nirodhato vuṭṭhānakaphalasamāpatti^eb^nti nirodhato vuṭṭhānabhūtaṃ aniccānupassanāsamudāgataphalasamāpattiṃ. Sā hi ‘‘animittā cetovimuttī’’ti vuccati. Yathā samathanissando abhiññā, mettākaruṇāmuditābrahmavihāranissando upekkhābrahmavihāro, kasiṇanissando āruppā, samathavipassanānissando nirodhasamāpatti, evaṃ vipassanāya nissandaphalabhūtaṃ sāmaññaphalanti āha ^b^‘‘vipassanānissandāya phalasamāpattiyā’’^eb^ti. Ārammaṇā nāma sārammaṇadhammānaṃ visesato uppattinimittanti āha ^b^‘‘sabbanimittānanti rūpādīnaṃ sabbārammaṇāna’’^eb^nti. Natthi ettha kiñci saṅkhāranimittanti ^b^animittā,^eb^ asaṅkhatā dhātūti āha ^b^‘‘sabbanimittāpagatāya nibbānadhātuyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Phalasamāpattisahajātaṃ manasikāraṃ sandhāyāha,^eb^ na āvajjanamanasikāraṃ. Na hettha tassa sambhavo anulomānantaraṃ uppajjanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti idha vuttanirodhassa ādimajjhapariyosānānaṃ gahitānaṃ imasmiṃ pariyosānassa gahitaṭṭhāne. ^b^Dvīhi balehī^eb^ti samathavipassanābalehi. ^b^Tayo ca saṅkhārāna^eb^nti kāyasaṅkhārādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ. ^b^Soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhī^eb^ti aniccānupassanā, dukkhā, anattā, nibbidā, virāgā, nirodhā, paṭinissaggā, vivaṭṭānupassanā, sotāpattimaggo…pe… arahattaphalasamāpattīti imāhi soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhi. ^b^Navahi samādhicariyāhī^eb^ti paṭhamajjhānasamādhiādīhi navahi samādhicariyāhi. Yo ^a^M2.0276^ea^ yathāvuttāsu cariyāsu puggalassa vasībhāvo, sā ^b^vasībhāvatāpaññā^eb^. Assā sā kathitāti yojanā. ^b^Vinicchayakathā^eb^ti vinicchayavasena pavattā ^b^aṭṭhakathā^eb^ kathitā. Tasmā ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.868-869) ^b^taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyañca^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.868) vuttanayena veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Valañjanasamāpatti^eb^ ariyavihāravasena viharaṇasamāpatti. ^b^Ṭhitiyā^eb^ti ettha pabandhaṭṭhiti adhippetā, na khaṇaṭṭhiti. Kasmā? Samāpajjanattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ṭhitiyāti ciraṭṭhitattha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Addhānaparicchedo^eb^ti ^a^V2.0255^ea^ ettakaṃ kālaṃ samāpattiyā vītināmessāmīti pageva kālaparicchedo. ^b^Rūpādinimittavasenā^eb^ti kammakammanimittagatinimittesu yathārahaṃ labbhamānarūpādinimittavasena. Tattha yasmā kammanimitte chabbidhampi ārammaṇaṃ labbhati, tasmā ^b^‘‘sabbanimittāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, na sabbesaṃ ārammaṇānaṃ ekajjhaṃ, ekantato vā manasikātabbato. Lakkhaṇavacanañhetaṃ yathā ‘‘dātabbametaṃ bhesajjaṃ, yadi me byādhitā siyu’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^459^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nīlampi sañjānātī^eb^tiādinā nīlādiggahaṇamukhena taṃvaṇṇānaṃ sattānaṃ sañjānanaṃ averādibhāvamanasikaraṇaṃ jotitanti āha ^b^‘‘etasmiñhi ṭhāne appamāṇā cetovimutti kathitā’’^eb^ti. Ettha ākiñcaññaṃ kathitanti sambandho. ^b^‘‘Ettha suññatā’’ti, ‘‘ettha animittā’’^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Nti ‘‘idha aññaṃ abhinavaṃ nāma natthī’’tiādinā vuttaṃ atthavacanaṃ. ^b^Etā^eb^ti appamāṇacetovimuttiādayo. ^b^Ekanāmakā^eb^ti ekekanāmakā, ye nānābyañjanāti adhippetā. ^b^Eko dhammo^eb^ti arahattaphalasamāpatti. ^b^Catunāmako^eb^ti appamāṇacetovimuttiādināmako. ^b^Eta^eb^nti etamatthaṃ. ^b^Appamāṇā^eb^ti anodhiso, odhisopi vā ‘‘ettakā’’ti aparimitā. ^b^Asesetvā^eb^ti asubhasamāpatti viya ekasseva aggahaṇato.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi asubhanimittārammaṇampi kiñcanaṃ hoti, ārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭanassa kiñcanassa asubhasamāpattīnampi paṭibhāganimittasaṅkhātaṃ ārammaṇaṃ sabimbaṃ viya viggahaṃ kiñcanaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti, na tathā imassāti. Nanu brahmavihārapaṭhamāruppānampi paṭibhāganimittabhūtaṃ kiñci ārammaṇaṃ natthīti? Saccaṃ natthi, ayaṃ pana paṭhamāruppaviññāṇaṃ viya na paṭibhāganimittabhūtāarammaṇatāya evaṃ vuttā. ^b^Attenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0277^ea^ attanā. Bhavati etena attāti abhidhānaṃ buddhi cāti ^b^bhāvo,^eb^ attā. ^b^Bhāva^eb^-saddopi attapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘bhāvaposapuggalādisaṅkhātenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nesaṃ^eb^ appamāṇasamādhiādīnaṃ catunnaṃ. ^b^‘‘Nānatā pākaṭāvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ nānattaṃ bhūmito ārammaṇato ca dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘attho panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Parittādibhāvena atītādibhāvena ajjhattādibhāvena ca na vattabbaṃ ārammaṇaṃ etissāti ^b^navattabbārammaṇā^eb^ nibbānārammaṇaphalasamāpattibhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettako^eb^ti rāgādīhi saṃkiliṭṭhatāya ettakappamāṇo, uttāno parittacetasoti attho. Nibbānampi appamāṇameva pamāṇakaraṇānaṃ abhāvenāti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Akuppāti arahattaphalacetovimutti^eb^ paṭipakkhehi akopanīyatāya. ^b^Kiñcatī^eb^ti kattari paṭhito dhātu maddanatthoti ^a^V2.0256^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘kiñcati maddatī’’^eb^ti. Tassa payogaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘manussā kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Samūhādighanavasena sakiccaparicchedatāya ca saviggahā viya upaṭṭhitā saṅkhārā niccādiggāhassa vatthutāya ^b^‘‘niccanimittaṃ sukhādinimitta’’^eb^nti ca vuccati. Vipassanā pana tattha ghanavinibbhogaṃ karontī niccādiggāhaṃ vidhamentī ‘‘nimittaṃ samugghātetī’’ti vuttā ghananimittassa ārammaṇabhūtassa abhāvā. ^b^Na gahitā^eb^ti ekatthapadaniddese pāḷiyaṃ kasmā na gahitā? ^b^Sā^eb^ti suññatā cetovimutti. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti appamāṇācetovimuttiādiniddesesu. ^b^Ārammaṇavasenā^eb^ti ārammaṇavasenapi ekatthā, na kevalaṃ sabhāvasarasatova. ^b^Iminā pariyāyenā^eb^ti appamāṇatotiādinā ārammaṇato laddhapariyāyena. ^b^Aññasmiṃ pana ṭhāne^eb^ti ākiñcaññādisaddapavattihetuto aññena hetunā appamāṇātisaddappavattiyaṃ etassa cetovimuttiyā honti. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Iminā pariyāyenā^eb^ti iminā tāya tāya samaññāya voharitabbatāpariyāyena. Saccānaṃ dassanamukhena vaṭṭavasena uṭṭhitadesanaṃ arahattena kūṭaṃ gaṇhanto ^b^yathānusandhināva desanaṃ niṭṭhapesi^eb^. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāvedallasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 150
title: mahāvedallasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷavedallasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^460^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ayaṃ ^a^M2.0278^ea^^a^V2.0257^ea^ desanā yasmā pucchāvissajjanavasena pavattā, tasmā pucchakavissajjake pucchānimittañca samudāyato vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘ko panāya’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Upāsakatta^eb^nti amaggāgataṃ upāsakattaṃ. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti ekādasanahutānaṃ. Maggāgatena upasamena ^b^santindriyo santamānaso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kiṃ nu kho ajja bhavissati ayyaputto’’ti ^b^vīthiṃ olokayamānā. Olambanattha^eb^nti tassa hatthāvalambanatthaṃ pubbāciṇṇavasena attano hatthaṃ pasāresi. ^b^Bahiddhā^eb^ti attanā aññaṃ visabhāgavatthuṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Paribhedakenā^eb^ti pesuññavādinā.<br/><br/>[03]Adhigamappicchatāya ‘‘na pakāsetabbo’’ti ^b^cintesi^eb^. Puna taṃ anukampanto ^b^‘‘sace kho panāha’’^eb^ntiādiṃ cintesi. ^b^Eso dhammo^eb^ti eso lokuttaradhammo. Vivaṭṭaṃ uddissa upacitaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ kusalaṃ ^b^upanissayo^eb^. ‘‘Yadi me upanissayo atthi, sakkā etaṃ paṭiladdhuṃ. Sacepi natthi, āyatiṃ upanissayo bhavissatī’’ti cirakālaparibhāvitāya ghaṭe padīpajālā viya abbhantare dippamānāya hetusampattiyā codiyamānā āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ sante mayhaṃ pabbajjaṃ anujānāthā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lābhasakkāro uppajji^eb^ sucirakālaṃ katūpacitapuññatāya. ^b^Abhinīhārasampannattā^eb^ti sujātattherassa padumuttarassa bhagavato aggasāvakassa nipaccakāraṃ katvā – ‘‘tumhehi diṭṭhadhammassa bhāgī assa’’nti nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ dānaṃ datvā katapatthanāsaṅkhātasampannābhinīhārattā. ^b^Nāticiraṃ kilamitthā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāventī vipassanāya paripākavasena ciraṃ na kilamittha. Vuttamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘ito paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dutiyagamanenā^eb^ti pabbājanatthaṃ gamanato dutiyagamanena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upanetvā^eb^ti pañhassa atthabhāvena upanetvā. ^b^Sakkāya^eb^nti sakāyaṃ. ^b^Upanikkhittaṃ^eb^ kiñci vatthuṃ ^b^sampaṭicchamānā, viya^eb^ sampaṭicchantī viya. Eko eva pāso etissāti ^b^ekapāsakā,^eb^ gaṇṭhi. Sā hi sumociyā, anekapāsā pana dummociyā, ekapāsaggahaṇaṃ vissajjanassa sukarabhāvadassanatthaṃ ^a^V2.0258^ea^. ^b^Paṭisambhidāvisaye ṭhatvā^eb^ti etena theriyā pabhinnapaṭisambhidataṃ dasseti. ^b^Paccayabhūtā^eb^ti ārammaṇādivasena paccayabhūtā.<br/><br/>[03]Theriyā ^a^M2.0279^ea^ visesādhigamassa attano avisayatāya visākho ^b^‘‘na sakkā’’^eb^tiādinā cintesīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Saccavinibbhogapañhabyākaraṇenā^eb^ti saccapariyāpannassa dhammassa dassanato aññānaññatthaniddhāraṇabhedanāsaṅkhātassa vinibbhogapañhassa vissajjanena. ^b^Dve saccānī^eb^ti dukkhasamudayasaccāni. ^b^Paṭinivattetvā^eb^ti parivattetvā. ^b^Gaṇṭhipañha^eb^nti dubbinibbedhatāya gaṇṭhibhūtaṃ pañhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na taṃyeva upādānaṃ te pañcupādānakkhandhā^eb^ ekadesassa samudāyatābhāvato, samudāyassa ca ekadesatābhāvato. ^b^Nāpi aññatra pañcahi upādānakkhandhehi upādānaṃ^eb^ tassa tadekadesabhāvato. Na hi ekadeso samudāyavinimutto hoti. ^b^Yadi hi taññevā^eb^tiādinā ubhayapakkhepi dosaṃ dasseti. ^b^Rūpādisabhāvampī^eb^ti rūpavedanāsaññāviññāṇasabhāvampi, phassacetanādisabhāvampi ^b^upādānaṃ siyā. Aññatra siyā^eb^ti pañcahi upādānakkhandhehi visuṃyeva upādānaṃ yadi siyā. ^b^Parasamaye^eb^ti nikāyavāde. ^b^Cittavippayutto anusayo^eb^ti nidassanamattametaṃ nikāyavāde cittasabhāvābhāvaviññāṇādīnampi cittavippayuttabhāvapaṭijānanato. ^b^Evaṃ byākāsī^eb^ti ‘‘na kho, āvuso’’tiādinā khandhagatachandarāgabhāvena byākāsi. Atthadhammanicchayasambhavato ^b^asambandhena^eb^. Tesu katthacipi asammuyhanato ^b^avitthāyantena^eb^. Pucchāvisaye mohandhakāravigamanena ^b^padīpasahassaṃ jālentena viya^eb^. Saupādānupādānaṭṭhānaṃ anuttānatāya pacurajanassa ^b^gūḷho^eb^. Aggahitasaṅketānaṃ kesañci paṭicchāditasadisattā ^b^paṭicchanno^eb^. Tilakkhaṇabbhāhatadhammavisayatāya ^b^tilakkhaṇāhato^eb^. Gambhīrañāṇagocaratāya ^b^gambhīro^eb^. ^b^Laddhapatiṭṭhā^eb^ ariyasaccasampaṭivedhanato. Evaṃ diṭṭhadhammādibhāvato ^b^vesārajjappattā^eb^. Sabbaso nivutthabrahmacariyatāya tiṇṇaṃ bhavānampi aparabhāge nibbāne nivutthavatīti ^b^bhavamatthake ṭhitā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^461^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’^eb^ti paduddhāraṃ katvā ^b^‘‘idhekacco’’^eb^tiādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.130) paṭisambhidāpāṭhena tadatthaṃ vivarati. Tattha ^b^attato samanupassatī^eb^ti attāti samanupassati, attabhāvena samanupassati. ^b^Aha^eb^nti attānaṃ niddisati. Ahaṃbuddhinibandhanañhi attānaṃ attavādī paññapeti, tasmā ^b^yaṃ rūpaṃ so aha^eb^nti yadetaṃ mama rūpaṃ nāma, so ahanti vuccamāno mama attā ^a^M2.0280^ea^ taṃ mama rūpanti ^b^rūpañca attañca advayaṃ^eb^ anaññaṃ ^b^samanupassati^eb^. Tathā passato ca attā viya rūpaṃ, rūpaṃ viya vā attā aniccoti āpannameva ^a^V2.0259^ea^. ^b^Accī^eb^ti jālasikhā. Sā ce vaṇṇo, cakkhuviññeyyāva siyā, na kāyaviññeyyā, vaṇṇopi vā kāyādiviññeyyo acciyā anaññattāti upameyyaṃ viya upamāpi diṭṭhigatikassa ayuttāva. ^b^Diṭṭhipassanāyā^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhisaṅkhātāya passanāya passati, na taṇhāmānapaññānupassanāya. Arūpaṃ vedanādiṃ attāti gahetvā chāyāya rukkhādhīnatāya ^b^chāyāvantaṃ rukkhaṃ viya,^eb^ rūpassa santakabhāvena attādhīnatāya ^b^rūpavantaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati^eb^. Pupphādhīnatāya ^b^pupphasmiṃ gandhaṃ viya^eb^ ādheyyabhāvena attādhīnatāya rūpassa ^b^attani rūpaṃ samanupassati^eb^. Yathā karaṇḍo maṇino ādhāro, evaṃ rūpampi attano ādhāroti katvā ^b^attānaṃ rūpasmiṃ samanupassati. Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā attano vedanādīhi anaññattaṃ tesañcādhāraṇataṃ nissitatañca yathāvuttaṃ atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Arūpaṃ attāti kathitaṃ^eb^ ‘‘vedanāvanta’’ntiādīsu viya rūpena vomissakatāya abhāvato. ^b^Rūpārūpamissako attā kathito^eb^ rūpena saddhiṃ sesārūpadhammānaṃ attāti gahitattā. ^b^Ucchedadiṭṭhi kathitā^eb^ rūpādīnaṃ vināsadassanato. Tenevāha ‘‘rūpaṃ attāti yo vadeyya, taṃ na upapajjati, attā me uppajjati ca veti cāti iccassa evamāgataṃ hotī’’tiādi. ^b^Avasesesū^eb^ti pannarasasu ṭhānesu. ^b^Sassatadiṭṭhi kathitā^eb^ rūpavantādibhāvena gahitassa aniddhāritarūpattā.<br/><br/>[03]Diṭṭhigatiko yaṃ vatthuṃ attāti samanupassati, yebhuyyena taṃ niccaṃ sukhanti ca samanupassateva. Sāvako pana tappaṭikkhepena sabbe dhammā anattāti sudiṭṭhattā rūpaṃ attāti na samanupassati, tathābhūto ca aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti samanupassati, tathā vedanādayoti dassento ^b^‘‘na rūpaṃ attato’’^eb^tiādimāha. Evaṃ bhavadiṭṭhipi avijjābhavataṇhā viya vaṭṭassa samudayoyevāti diṭṭhikathāyaṃ ^b^‘‘ettakena gamanaṃ hotī’’^eb^tiādi. Diṭṭhippahānakathāyañca ^b^‘‘ettakena gamanaṃ na hotī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^462^eb^^b^.^eb^ Heṭṭhā vuttamatthameva pucchitattā ^b^‘‘theriyā paṭipucchitvā vissajjetabbo’’^eb^ti vatvā paṭipucchanavidhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘upāsakā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Paṭipattivasenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0281^ea^ sakkāyanirodhagāminipaṭipadābhāvena. Saṅkhatāsaṅkhatavasena lokiyalokuttaravasena saṅgahitāsaṅgahitavasenāti ‘‘vasenā’’ti padaṃ paccekaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tattha kāmaṃ asaṅkhato nāma maggo natthi, kiṃ saṅkhato, udāhu asaṅkhatoti pana pucchāvasena tathā vuttaṃ? ‘‘Ariyo’’ti vacaneneva maggassa lokuttarato siddhā, saṅgāhakakhandhapariyāpannānaṃ pana maggadhammānampi siyā lokiyatāti ^a^V2.0260^ea^ idha lokiyaggahaṇaṃ. Kiñcāpi saṅgahitapadameva pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ, na asaṅgahitapadaṃ, ye pana saṅgāhakabhāvena vuttā, te saṅgahitā na hontīti ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ asaṅgahitaggahaṇaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Saṅkhato^eb^tiādīsu samecca sambhuyya paccayehi katoti ^b^saṅkhato^eb^. Tathābhūto ca taṃsamaṅgino puggalassa pubbabhāgacetanāti mayhaṃ maggo aṭṭhaṅgiko hotu sattaṅgiko vāti cetitabhāvena ^b^cetito^eb^. Sahajātacetanāyapi cetitova tassā sahakārīkāraṇabhāvato, tato eva ^b^pakappito āyūhito^eb^. Paccayehi nipphāditattā ^b^kato nibbattito^eb^ ca. ^b^Samāpajjantena^eb^ attano santāne sammadeva āpajjantena uppādentena. Iti sattahipi padehi paccayanibbattitaṃyeva ariyamaggassa dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Asaṅgahito khandhānaṃ padeso etassa atthīti ^b^maggo sappadeso^eb^. Natthi etesaṃ padesāti ^b^khandhā nippadesā^eb^. Padissati etena samudāyoti hi ^b^padeso,^eb^ avayavo. ^b^Aya^eb^nti maggo. ^b^Sappadesattā^eb^ ekadesattā. ^b^Nippadesehi^eb^ samudāyabhāvato niravasesapadesehi. Yathā nagaraṃ rajjekadesabhūtaṃ tadantogadhattā rajjena saṅgahitaṃ, evaṃ ariyamaggo khandhattayekadesabhūto tadantogadhattā tīhi khandhehi saṅgahitoti dasseti ^b^‘‘nagaraṃ viya rajjenā’’^eb^ti iminā. ^b^Sajātito^eb^ti samānajātitāya, samānasabhāvattā evāti attho. Ettha ca sīlakkhandho ‘‘nava koṭisahassānī’’tiādinā (visuddhi. 1.20; apa. aṭṭha. 2.55.55; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 1.1.37) vuttapabhedavasena ceva sampattasamādānaviratiādivasena ca gayhamāno nippadeso, maggasīlaṃ pana ājīvaṭṭhamakameva samucchedaviratimattamevāti sappadesaṃ. Samādhikkhandho parittamahaggatādivasena ceva upacārappanāsamādhivasena ca anekabhedatāya nippadeso, maggasamādhi pana lokuttarova ^a^M2.0282^ea^, appanāsamādhi evāti sappadeso. Tathā paññākkhandho parittamahaggatādivasena ceva sutamayañāṇādivasena ca anekabhedatāya nippadeso, maggapaññā pana lokuttarāva, bhāvanāmayā evāti sappadesā. ^b^Attano dhammatāyā^eb^ti sahakārīkāraṇaṃ anapekkhitvā attano sabhāvena attano balena ^b^appetuṃ na sakkoti^eb^ vīriyena anupatthambhitaṃ, satiyā ca anupaṭṭhitaṃ. ^b^Paggahakicca^eb^nti yathā kosajjapakkhe na patitā cittaṭṭhiti, tathā paggaṇhanakiccaṃ. ^b^Apilāpanakicca^eb^nti yathā ārammaṇe na pilavati, evaṃ apilāpanakiccaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekato jātā^eb^ti sahajātā. ^b^Piṭṭhiṃ datvā onatasahāyo viya vāyāmo^eb^ samādhissa ārammaṇe appanāya visesapaccayabhāvato. ^b^Aṃsakūṭaṃ datvā ṭhitasahāyo viya sati^eb^ samādhissa ārammaṇe daḷhapavattiyā paccayabhāvato. ^b^Kiriyato^eb^ti upakārakiriyato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ākoṭetvā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0261^ea^ ārammaṇaṃ āhanitvā. Tathā hi vitakko ‘‘āhananaraso’’ti, yogāvacaro ca ‘‘kammaṭṭhānaṃ takkāhataṃ vitakkapariyāhataṃ karotī’’ti vuccati. ^b^Idhāpī^eb^ti sammādiṭṭhisaṅkappesu. ^b^Kiriyato^eb^ti vuttappakāraupakārakiriyato.<br/><br/>[03]Subhasukhādinimittaggāhavidhamanaṃ ^b^catukiccasādhanaṃ. Paccayattenā^eb^ti sahajātādipaccayabhāvena. ^b^Catukiccasādhanavasenevā^eb^ti idaṃ maggavīriyasseva gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. Tañhi ekaṃyeva hutvā catukiccaṃ yathāvuttaupakārakasabhāvena ca parivāraṭṭhena parikkhāro hoti. ^b^Maggasampayuttadhammāna^eb^nti iminā maggadhammānampi gahaṇaṃ, na taṃsampayuttaphassādīnaṃyeva. ^b^Ekacittakkhaṇikā^eb^ti maggacittuppādavasena ekacittakkhaṇikā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sattahi ñāṇehī^eb^ti paramukkaṃsagatehi sattahi javanehi sampayuttañāṇehi, sattahi vā anupassanāñāṇehi. Ādito sevanā ^b^āsevanā,^eb^ tato paraṃ vaḍḍhanā ^b^bhāvanā,^eb^ punappunaṃ karaṇaṃ ^b^bahulīkamma^eb^nti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘aññena cittenā’’^eb^tiādi. Adhippāyavasena niddhāretvā gahetabbatthaṃ ^b^suttaṃ neyyatthaṃ^eb^. Yathārutavasena gahetabbatthaṃ ^b^nītatthaṃ. Evaṃ sante^eb^ti yadi idaṃ suttaṃ nītatthaṃ, āsevanādi ca visuṃ visuṃ cittehi hoti, evaṃ sante. Āsevanādi nāma cittassa anekavāraṃ uppattiyā hoti ^a^M2.0283^ea^, na ekavāramevāti āha ^b^‘‘ekaṃ citta’’^eb^ntiādi. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – āsevanāvasena pavattamānaṃ cittaṃ sucirampi kālaṃ āsevanāvaseneva pavatteyya, tathā bhāvanābahulīkammavasena pavattamānānipi, na cettha ettakāneva cittāni āsevanāvasena pavattanti, ettakāni bhāvanāvasena, bahulīkammavasenāti niyamo labbhati. Iti anekacittakkhaṇikāriyamaggaṃ vadantassa dunnivāriyovāyaṃ doso. Yathā pana pubbabhāgepi nānācittesu pavattapariññādikiccānaṃ sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ paṭivedhakāle yathārahaṃ catukiccasādhanaṃ, ekacittakkhaṇikā ca pavatti, evaṃ vipassanāya pavattābhisaṅkhāravasena āsevanābhāvanābahulīkammāni paṭivedhakāle ekacittakkhaṇikāneva hontīti vadantānaṃ ācariyānaṃ na koci doso āsevanādīhi kātabbakiccassa tadā ekacittakkhaṇeyeva sijjhanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekacittakkhaṇikāvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sace sañjānātī^eb^ti sace saññattiṃ gacchati. ^b^Yāguṃ pivāhīti uyyojetabbo^eb^ dhammasākacchāya abhabbabhāvatoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^463^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Puññābhisaṅkhārādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kāyasañcetanādi lakkhaṇe kāyasaṅkhārādikepi saṅgaṇhāti, na apuññāneñjābhisaṅkhāre eva. ^b^Kāyapaṭibaddhattā kāyena saṅkharīyati,^eb^ na kāyasamuṭṭhānattā. Cittasamuṭṭhānā hi te dhammāti. ^b^Nibbattīyatī^eb^ti ca idaṃ kāye sati sabbhāvaṃ ^a^V2.0262^ea^, asati ca abhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Vāca^eb^nti vacīghosaṃ. ^b^Saṅkharotī^eb^ti janeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbattetī’’^eb^ti. Na hi taṃ vitakkavicārarahitacittaṃ vacīghosaṃ nibbattetuṃ sakkoti. ^b^Cittapaṭibaddhattā^eb^ti etena cittassa nissayādipaccayabhāvo cittasaṅkhārasaṅkharaṇanti dasseti. ^b^Aññamaññamissā^eb^ti atthato bhinnāpi kāyasaṅkhārādivacanavacanīyabhāvena aññamaññamissitā abhinnā viya, tato eva ^b^āluḷitā^eb^ saṃkiṇṇā ^b^avibhūtā^eb^ apākaṭā ^b^duddīpanā^eb^ duviññāpayā. ^b^Ādānaggahaṇamuñcanacopanānī^eb^ti yassa kassaci kāyena ādātabbassa ādānasaṅkhātaṃ gahaṇaṃ, vissajjanasaṅkhātaṃ muñcanaṃ, yathātathācalanasaṅkhātaṃ copananti imāni ^b^pāpetvā^eb^ sādhetvā ^b^uppannā^eb^. Kāyato pavattā saṅkhārā, kāyena saṅkharīyantīti ca ^b^kāyasaṅkhārātveva vuccanti. Hanusaṃcopana^eb^nti hanusañcalanaṃ. ^b^Vacībheda^eb^nti vācānicchāraṇaṃ. Vācaṃ saṅkharontīti katvā idha ^b^vacīsaṅkhārātveva vuccanti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^464^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samāpajjissa^eb^nti ^a^M2.0284^ea^ padaṃ nirodhassa āsannānāgatabhāvavisayaṃ āsannaṃ vajjetvā dūrassa gahaṇe payojanābhāvato. Nirodhapādakassa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanacittassa ca gahaṇato paṭṭhāya nirodhaṃ samāpajjati nāmāti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘padadvayena nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattikālo kathito’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tathā cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ hotī^eb^ti ettha addhānaparicchedacittaggahaṇaṃ itaresaṃ nānantariyabhāvato. Na hi baladvayañāṇasamādhicariyānaṃ vasībhāvāpādanacittehi vinā addhānaparicchedacittaṃ acittakabhāvāya hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sesasaṅkhārehī^eb^ti kāyasaṅkhāracittasaṅkhārehi. ^b^Dutiyajjhāneyeva nirujjhati^eb^ anuppattinirodhena. Itaresupi eseva nayo. ^b^Vuṭṭhahissa^eb^nti padaṃ vuṭṭhahanassa āsannānāgatabhāvavisayaṃ āsannaṃ vajjetvā dūrassa gahaṇe payojanābhāvato. Nirodhato vuṭṭhānassa ca cittuppādena paricchinnattā tato oramevāti āha ^b^‘‘padadvayena antonirodhakālo kathito’’^eb^ti. Tathā ^b^cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ hotī^eb^ti yathā yathāparicchinnakālameva acittakabhāvo, tato paraṃ sacittakabhāvo hoti, tathā nirodhassa parikammacittaṃ uppāditaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭisaṅkhā^eb^ti paṭisaṅkhāya idameva kātabbaṃ jānitvā appavattimattaṃ. ^b^Samāpajjantī^eb^ti acittakabhāvaṃ sampadeva āpajjanti. Atha kasmā sattāhameva samāpajjantīti? Yathākālaparicchedakaraṇato, tañca yebhuyyena āhārūpajīvīnaṃ sattānaṃ upādinnakapavattassa ekadivasaṃ bhuttāhārassa sattāhameva yāpanato.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbā ^a^V2.0263^ea^ phalasamāpatti assāsapassāse na samuṭṭhāpetīti idaṃ natthīti āha ^b^‘‘samuṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti. Yā pana na samuṭṭhāpeti, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘imassa pana…pe… na samuṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha ^b^imassā^eb^ti idha pāḷiyaṃ vuttanirodhasamāpajjanabhikkhuno. Tassa pana phalasamāpatti catutthajjhānikāvāti niyamo natthīti āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ vā etenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Abbohārikā^eb^ti sukhumattabhāvappattiyā ‘‘atthī’’ti voharituṃ asakkuṇeyyāti keci. Nirodhassa pana pādakabhūtāya catutthajjhānādisamādhicariyāya vasena acatutthajjhānikāpi nirodhānantaraphalasamāpatti assāsapassāse ^a^M2.0285^ea^ na samuṭṭhāpetīti abhāvato eva te abbohārikā vuttā. Evañca katvā sañjīvattheravatthumhi ānītasamāpattiphalanidassanampi suṭṭhu upapajjati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhavaṅgasamayenevetaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kiriyamayapavattavaḷañjanakāle^eb^ti ettha kiriyamayapavattaṃ kāyavacīviññattivipphāro, tassa vaḷañjanakāle pavattanasamaye. ^b^Vācaṃ abhisaṅkhātuṃ na sakkonti^eb^ aviññattijanakattā tesaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saguṇenā^eb^ti sarasena, sabhāvenāti attho. ^b^Suññatā nāma phalasamāpatti^eb^ rāgādīhi suññattā. Tathā rāganimittādīnaṃ abhāvā ^b^animittā,^eb^ rāgapaṇidhiādīnaṃ abhāvā ^b^appaṇihitā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘animittāppaṇihitesupi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. Animittaṃ appaṇihitañca nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaphalasamāpattiyaṃ phasso animitto phasso appaṇihito phasso nāmāti imamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]Attasuññatādassanato anattānupassanā suññatā, niccanimittugghāṭanato aniccānupassanā animittā, sukhappaṇidhipaṭikkhepato dukkhānupassanā appaṇihitāti āha – ^b^‘‘suññatā…pe… vipassanāpi vuccatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aniccato vuṭṭhātī^eb^ti saṅkhārānaṃ aniccākāraggāhiniyā vuṭṭhānagāminiyā parato ekatovuṭṭhānaubhatovuṭṭhānehi nimittapavattato vuṭṭhāti. ^b^Aniccato pariggahetvā^eb^ti ca idaṃ ‘‘na ekantikaṃ evampi hotī’’ti katvā vuttaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. Appaṇihitavipassanāya maggotiādinā, suññatavipassanāya maggotiādinā ca yojanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vikappo āpajjeyya^eb^ āgamanassa vavatthānassa abhāvena avavatthānakarattā. ^b^Evañhi tayo phassā phusantī^eb^ti evaṃ saguṇato ārammaṇato ca nāmalābhe suññatādināmakā tayo phassā phusantīti aniyamavacanaṃ. ^b^Sameti^eb^ yujjati ekasseva phassassa nāmattayayogato.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbasaṅkhatavivittatāya ^a^V2.0264^ea^^b^nibbānaṃ viveko nāma^eb^ upadhivivekoti katvā. ^b^Ninnatā^eb^ tappaṭipakkhavimukhassa tadabhimukhatā. ^b^Poṇatā^eb^ onamanaṃ, ^b^pabbhāratā^eb^ tato vissaṭṭhabhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^465^eb^^b^.^eb^ Cakkhādito rūpādīsu pavattarūpakāyato uppajjanato ^b^pañcadvārikaṃ sukhaṃ kāyikaṃ nāma, manodvārikaṃ^eb^ cetophassajātāya ^b^cetasikaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0286^ea^^b^nāma. Sabhāvaniddeso^eb^ sukhayatīti katvā. ^b^Madhurabhāvadīpaka^eb^nti iṭṭhabhāvajotanaṃ. ^b^Vedayitabhāvadīpaka^eb^nti vedakabhāvavibhāvakaṃ. Vedanā eva hi paramatthato ārammaṇaṃ vedeti, ārammaṇaṃ pana veditabbanti. Dukkhanti sabhāvaniddesotievamādiatthavacanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ṭhitisukhā^eb^ti ṭhitiyā dharamānatāya sukhā, na ṭhitikkhaṇamattena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atthibhāvo sukha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vipariṇāmadukkhā^eb^ti vipariṇamanena vigamanena dukkhā, na nirodhakkhaṇena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘natthibhāvo dukkha’’^eb^nti. Apariññātavatthukānañhi sukhavedanuparamo dukkhato upaṭṭhāti. Svāyamattho piyavippayogena dīpetabbo. ^b^Ṭhitidukkhā vipariṇāmasukhā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atthibhāvo dukkhaṃ, natthibhāvo sukha’’^eb^nti. Dukkhavedanuparamo hi sattānaṃ sukhato upaṭṭhāti. Evañhi vadanti – ‘‘tassa rogassa vūpasamena aho sukhaṃ jāta’’nti. ^b^Jānanabhāvo^eb^ti yāthāvasabhāvato avabujjhanaṃ. Adukkhamasukhañhi vedanaṃ jānantassa sukhaṃ hoti tassa sukhumabhāvato, yathā tadaññe dhamme salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca sammadeva avabodho paramaṃ sukhaṃ. Tenevāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānata’’nti. (dha. pa. 374);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajānanabhāvo^eb^ti ettha vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. Dukkhañhi sammohavihāroti. Aparo nayo ^b^jānanabhāvo^eb^ti jānanassa ñāṇassa sabbhāvo. Ñāṇasampayuttā hi ñāṇopanissayā ca adukkhamasukhā vedanā sukhā iṭṭhākārā. Yathāha ‘‘iṭṭhā ceva iṭṭhaphalā cā’’ti. ^b^Ajānanabhāvo dukkha^eb^nti ettha vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Katamo anusayo anusetī^eb^ti kāmarāgānusayādīsu sattasu anusayesu katamo anusayo anusayavasena pavattati? Appahīnabhāvena hi santāne anusayantīti ^b^anusayā,^eb^ anurūpaṃ kāraṇaṃ labhitvā uppajjantīti attho. Etena kāraṇalābhe sati uppajjanārahatā nesaṃ dassitā. Appahīnā hi kilesā kāraṇalābhe sati uppajjanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appahīnaṭṭhena sayito viya hotī’’^eb^ti. Te ca nippariyāyato ^a^M2.0287^ea^ anāgatā kilesā daṭṭhabbā, atītā paccuppannā ^a^V2.0265^ea^ ca taṃsabhāvattā tathā vuccanti. Na hi dhammānaṃ kālabhedena sabhāvabhedo atthi. Yadi appahīnaṭṭho anusayaṭṭho, nanu sabbepi kilesā appahīnā anusayā bhaveyyunti? Na mayaṃ appahīnatāmattena anusayaṭṭhaṃ vadāma, atha kho pana appahīnaṭṭhena thāmagatā kilesā anusayā. Idaṃ thāmagamanañca rāgādīnameva āveṇiko sabhāvo daṭṭhabbo, yato abhidhamme – ‘‘thāmagataṃ anusayaṃ pajahatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti rāgānusayo. ^b^Appahīno^eb^ti appahīnabhāvamukhena anusayanaṭṭhamāha. So ca apariññātakkhandhavatthuto, pariññātesu patiṭṭhaṃ na labhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na sabbāya sukhāya vedanāya so appahīno’’^eb^ti. Ārammaṇavasena cāyaṃ anusayaṭṭho adhippeto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na sabbaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ ārabbha uppajjatīti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthuvasenapi pana anusayaṭṭho veditabbo, yo ‘‘bhūmiladdha’’nti vuccati. Tena hi ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.834) vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Bhūmīti vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā tebhūmakā pañcakkhandhā. Bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma tesu khandhesu uppattirahaṃ kilesajātaṃ. Tena hi sā bhūmiladdhā nāma hoti, tasmā bhūmiladdhanti vuccati, sā ca kho na ārammaṇavasena. Ārammaṇavasena hi sabbepi atītānāgate pariññātepi ca khīṇāsavānaṃ khandhe ārabbha kilesā uppajjanti mahākaccānauppalavaṇṇādīnaṃ khandhe ārabbha soreyyaseṭṭhinandamāṇavakādīnaṃ viya. Yadi ca taṃ bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma siyā, tassa appaheyyato na koci bhavamūlaṃ pajaheyya, vatthuvasena pana bhūmiladdhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yattha yattha hi vipassanāya apariññātā khandhā uppajjanti, tattha tattha uppādato pabhuti tesu vaṭṭamūlaṃ kilesajātaṃ anuseti. Taṃ appahīnaṭṭhena bhūmiladdhanti veditabba’’ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Esa nayo sabbatthā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘na sabbāya dukkhāya vedanāya so appahīno, na sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ ārabbha uppajjatī’’tiādiṃ atidisati. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Yo anusayo yattha anuseti ^a^M2.0288^ea^, so pahīyamāno tattha pahīno nāma hotī’’ti tattha tattha pahānapucchā, taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘kiṃ pahātabbanti ayaṃ pahānapucchā nāmā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekeneva byākaraṇenā^eb^ti ‘‘idhāvuso, visākha, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.374) ekeneva vissajjanena. ^b^Dve pucchā^eb^ti anusayapucchā pahānapucchāti dvepi pucchā vissajjesi. ‘‘Rāgaṃ tena pajahatī’’ti idamekaṃ vissajjanaṃ, ‘‘na tattha rāgānusayo anusetī’’ti idamekaṃ vissajjanaṃ, pucchānukkamañcettha anādiyitvā pahānakkamena vissajjanā pavattā ^a^V2.0266^ea^. ^b^‘‘Dve pucchā vissajjesī’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘idhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^tathāvikkhambhitameva katvā^eb^ti iminā yo rāgaṃ vikkhambhetvā puna uppajjituṃ appadānato tathāvikkhambhitameva katvā maggena samugghāteti, tassa vasena ‘‘rāgaṃ tena pajahati, na tattha rāgānusayo anusetī’’ti vattabbanti dasseti. Kāmoghādīhi catūhi oghehi saṃsārabhavogheneva vā vegasā vuyhamānesu sattesu taṃ uttaritvā pattabbaṃ, tassa pana gādhabhāvato ^b^patiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ^eb^. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.238; itivu. 69; pu. pa. 187).<br/><br/>[03]Suññatādibhedena anekabhedattā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘anuttaresū’’ti bahuvacananiddesoti ^b^‘‘anuttarā vimokkhā’’^eb^ti vatvā puna tesaṃ sabbesampi arahattabhāvasāmaññena ^b^‘‘arahatte’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Visaye cetaṃ bhummaṃ. ^b^Patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassā^eb^ti ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ arahattaṃ labheyya’’nti patthanaṃ upaṭṭhapentassa, patthentassāti attho. ^b^Paṭṭhapentassā^eb^ti cettha hetumhi ^b^anta^eb^saddo. Kathaṃ pana arahattavisayā patthanā uppajjatīti? Na kāci arahattaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā patthanā uppajjati anadhigatattā avisayabhāvato. Parikappitarūpaṃ pana taṃ uddissa patthanā uppajjati. ^b^‘‘Uppajjati pihāpaccayā’’ti vuttaṃ^eb^ paramparapaccayataṃ sandhāya, ujukaṃ pana paccayabhāvo natthīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na patthanāya paṭṭhapanamūlakaṃ uppajjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Idaṃ pana sevitabbaṃ domanassaṃ^eb^ akusalappahānassa kusalābhivuḍḍhiyā ca nimittabhāvato. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘domanassampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.359-362). Tīhi māsehi sampajjanakā ^b^temāsikā^eb^^a^M2.0289^ea^. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Imasmiṃ vāre^eb^ti imasmiṃ pavāraṇavāre. ^b^Visuddhipavāraṇa^eb^nti ‘‘parisuddho aha’’nti evaṃ pavattaṃ visuddhipavāraṇaṃ. Arahantānameva hesa pavāraṇā.<br/><br/>[03]Na kadāci pahātabbassa pahāyakatā atthīti dassento ^b^‘‘na domanassena vā’’^eb^tiādiṃ vatvā pariyāyenetaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘ayaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato vitthārena āgamissati. ^b^Paṭipadaṃ gahetvā^eb^ patthanaṃ katvā patthanaṃ ṭhapetvā. ^b^Paṭisañcikkhatī^eb^ti ovādavasena attānaṃ samuttejento katheti. ^b^Sīlena hīnaṭṭhāna^eb^nti aññehi arahattāya paṭipajjantehi sīlena hīnaṭṭhānaṃ kiṃ tuyhaṃ atthīti adhippāyo. ^b^Suparisuddha^eb^nti akhaṇḍādibhāvato sudhotajātimaṇi viya suṭṭhu parisuddhaṃ. ^b^Supaggahita^eb^nti kadācipi saṅkocābhāvato vīriyaṃ suṭṭhu paggahitaṃ. ^b^Paññā^eb^ti vipassanāpaññā paṭipakkhehi anadhibhūtatāya akuṇṭhā tikkhavisadā saṅkhārānaṃ sammasane ^b^sūrā hutvā vahati^eb^ pavattati. ^b^Pariyāyenā^eb^ti tassa domanassassa ^a^V2.0267^ea^ arahattupanissayatāpariyāyena. Ārammaṇavasena anusayanaṃ idhādhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘na taṃ ārabbha uppajjatī’’^eb^ti. Anuppajjanamettha pahānaṃ nāmāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pahīnova tattha paṭighānusayoti attho’’^eb^ti. Tatiyajjhānena vikkhambhetabbā avijjā, sā eva ariyamaggena samucchindīyatīti ^b^‘‘avijjānusayaṃ vikkhambhetvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, anusayasadisatāya vā. ‘‘Rāgānusayaṃ vikkhambhetvā’’ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Catutthajjhāne nānuseti nāma^eb^ tattha kātabbakiccākaraṇato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^466^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmā^eb^ti paccanīkattā sabhāvato kiccato paccayato cāti adhippāyo. ^b^Visabhāgapaṭibhāgo kathito^eb^ ‘‘kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgā dhammā’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Andhakārā^eb^ti andhakārasadisā appakā sabhāvato. ^b^Avibhūtā^eb^ apākaṭā anoḷārikabhāvato. Tato eva ^b^duddīpanā^eb^ duviññāpanā. ^b^Tādisāvā^eb^ti upekkhāsadisāva. Yathā upekkhā sukhadukkhāni viya na oḷārikā, evaṃ avijjā rāgadosā viya na oḷārikā. Atha kho andhakārā avibhūtā duddīpanā duviññāpanāti attho. ^b^Sabhāgapaṭibhāgo kathito^eb^ ‘‘paṇidhi paṭighoso’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Yattakesu ṭhānesū^eb^ti dukkhādīsu yattakesu ṭhānesu, yattha vā ñeyyaṭṭhānesu. ^b^Visabhāgapaṭibhāgo^eb^ti andhakārassa ^a^M2.0290^ea^ viya āloko vighātakapaṭibhāgo. ^b^Vijjā^eb^ti maggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ, ^b^vimuttī^eb^ti phalanti āha ^b^‘‘ubhopete dhammā anāsavā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anāsavaṭṭhenā^eb^tiādīsu paṇītaṭṭhenātipi vattabbaṃ. Sopi hi vimuttinibbānānaṃ sādhāraṇo, vimuttiyā asaṅkhataṭṭhena nibbānassa visabhāgatāpi labbhateva. ^b^Pañhaṃ atikkamitvā gatosi,^eb^ apucchitabbaṃ pucchantoti adhippāyo. ^b^Pañhānaṃ paricchedapamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ^eb^ yuttaṭṭhāne aṭṭhatvā tato paraṃ pucchanto ^b^nāsakkhi^eb^ pañhānaṃ pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. ^b^Appaṭibhāgadhammassā^eb^ti nippariyāyato sabhāgapaṭibhāgena appaṭibhāgadhammassa. Anāgatādipariyāyena nibbānassa sabhāgapaṭibhāgo vutto, visabhāge ca attheva saṅkhatadhammā, tasmā nippariyāyato kiñci sabhāgapaṭibhāgaṃ sandhāya pucchatīti katvā ^b^‘‘accayāsī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Asaṅkhatassa hi appatiṭṭhassa ekantaniccassa sato nibbānassa kuto nippariyāyena sabhāgassa sambhavo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ nāmeta’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viraddho^eb^ti ettha sabhāgapaṭibhāgaṃ pucchissāmīti nicchayābhāvato pucchitamatthaṃ virajjhitvāva pucchi, na ajānitvāti attho. Etena heṭṭhā sabbapucchā diṭṭhasaṃsandananayena jānitvāva pavattāti dīpitaṃ hoti. Therī pana taṃ taṃ pucchitamatthaṃ sabhāvato vibhāventī satthu desanāñāṇaṃ anugantvāva vissajjesi. ^b^Nibbānogadha^eb^nti nibbānaṃ ogāhitvā ṭhitaṃ nibbānantogadhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānabbhantaraṃ nibbānaṃ anupaviṭṭha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti brahmacariyassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^467^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṇḍiccena^eb^^a^V2.0268^ea^^b^samannāgatā^eb^ti ettha vuttapaṇḍiccaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dhātukusalā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, paṇḍito hoti? Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu dhātukusalo ca hoti, āyatanakusalo ca paṭiccasamuppādakusalo ca ṭhānāṭṭhānakusalo ca. Ettāvatā nu kho, ānanda, bhikkhu paṇḍito hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.124). ^b^Paññāmahattaṃ^eb^ nāma theriyā asekkhappaṭisambhidappattāya paṭisambhidāyo pūretvā ṭhitatāti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘mahante atthe’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Rājayuttehī^eb^ti rañño kamme niyuttapurisehi. ^b^Āhaccavacanenā^eb^ti satthārā karaṇādīni āhanitvā pavattitavacanena. Yadettha atthato na vibhattaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷavedallasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 151
title: cūḷavedallasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷadhammasamādānasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^468^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhammoti^eb^^a^M2.0291^ea^^a^V2.0269^ea^^b^gahitagahaṇānī^eb^ti dhammo vā hotu itaro vā, dhammoti paggahitaggāhappavattā cariyāva. ^b^Āyūhanakkhaṇe^eb^ti tassa dhammoti gahitassa pavattanakkhaṇe. ^b^Sukha^eb^nti akicchaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sukara’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dukkhavipāka^eb^nti aniṭṭhaphalavipaccanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^469^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yathā cakkhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ yathāsakaṃ visayaggahaṇaṃ sabhāvasiddhaṃ, evaṃ manasopi. Te ca visayā iṭṭhākārato gahaṇe na koci doso, purisattabhāve na ca te dosaṃ pavattentīti ayaṃ tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ laddhīti āha ^b^‘‘vatthukāmesupi kilesakāmesupi doso natthī’’^eb^ti, assādetvā visayaparibhoge natthi ādīnavo, tappaccayā na koci antarāyoti adhippāyo. ^b^Pātabyataṃ āpajjantī^eb^ti paribhuñjanakataṃ upagacchanti. Paribhogattho hi ayaṃ ^b^pā^eb^-saddo kattusādhano ca ^b^tabya^eb^-saddo, yathāruci paribhuñjantīti attho. Kilesakāmopi assādiyamāno vatthukāmantogadhoyeva, kilesakāmavasena pana nesaṃ assādetabbatāti āha ^b^‘‘vatthukāmesu kilesakāmena pātabyata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kilesakāmenā^eb^ti karaṇatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Pātabyataṃ paribhuñjitabbata^eb^nti etthāpi kattuvaseneva attho veditabbo. ^b^Moḷiṃ katvā^eb^ti veṇibandhavasena moḷiṃ katvā. ^b^Tāpasaparibbājikāhī^eb^ti tāpasapabbajjūpagatāhi. ^b^Pariññaṃ paññapentī^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘pahānamāhaṃsū’’ti padasseva vevacananti ^b^‘‘pahānaṃ samatikkamaṃ paññapentī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tena kāmā nāmete aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammāti yāthāvato parijānanaṃ idha ‘‘pahāna’’nti adhippetaṃ, na vinābhāvamattanti dasseti. ^b^Māluvāsipāṭikā^eb^ti māluvāvidalaṃ māluvāphale poṭṭalikā. ^b^Santāsaṃ āpajjeyyā^eb^ti sāle adhivatthadevatāya pavattiṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. Tadā hi tassā evaṃ hoti. ^b^Koviḷārapattasadisehī^eb^ti mahākoviḷārapattasaṇṭhānehi. Saṇṭhānavasena hetaṃ vuttaṃ, māluvāpattā pana koviḷārapattehi mahantatarāni ceva ghanatarāni ca honti. Vipulabahughanagarupattatāya ^b^mahantaṃ bhāraṃ janetvā. Sāti^eb^ māluvālatā. ^b^Oghana^eb^nti heṭṭhato olambanahetubhūtaṃ ghanabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Andhavanasubhagavana^eb^ggahaṇaṃ ^a^M2.0292^ea^ tesaṃ abhilakkhitabhāvato. ^b^Nāḷikerādīsu^eb^ tiṇajātīsu. Khādanupalakkhaṇaṃ upacikānaṃ uṭṭhahanaggahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘uṭṭhaheyyu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Keḷiṃ karontī viyā^eb^ti vilambananadī ^a^V2.0270^ea^ viya keḷiṃ karontī. Idāni ahaṃ taṃ ajjhottharinti pamodamānā viya ito cito ca vipphandamānā ^b^vilambantī. Samphassopi sukho^eb^ mudutaluṇakomalabhāvato. ^b^Dassanampi sukhaṃ^eb^ ghanabahalapattasaṃhatatāya. ^b^Somanassajātā^eb^ti pubbe anussavavasena bhavanavināsabhayā santāsaṃ āpajji, idāni tassā sampattidassanena palobhitā somanassajātā ahosi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viṭabhiṃ kareyyā^eb^ti ātānavitānavasena jaṭentī jālaṃ kareyya. Tathābhūtā ca ghanapattasañchannatāya chattasadisī hotīti āha ^b^‘‘chattākārena tiṭṭheyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sakalaṃ rukkha^eb^nti upari sabbasākhāpasākhaṃ sabbarukkhaṃ. ^b^Bhassamānā^eb^ti paliveṭhanavaseneva otaramānā. ^b^Yāva mūlā otiṇṇasākhāhī^eb^ti māluvā bhārena onamitvā rukkhassa yāva mūlā otiṇṇasākhāhi puna abhiruhamānā. ^b^Sabbasākhā^eb^ti heṭṭhā majjhe upari cāti sabbāpi sākhāyo paliveṭhentī. ^b^Saṃsibbitvā^eb^ jālasantānakaniyāmena jaṭetvā. Evaṃ aparāparaṃ saṃsibbanena ^b^ajjhottharantī. Sabbasākhā heṭṭhā katvā sayaṃ upari ṭhatvā^eb^ mahābhārabhāvena ^b^vāte vā vāyante deve vā vassante padāleyya. Sākhaṭṭhakavimāna^eb^nti sākhāpaṭibaddhaṃ vimānaṃ. Yasmā idha satthārā ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave’’tiādinā bhūtapubbameva vatthu upamābhāvena āhaṭaṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘idaṃ pana vimāna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^471^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bahalarāgasabhāvo^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇāhi nīharituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya balavā hutvā abhibhavanarāgadhātuko. ^b^Rāgaja^eb^nti rāganimittajātaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhe diṭṭhe ārammaṇe^eb^ti diṭṭhe diṭṭhe visabhāgārammaṇe. ^b^Nimittaṃ gaṇhātī^eb^ti kilesuppattiyā kāraṇabhūtaṃ anubyañjanaso nimittaṃ gaṇhāti, sikkhāgāravena pana kilesehi nissitaṃ maggaṃ na paṭipajjati, tato eva ācariyupajjhāyehi āṇattaṃ daṇḍakammaṃ karoteva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na tveva vītikkamaṃ karotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Hatthaparāmāsādīnī^eb^ti – ‘‘ehi tāva tayā vuttaṃ mayā vuttañca amutra gantvā vīmaṃsissāmā’’tiādinā hatthaggahaṇādīni karonto, na karuṇāmettānidānavasena. ^b^Mohajātiko^eb^ti bahalamohasabhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^472^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kammaniyāmenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0293^ea^ purimajātisiddhena lobhussadatādiniyamitena kammaniyāmena. Idāni taṃ lobhussadatādiṃ vibhāgena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yassa hī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^kammāyūhanakkhaṇe^eb^ti kammakaraṇavelāya. ^b^Lobho balavā^eb^ti tajjāya sāmaggiyā sāmatthiyato lobho adhiko ^a^V2.0271^ea^ hoti. ^b^Alobho mando^eb^ti tappaṭipakkho alobho dubbalo hoti. Kathaṃ panete lobhālobhā aññamaññaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhūtā ekakkhaṇe pavattanti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘ekakkhaṇe pavattantī’’ti, nikantikkhaṇaṃ pana āyūhanakkhaṇameva katvā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Esa nayo sesesu. ^b^Pariyādātu^eb^nti abhibhavituṃ na sakkoti. Yo hi ‘‘evaṃsundaraṃ evaṃvipulaṃ evaṃmahagghañca na sakkā parassa dātu’’ntiādinā amuttacāgatādivasena pavattāya cetanāya sampayutto alobho sammadeva lobhaṃ pariyādātuṃ na sakkoti. Dosamohānaṃ anuppattiyaṃ tādisapaccayalābheneva ^b^adosāmohā balavanto. Tasmā^eb^ti lobhādosāmohānaṃ balavabhāvato alobhadosamohānañca dubbalabhāvatoti vuttameva kāraṇaṃ paccāmasati. ^b^So^eb^ti taṃsamaṅgī. ^b^Tena kammenā^eb^ti tena lobhādiupanissayavatā kusalakammunā. ^b^Sukhasīlo^eb^ti sakhilo. Tamevatthaṃ ^b^akkodhano^eb^ti pariyāyena vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mandā alobhādosā^eb^ lobhadose pariyādātuṃ na sakkonti, ^b^amoho pana balavā^eb^ mohaṃ pariyādātuṃ sakkotīti evaṃ yathārahaṃ paṭhamavāre vuttanayeneva atidesattho veditabbo. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti pubbe vuttanayānusārena. ^b^Duṭṭho^eb^ti kodhano. ^b^Dandho^eb^ti mandamañño. ^b^Sukhasīlako^eb^ti sukhasīlo.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca lobhavasena, dosamoha-lobhadosa-lobhamoha-dosamoha-lobhadosamohavasenāti tayo ekakā, tayo dukā, eko tikoti lobhādiussadavasena akusalapakkhe eva satta vārā, tathā kusalapakkhe alobhādiussadavasenāti cuddasa vārā labbhanti. Tattha alobhadosamohā, alobhādosamohā, alobhadosāmohā balavantoti āgatehi kusalapakkhe tatiyadutiyapaṭhamavārehi dosussadamohussadadosamohussadavārā gahitā eva honti. Tathā ^a^M2.0294^ea^ akusalapakkhe lobhādosāmohā, lobhadosāmohā, lobhādosamohā balavantoti āgatehi tatiyadutiyapaṭhamavārehi adosussadāmohussadādosāmohussadavārā gahitā evāti akusalakusalapakkhesu tayo tayo vāre antogadhe katvā aṭṭheva vārā dassitā. Ye pana ubhayasammissatāvasena lobhālobhussadavārādayo apare ekūnapaññāsa vārā kāmaṃ dassetabbā, tesaṃ asambhavato eva na dassitā. Na hi ‘‘ekasmiṃ santāne antarena avatthantaraṃ lobho ca balavā alobho cā’’tiādi yujjati. Paṭipakkhavasena vāpi etesaṃ balavadubbalabhāvo sahajātadhammavasena ^a^V2.0272^ea^ vā. Tattha lobhassa tāva paṭipakkhavasena anabhibhūtatāya balavabhāvo, tathā dosamohānaṃ adosāmohehi. Alobhādīnaṃ pana lobhādianabhibhavanato. Sabbesañca samānajātiyasamadhibhuyya pavattivasena sahajātadhammato balavabhāvo. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.472) – ‘‘lobho balavā, alobho mando. Adosāmohā balavanto, dosamohā mandā’’tiādi, so ca nesaṃ mandabalavabhāvo purimūpanissayato tathā āsayassa paribhāvitatāya veditabbo. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘kammaniyāmenā’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷadhammasamādānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 152
title: cūḷadhammasamādānasuttavaṇṇanā^mahādhammasamādānasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^473^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ ^a^V2.0273^ea^ idāni vuccamānākāro kāmo kāmanaṃ icchā etesanti ^b^evaṃkāmā^eb^. Evaṃ chando chandanaṃ rocanaṃ ajjhāsayo etesanti ^b^evaṃchandā^eb^. Abhimukhaṃ, abhinivissa vā pakārehi eti upagacchatīti adhippāyo, laddhi. Sā hi laddhabbavatthuṃ abhimukhaṃ ‘‘evameta’’nti abhinivisantī tena tena pakārena upagacchati, hatthagataṃ katvā tiṭṭhati na vissajjeti. Evaṃ vuccamānākāro adhippāyo etesanti ^b^evaṃadhippāyā^eb^. Bhagavā mūlaṃ kāraṇaṃ etesaṃ yāthāvato adhigamāyāti ^b^bhagavaṃmūlakā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavantañhi nissāya mayaṃ ime dhamme ājānāma paṭivijjhāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Amhākaṃ^eb^^b^dhammā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0295^ea^ tehi attanā adhigantabbatāya vuttaṃ. Sevitabbānañhi yāthāvato adhigamañāṇāni adhigacchanakasambandhīni, tāni ca sammāsambuddhamūlakāni anaññavisayattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbe kassapasambuddhenā’’^eb^tiādi. Bhagavā netā tesanti ^b^bhagavaṃnettikā. Netā^eb^ti sevitabbadhamme vineyyasantānaṃ pāpetā. ^b^Vinetā^eb^ti asevitabbadhamme vineyyasantānato apanetā. Tadaṅgavinayādivasena vā ^b^vinetā. Anunetā^eb^ti ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime na sevitabbāti ubhayasampāpanāpanayanatthaṃ paññapetā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathāsabhāvato’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Paṭisaranti etthāti paṭisaraṇaṃ, bhagavā paṭisaraṇaṃ etesanti ^b^bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā^eb^. Paṭisarati sabhāvasampaṭivedhavasena paccekamupagacchatīti vā paṭisaraṇaṃ, bhagavā paṭisaraṇaṃ etesanti ^b^bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. Paṭivedhavasenā^eb^ti paṭivijjhitabbatāvasena. Asatipi mukhe atthato evaṃ vadanto viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘phasso āgacchati, ahaṃ bhagavā kiṃ nāmo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭibhātū^eb^ti ettha paṭi-saddāpekkhāya ‘‘bhagavanta’’nti upayogavacanaṃ, attho pana sāmivacanavaseneva veditabboti dassento āha ^b^‘‘bhagavato’’^eb^ti ^b^paṭibhātū^eb^ti ca bhagavato bhāgo hotu. Bhagavato hi esa bhāgo, yadidaṃ dhammassa desanā, amhākaṃ pana bhāgo savananti adhippāyo. Keci pana ^b^paṭibhātū^eb^ti padissatūti atthaṃ vadanti, ñāṇena dissatu, desīyatūti vā attho. ^b^Upaṭṭhātū^eb^ti ca ñāṇassa paccupaṭṭhātu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^474^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissayitabbe^eb^ti ^a^V2.0274^ea^ attano santāne uppādanavasena apassayitabbe. Tatiyacatutthadhammasamādānāni hi apassāya sattānaṃ etarahi āyatiñca sampattiyo abhivaḍḍhanti. ^b^Bhajitabbe^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Sevitabbe^eb^ti vā sappurisupassayasaddhammassavanayonisomanasikāre sandhāyāha. ^b^Bhajitabbe^eb^ti tappaccaye dānādipuññadhamme.<br/><br/>[03]^b^475^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uppaṭipāṭiākārenā^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ saṃkilesadhamme dassetvā pacchā vodānadhammadassanaṃ satthu desanāpaṭipāṭi, yathā – ‘‘vāmaṃ muñca, dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhā’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 498; visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.14), tathā uppaṭipāṭipakārena, sā ca kho purimesu dvīsu dhammasamādānesu ^a^M2.0296^ea^, pacchimesu pana paṭipāṭiyāva mātikā paṭṭhapitā. ^b^Yathādhammarasenevā^eb^ti pahātabbapahāyakadhammānaṃ yathāsabhāveneva. Sabhāvo hi yāthāvato rasitabbato jānitabbato ‘‘raso’’ti vuccati. Paṭhamaṃ pahātabbadhamme dassetvā tadanantaraṃ ‘‘ime dhammā etehi pahīyantī’’ti pahāyakadhammadassanaṃ desanānupubbī. ^b^Gahaṇaṃ^eb^ ādiyanaṃ attano santāne uppādanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^478^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vadhadaṇḍādīhi bhītassa upasaṅkamane, micchā caritvā tathā apagamane ca pubbāparacetanānaṃ vasena micchācāro dukkhavedano hoti, tathā issānindādīhi upaddutassa aparacetanāvasena, evaṃ abhijjhāmicchādiṭṭhīsupi yathārahaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Tissannampi cetanāna^eb^nti pubbāparasanniṭṭhāpakacetanānaṃ. Adinnādānaṃ musāvādo pisuṇavācā samphappalāpoti imesaṃ catunnaṃ sanniṭṭhāpakacetanānaṃ sukhasampayuttā vā upekkhāsampayuttā vāti ayaṃ nayo idha adhikatattā na uddhaṭo. ^b^Domanassameva cettha dukkha^eb^nti idaṃ pubbabhāgāparabhāgacetanāpi cettha āsannā domanassasahagatā eva hontīti katvā vuttaṃ. Anāsannā pana sandhāya ^b^‘‘pariyeṭṭhiṃ vā āpajjantassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Teneva micchācārābhijjhāmicchādiṭṭhīnaṃ pubbabhāgāparabhāgacetanā āsannā sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāgatikāvāti dassitaṃ hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Pariyeṭṭhi^eb^nti micchācārādīsu vītikkamitabbavatthumālāgandhādipariyesanaṃ. Pāṇātipātādīsu māretabbavatthuāvudhādipariyesanaṃ ^b^āpajjantassa^eb^. Akicchenapi tesaṃ pariyesanaṃ sambhavatīti ^b^‘‘vaṭṭatiyevā’’^eb^ti sāsaṅkaṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^479^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukhavedanā hontī^eb^ti sukhavedanāpi hontīti adhippāyo. Tāsaṃ cetanānaṃ asukhavedanatāpi labbhatīti ^b^‘‘sukhavedanāpi hontiyevā’’^eb^ti sāsaṅkavacanaṃ. ^b^Somanassameva cettha sukha^eb^nti idaṃ pubbabhāgāparabhāgacetanāpi somanassasahagatā eva hontīti katvā vuttaṃ. Tañca kho ^a^V2.0275^ea^ micchācāravajjānaṃ channaṃ vasena. Micchācārassa pana pubbāparabhāgassa vasena ^b^‘‘kāyikaṃ sukhampi vaṭṭatiyevā^eb^ti sāsaṅkavacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^480^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dosajapariḷāhavasenassa siyā kāyikampi dukkhanti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘so gaṇhantopi dukkhito’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Cetodukkhameva vā sandhāya tassa aparāparuppattidassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘dukkhito domanassito’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^481^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dasasupi^eb^^a^M2.0297^ea^^b^padesū^eb^ti dasasupi koṭṭhāsesu, vākyesu vā. Upekkhāsampayuttatāpi sambhavatīti ^b^‘‘sukhasampayuttā hontiyevā’’^eb^ti idha sāsaṅkavacanaṃ. Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa kāyopi siyā vigatadarathapariḷāhoti pāṇātipātāveramaṇiādipaccayā kāyikapaṭisaṃvedanāpi sambhavatīti ^b^sahāpi sukhenā^eb^ti ettha kāyiyasukhampi vaṭṭatiyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^482^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tittakālābū^eb^ti upabhuttassa ummādādipāpanena kucchitatittakaraso alābu. ^b^Na ruccissati^eb^ aniṭṭharasatāya aniṭṭhaphalatāya ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^483^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rasaṃ detī^eb^ti rasaṃ dasseti vibhāveti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^484^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pūtimutta^eb^nti pūtisabhāvamuttaṃ. ^b^Taruṇa^eb^nti dhārāvasena nipatantaṃ hutvā uṇhaṃ. Tenassa uparimuttatamāha. Muttañhi passāvamaggato muccamānaṃ kāyusmāvasena uṇhaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^485^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yaṃ bhagandarasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ lohitaṃ pakkhandatī^eb^ti bhagandarabyādhisahitāya lohitapakkhandatāya vasena yaṃ lohitaṃ vissavati. Pittasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ lohitaṃ pakkhandatīti ānetvā sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^486^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ubbiddhe^eb^ti dūre. Abbhamahikādiupakkilesavigamena hi ākāsaṃ uttuṅgaṃ viya dūraṃ viya ca khāyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dūrībhūte’’^eb^ti. Tamaṃyeva ^b^tamagataṃ^eb^ ‘‘gūthagataṃ muttagata’’nti (ma. ni. 2.119; a. ni. 9.11) yathā. ^b^Bhāsate ca tapate ca virocate^eb^ ca idaṃ catutthaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ vibhajantena kusalakammapathassa vibhajitvā dassitattā.<br/><br/>[03]Saṅgararukkho ^a^V2.0276^ea^ kandamādasapova. ^b^Sarabhaññavasenā^eb^ti atthaṃ avibhajitvā padaso sarabhaññavasena. ^b^Osārentassā^eb^ti uccārentassa. ^b^Sadde^eb^ti osāraṇasadde. Adhigatavisesaṃ anārocetukāmā ^b^devatā tattheva antaradhāyi. Taṃ divasa^eb^nti satthārā desitadivase. Iti attano visesādhigamanimittatāya ayaṃ devatā imaṃ suttaṃ piyāyati. Sesaṃ uttānameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahādhammasamādānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 153
title: mahādhammasamādānasuttavaṇṇanā^vīmaṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^487^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atthavīmaṃsako^eb^ti ^a^M2.0298^ea^^a^V2.0277^ea^ attatthaparatthādiatthavijānanako. ^b^Saṅkhāravīmaṃsako^eb^ti saṅkhatadhamme salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato vā āyatanādivibhāgato ca vīmaṃsako. ^b^Satthuvīmaṃsako^eb^ti ‘‘satthā nāma guṇato ediso ediso cā’’ti satthu upaparikkhako. ^b^Vīmaṃsako^eb^ti vicārako. Yaṃ cetaso sarāgādivibhāgato paricchindanaṃ, taṃ ^b^cetopariyāyo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cittapariccheda’’^eb^nti. Yasmā cetopariyāyañāṇalābhī – ‘‘idaṃ cittaṃ ito paraṃ pavattaṃ idamito para’’nti parassa cittuppattiṃ pajānāti, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘^b^cetopariyāyanti cittavāra’’^eb^nti. Vāratthepi hi ^b^pariyāya^eb^-saddo hoti – ‘‘kassa nu kho, ānanda, pariyāyo ajja bhikkhuniyo ovaditu’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.398). Cittacārantipi pāṭho, cittapavattinti attho. ^b^Evaṃ vijānanatthāyā^eb^ti idāni vuccamānākārena vīmaṃsanatthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^488^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kalyāṇamittūpanissaya^eb^nti kalyāṇamittasaṅkhātaṃ brahmacariyavāsassa balavasannissayaṃ. ^b^Upaḍḍhaṃ attano ānubhāvenā^eb^ti iminā puggalena sampādiyamānassa brahmacariyassa upaḍḍhabhāgamattaṃ attano vimuttiparipācakadhammānubhāvena sijjhati. ^b^Upaḍḍhaṃ kalyāṇamittānubhāvenā^eb^ti itaro pana upaḍḍhabhāgo yaṃ nissāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati, tassa kalyāṇamittassa upadesānubhāvena ^b^hoti,^eb^ sijjhatīti attho. Lokasiddho eva ayamattho. Lokiyā hi –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Pādo siddho ācariyā, pādo hissānubhāvato;<br/><br/>[22]Taṃvijjāsevakā pādo, pādo kālena paccatī’’ti. –<br/><br/>[07]Vadanti. ^b^Attano dhammatāyā^eb^ti attano sabhāvena, ñāṇenāti attho. ^b^Kalyāṇamittatā^eb^ti kalyāṇo bhadro sundaro mitto etassāti kalyāṇamitto, tassa bhāvo ^b^kalyāṇamittatā,^eb^ kalyāṇamittavantatā. Sīlādiguṇasampannehi kalyāṇapuggaleheva ayanaṃ pavatti ^b^kalyāṇasahāyatā^eb^. Tesu eva cittena ceva kāyena ca ninnapoṇapabbhārabhāvena pavatti ^b^kalyāṇasampavaṅkatā. Māheva^eb^nti evaṃ mā āha, ‘‘upaḍḍhaṃ brahmacariyassā’’ti mā kathehīti attho. ^b^Tadaminā^eb^ti ettha nti nipātamattaṃ ^a^M2.0299^ea^ da-kāro padasandhikaro i-kārassa a-kāraṃ katvā niddeso. ^b^Imināpī^eb^ti idāni vuccamānenapīti ^a^V2.0278^ea^ attho. ^b^Pariyāyenā^eb^ti kāraṇena. Idāni taṃ kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘mamaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā cettha, aññesupi suttesu kalyāṇamittupanissayameva visesoti dassento ^b^‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ bāhiraṅgasampattiṃ kathentopī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^vimuttiparipācaniyadhamme^eb^ti vimuttiyā arahattassa paripācakadhamme. ^b^Paccaye^eb^ti gilānapaccayabhesajje. ^b^Mahājacco^eb^ti mahākulīno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyiko samācāro^eb^ti abhikkamapaṭikkamādiko satisampajaññaparikkhato pākatiko ca. ^b^Vīmaṃsakassa^eb^ upaparikkhakassa. ^b^Cakkhuviññeyyo nāma^eb^ cakkhudvārānusārena viññātabbattā. ^b^Sotaviññeyyo^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Saṃkiliṭṭhā^eb^ti rāgādisaṃkilesadhammehi vibādhitā, upatāpitā vidūsitā malīnā cāti attho. Te pana tehi samannāgatā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘kilesasampayuttā’’^eb^ti. Yadi na cakkhusotaviññeyyā, pāḷiyaṃ kathaṃ tathā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘yathā panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kāyavacīsamācārāpi^eb^^b^saṃkiliṭṭhāyeva nāma^eb^ saṃkiliṭṭhacittasamuṭṭhānato. Bhavati hi taṃhetukepi tadupacāro yathā ‘‘semho guḷo’’ti. ‘‘Mā me idaṃ asāruppaṃ paro aññāsī’’ti pana ^b^paṭicchannatāya na na upalabbhanti. ‘‘Na kho mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato kiñci garahāmā’’^eb^ti vatvā garahitabbābhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhagavā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Abhāvitamaggassa hi garahitabbatā nāma siyā, na bhāvitamaggassa. ^b^Esa^eb^ uttaro māṇavo ‘‘buddhampi garahitvā pakkamissāmī’’ti katvā anubandhi. ^b^Evaṃ cintesi^eb^ mahābhinikkhamanadivase attano vacane aṭṭhitattā. ^b^Kiñci vajjaṃ apassanto^eb^ māro evamāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Satta vassāni bhagavantaṃ, anubandhiṃ padāpadaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ, sambuddhassa satīmato’’ti. (su. ni. 448);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāle kaṇhā, kāle sukkā^eb^ti yathāsamādinnaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ parisuddhaṃ katvā pavattetuṃ asakkontassa kadāci kaṇhā aparisuddhā kāyasamācārādayo, kadāci sukkā parisuddhāti evaṃ antarantarā byāmissavasena ^a^M2.0300^ea^^b^vomissakā. Nikkilesā^eb^ti nirupakkilesā anupakkiliṭṭhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anavajjaṃ^eb^ vajjarahitattā. ^b^Dīgharatta^eb^nti accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Samāpanno^eb^ti sammā āpanno samaṅgībhūto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samannāgato’’^eb^ti. Attanā katassa asāruppassa paṭicchādanatthaṃ ^b^āraññako^eb^^a^V2.0279^ea^^b^viya hutvā. Tassa parihāra^eb^nti uḷārehi pūjāsakkārehi manussehi tassa parihariyamānataṃ. ^b^Atidappito^eb^ti evaṃ manussānaṃ sambhāvanāya ativiya datto gabbito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na ittarasamāpannoti jānāti^eb^. Kasmā? Sīlaṃ nāma dīghena addhunā jānitabbaṃ, na ittarena. Idāni anekajātisamudācāravasena tathāgato imaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ dīgharattaṃ samāpanno, tañcassa ativiya acchariyanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anacchariyaṃ ceta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Araññagāmake^eb^ti araññapadese ekasmiṃ khuddakagāme. Tattha nesaṃ divase divase piṇḍāya caraṇassa avicchinnataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘piṇḍāya carantī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pivantī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Dullabhaloṇo hoti^eb^ samuddassa dūratāya.<br/><br/>[03]Tadā kira videharaṭṭhe soḷasa gāmasahassāni mahantāneva. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘hitvā gāmasahassāni, paripuṇṇāni soḷasā’’^eb^ti. Idāni kasmā ^b^‘‘sannidhiṃ dāni kubbasī’’^eb^ti maṃ ghaṭṭethāti vatthukāmo taṃ anāvikatvā ^b^‘‘loṇa…pe… na karothā’’^eb^ti āha. Gandhāro tassādhippāyaṃ vibhāvetukāmo ^b^‘‘kiṃ mayā kataṃ vedehīsī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Itaro attano adhippāyaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘hitvā’’^eb^ti gāthamāha. Itaro ^b^‘‘dhammaṃ bhaṇāmī’’^eb^ti gāthanti evaṃ sabbāpi nesaṃ vacanapaṭivacanagāthā. Tattha ^b^pasāsasī^eb^ti ghaṭṭento viya anusāsasi. ^b^Na pāpamupalimpati^eb^ cittappakopābhāvato. ^b^Mahatthiya^eb^nti mahāatthasaṃhitaṃ. ^b^No ce assa sakā buddhī^eb^tiādi vedehaisino – ‘‘ācariyo mama hitesitāya ṭhatvā dhammaṃ eva bhaṇatī’’ti yoniso ummujjanākāradassanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evañca pana vatvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ñattā’’ti loke ñāyati vissutoti ñāto, ñātassa bhāvo ^b^ñattaṃ. Ajjhāpanno^eb^ti upagato. Ñatta-ggahaṇena patthaṭayasatā vibhāvitāti ^a^M2.0301^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘yasañca parivārasampatti’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ki^eb^nti kiṃpayojanaṃ, ko ettha dosoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tattha tattha vijjhanto^eb^ti yasamadena parivāramadena ca matto hutvā gāmepi vihārepi janavivittepi saṅghamajjhepi aññe bhikkhū ghaṭṭento ‘‘mayhaṃ nāma pādā itaresaṃ pādaphusanaṭṭhānaṃ phusantī’’ti aphusitukāmatāya aggapādena bhūmiṃ phusanto viya carati. ^b^Onamatī^eb^ti nivātavuttitāya avanamati anuddhato atthaddho hoti. ^b^Akiñcanabhāva^eb^nti ‘‘pabbajitena nāma akiñcanañāṇena ^a^V2.0280^ea^ samapariggahena bhavitabba’’nti akiñcanajjhāsayaṃ paṭiavekkhitvā. ^b^Lābhepi tādī, alābhepi tādī^eb^ti yathā alābhakāle lābhassa laddhakālepi tathevāti tādī ekasadiso. ^b^Yase^eb^ satipi mahāparivārakālepi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhayo hutvā uparato^eb^ti nibbhayo hutvā bhayassa abhāveneva oramitabbato uparato bhayahetūnaṃ pahīnattā. Tañca kho na katipayakālaṃ, atha kho accantameva uparatoti ^b^accantūparato^eb^. Atha kho bhāyitabbavatthuṃ avekkhitvā tato ^b^bhayena uparato^eb^. Kilesā eva bhāyitabbato ^b^kilesabhayaṃ^eb^. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Satta sekkhā^eb^ti satta sekkhāpi bhayūparatā, pageva puthujjanoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Thaṇḍilapīṭhaka^eb^nti thaṇḍilamañcasadisaṃ pīṭhakanti attho. ^b^Nissāyā^eb^ti apassāya taṃ apassāyaṃ katvā. Dvinnaṃ majjhe thaṇḍilapīṭhakā dvāre ṭhatvā olokentassa nevāsikabhikkhussa na paññāyi. ^b^Asaññatanīhārenā^eb^ti na saññatākārena. ‘‘Maṃ bhāyanto heṭṭhāmañcaṃ paviṭṭho bhavissatī’’ti heṭṭhāmañcaṃ ^b^oloketvā. Ukkāsi^eb^ ‘‘bahi gacchanto akkositvā mā apuññaṃ pasavī’’ti. ^b^Adhivāsetu^eb^nti tādisaṃ iddhānabhāvaṃ disvāpi paṭapaṭāyanto attano kodhaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khayenevā^eb^ti rāgassa accantakkhayeneva vītarāgattā. ^b^Na paṭisaṅkhāya vāretvā^eb^ti na paṭisaṅkhānabalena rāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ nivāretvā vītarāgattā. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^ vuttappakārena. Kāyasamācārādīnaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhānaṃ vītikkamiyānañca abhāvaṃ ācārassa vodānaṃ cirakālasamāciṇṇatāya ñātassa sahitabhāvepi anupakkiliṭṭhatāya abhayūparatabhāvasamannesanāya ākarīyati ñāpetuṃ icchito attho pakārato ñāpīyati etehīti ^b^ākārā,^eb^^a^M2.0302^ea^ upapattisādhanakāraṇāni. Tāni pana yasmā attano yathānumatassa atthassa ñāpakabhāvena vavatthīyanti, tasmā tāni tesaṃ mūlakāraṇabhūtāni anumānañāṇāni ca dassento bhagavā – ‘‘ke panāyasmato ākārā ke anvayā’’ti avocāti imamatthaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘ākārāti kāraṇāni, anvayāti anubuddhiyo’’^eb^ti āha. Yathā hi loke diṭṭhena dhūmena adiṭṭhaṃ aggiṃ anveti anumānato jānāti, evaṃ vīmaṃsako bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavā ekekavihāresu suppaṭipannesu duppaṭipannesu ca yathā ekasadisatādassanena abhayūparatataṃ anveti anumānato jānāti, suppaṭipannaduppaṭipannapuggalesu anussādanānapasādanappattāya satthu aviparītadhammadesanatāya sammāsambuddhataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca anveti anumānato jānāti, evaṃ jānanto ca abhayūparato tathāgato sabbadhi vītarāgattā, yo ^a^V2.0281^ea^ yattha vītarāgo, na so tannimittaṃ kiñci bhayaṃ passati seyyathāpi brahmā kāmabhavanimittaṃ, tathā sammāsambuddho bhagavā aviparītadhammadesanattā, svākhāto dhammo ekantaniyyānikattā, suppaṭipanno saṅgho aveccappasannattā’’ti vatthuttayaṃ guṇato yāthāvato jānāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gaṇabandhanenā^eb^ti ‘‘mama saddhivihārikā mama antevāsikā’’ti evaṃ gaṇe apekkhāsaṅkhātena bandhanena baddhā payuttā. ^b^Tāya tāya paṭipattiyā^eb^ti ‘‘sugatā duggatā’’ti vuttāya suppaṭipattiyā duppaṭipattiyā ca. ^b^Ussādanā^eb^ti guṇavasena ukkaṃsanā. ^b^Apasādanā^eb^ti hīḷanā. Ubhayattha ^b^gehassitavasenā^eb^ti iminā sammāpaṭipattiyā paresaṃ uyyojanatthaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍito, bhikkhave, mahākaccāno’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.205; 3.285, 322) guṇato ukkaṃsanampi āyatiṃ saṃvarāya yathāparādhaṃ garahaṇampi na nivāreti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^489^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vīmaṃsakassapi adhippāyo vīmaṃsanavasena pavatto. ^b^Mūlavīmaṃsako^eb^ hetuvāditāya. Gaṇṭhivīmaṃsakassa anussutibhāvato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘parasseva kathāya niṭṭhaṅgato’’^eb^ti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘parassa cetopariyāyaṃ ajānantenā’’ti. ^b^Tathāgatova paṭipucchitabbo^eb^ti iminā pubbe sādhāraṇato vuttaṃ anumānaṃ ukkaṃsaṃ pāpetvā vadati. Ukkaṃsagatañhetaṃ anumānaṃ, yadidaṃ sabbaññuvacanaṃ avisaṃvādaṃ sāmaññato aputhujjanagocarassa ^a^M2.0303^ea^ atthassa anumānato. Tividho hi attho, koci paccakkhasiddho, yo rūpādidhammānaṃ paccattavedaniyo aniddisitabbākāro. Koci anumānasiddho, yo ghaṭādīsu pasiddhena paccayāyattabhāvena sādhiyamāno saddādīnaṃ aniccatādiākāro. Koci okappanasiddho, yo pacurajanassa accantamadiṭṭho saddhāvisayo paralokanibbānādi. Tattha yassa satthuno vacanaṃ paccakkhasiddhe anumānasiddhe ca atthe na visaṃvādeti aviparītappavattiyā, tassa vacanena saddheyyatthasiddhi, saddheyyarūpā eva ca yebhuyyena satthuguṇā accantasambhavato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Esa mayhaṃ patho^eb^ti yvāyaṃ ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlasaṅkhāto mayhaṃ oramattako guṇo, esa aparacittaviduno vīmaṃsakassa bhikkhuno mama jānanapatho jānanamaggo. ^b^Esa gocaro^eb^ti eso ettako eva tassa mayi gocaro, na ito paraṃ. Tathā hi ^b^brahmajālepi^eb^ (dī. ni. 1.7) bhagavatā ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlameva niddiṭṭhaṃ. ^b^Etāpātho^eb^ti ettakāpātho. Yo sīle patiṭṭhito ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’ti, ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’’ti taṇhāya parāmasanto, tassa ^a^V2.0282^ea^ visesabhāgiyatāya, nibbedhabhāgiyatāya vā akāraṇena taṇhaṃ anativattanato so tammayo nāma. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na tammayo na sataṇho’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Sutassa uparūpari visesāvahabhāvena ^b^uttaruttarañceva^eb^ tassa ca visesassa anukkamena paṇītatarabhāvato ^b^paṇītatarañca katvā deseti. Savipakkhanti^eb^ pahātabbapahāyakabhāvena sappaṭipakkhaṃ. ^b^Kaṇhaṃ paṭibāhitvā sukka^eb^nti idaṃ dhammajātaṃ kaṇhaṃ nāma, imassa pahāyakaṃ idaṃ sukkaṃ nāmāti evaṃ kaṇhaṃ paṭibāhitvā sukkaṃ. ^b^Sukkaṃ paṭibāhitvā kaṇha^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Idha pana ‘‘iminā pahātabba’’nti vattabbaṃ. ^b^Saussāha^eb^nti sabyāpāraṃ. Kiriyamayacittānañhi anupacchinnāvijjātaṇhāmānādike santāne sabyāpāratā saussāhatā, savipākadhammatāti attho. ^b^Tasmiṃ desite dhamme^eb^ti tasmiṃ satthārā desite lokiyalokuttaradhamme. ^b^Ekaccaṃ^eb^ ekadesabhūtaṃ maggaphalanibbānasaṅkhātaṃ ^b^paṭivedhadhammaṃ abhiññāya^eb^ abhivisiṭṭhāya maggapaññāya jānitvā. ^b^Paṭivedhadhammena maggena. Desanādhamme^eb^ti desanāruḷhe pubbabhāgiye bodhipakkhiyadhamme ^b^niṭṭhaṃ gacchati^eb^ – ‘‘addhā imāya ^a^M2.0304^ea^ paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇato muccissāmī’’ti. Pubbe pothujjanikasaddhāyapi pasanno, tato ^b^bhiyyosomattāya^eb^ aviparītadhammadesano ^b^sammāsambuddho so bhagavāti satthari pasīdati. Niyyānikattā^eb^ti vaṭṭadukkhato eva tato niyyānāvahattā. ^b^Vaṅkādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena aññaṃ asāmīcipariyāyaṃ sabbaṃ dosaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^490^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imehi satthuvīmaṃsanakāraṇehī^eb^ti ‘‘parisuddhakāyasamācāratādīhi ceva uttaruttaripaṇītapaṇītāviparītadhammadesanāhi cā’’ti imehi yathāvuttehi satthūpaparikkhanakāraṇehi. ^b^Akkharasampiṇḍanapadehī^eb^ti tesaṃyeva kāraṇānaṃ sambodhanehi akkharasamudāyalakkhaṇehi padehi. ^b^Idha vuttehi akkharehī^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte vuttehi yathāvuttassa atthassa abhibyañjanato byañjanasaññitehi akkharehi. ^b^Okappanā^eb^ti saddheyyavatthuṃ okkantitvā pasīdanato okappanalakkhaṇā. ^b^Saddhāya mūlaṃ nāmā^eb^ti aveccappasādabhūtāya saddhāya mūlaṃ nāma kāraṇanti saddahanassa kāraṇaṃ parisuddhakāyasamācārādikaṃ. ^b^Thirā^eb^ paṭipakkhasamucchedena suppatiṭṭhitattā. ^b^Harituṃ na sakkā^eb^ti apanetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā. Itaresu samaṇabrāhmaṇadevesu vattabbameva natthīti āha ^b^‘‘samitapāpasamaṇena vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Buddhānaṃ ^a^V2.0283^ea^ kesañci sāvakānañca vibādhanatthaṃ māro upagacchatī’’ti sutapubbattā ^b^‘‘ayaṃ māro āgato’’^eb^ti cintesi. Ānubhāvasampannena ariyasāvakena pucchitattā ^b^musāvādaṃ kātuṃ nāsakkhi. Ete^eb^ti yathāvutte samitapāpasamaṇādayo ṭhapetvā. ^b^Sabhāvasamannesanā^eb^ti yāthāvasamannesanā aviparītavīmaṃsā. ^b^Sabhāvenevā^eb^ti sabbhāveneva yathābhūtaguṇato eva. ^b^Suṭṭhu^eb^ sammadeva. ^b^Samannesito^eb^ti upaparikkhito. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Vīmaṃsakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 154
title: vīmaṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā^kosambiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^491^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0284^ea^ yasmā kosambarukkhavatī, tasmā nagaraṃ kosambītisaṅkhamagamāsi. Kusambassa vā isino nivāsabhūmi kosambī, tassāvidūre bhavattā nagaraṃ ^b^kosambī^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ghositaseṭṭhinā^eb^^a^M2.0305^ea^^b^kārite ārāme^eb^ti ettha ko ghositaseṭṭhi, kathañcānena ārāmo kāritoti antolīnāya codanāya vissajjane samudāgamato paṭṭhāya ghositaseṭṭhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘addilaraṭṭhaṃ nāma ahosī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Kedāraparicchinna^eb^nti tattha tattha kedārabhūmiyā paricchinnaṃ. ^b^Gacchanto^eb^ti kedārapāḷiyā gacchanto. ^b^Pahūtapāyasa^eb^nti pahūtataraṃ pāyasaṃ, taṃ pana garu siniddhaṃ antarāmagge appāhāratāya mandagahaṇiko samāno jīrāpetuṃ nāsakkhi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jīrāpetuṃ asakkonto’’^eb^tiādi. Yasavati rūpavati ^b^kulaghare nibbatti. Ghositaseṭṭhi nāma jāto^eb^ti evamettha saṅkhepeneva ghositaseṭṭhivatthuṃ katheti, vitthāro pana ^b^dhammapadavatthumhi^eb^ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu) vuttanayeneva veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upasaṃkappanavasenā^eb^ti upasaṅkappananiyāmena. ^b^Āhāraparikkhīṇakāyassā^eb^ti āhāranimittaparikkhīṇakāyassa, āhārakkhayena parikkhīṇakāyassāti attho. ^b^Suññāgāre^eb^ti janavivitte phāsukaṭṭhāne.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kalahassa pubbabhāgo bhaṇḍanaṃ nāmā^eb^ti kalahassa hetubhūtā paribhāsā taṃsadisī ca aniṭṭhakiriyā bhaṇḍanaṃ nāma. ^b^Hatthaparāmāsādivasenā^eb^ti kujjhitvā aññamaññassa hatthe gahetvā parāmasanāccantabandhanādivasena. ‘‘Ayaṃ dhammo’’tiādinā viruddhavādabhūtaṃ āpannāti ^b^vivādāpannā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘viruddhabhūta’’^eb^ntiādi. Mukhasannissitatāya vācā idha ‘‘mukha’’nti adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘mukhasattīhīti vācāsattīhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saññatti^eb^nti saññāpanaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo’’ti saññāpetabbataṃ. ^b^Nijjhatti^eb^nti yāthāvato tassa nijjhānaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana ^b^‘‘saññattivevacanameveta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sace hoti desessāmī^eb^ti subbacatāya sikkhākāmatāya ca āpattiṃ passi. ^b^Natthi te āpattī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0285^ea^ anāpattipakkhopi ettha sambhavatīti adhippāyenāha. Sā panāpatti eva. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi ahosī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^492^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kalahabhaṇḍanavasenā^eb^ti kalahabhaṇḍanassa nimittavasena. ^b^Yathānusandhināva gata^eb^nti kalahabhaṇḍanānaṃ sāraṇīyadhammapaṭipakkhattā tadupasamāvahā ^a^M2.0306^ea^ heṭṭhādesanāya anurūpāva uparidesanāti yathānusandhināva uparisuttadesanā pavattā. ^b^Saritabbayuttā^eb^ti anussaraṇārahā. ^b^Sabrahmacārīna^eb^nti sahadhammikānaṃ. Piyaṃ piyāyitabbaṃ karontīti ^b^piyakaraṇā^eb^. Garuṃ garuṭṭhāniyaṃ karontīti ^b^garukaraṇā. Saṅgahaṇatthāyā^eb^ti saṅgahavatthuvisesabhāvato sabrahmacārīnaṃ saṅgaṇhanāya saṃvattantīti sambandho. ^b^Avivādanatthāyā^eb^ti saṅgahavatthubhāvato eva na vivādanāya. Sati ca avivādanahetubhūtasaṅgāhaṇatte tesaṃ vasena sabrahmacārīnaṃ samaggabhāvo bhedābhāvo siddhoyevāti āha ^b^‘‘sāmaggiyā’’^eb^tiādi. Mijjati siniyhati etāyāti mettā, mittabhāvo, mettā etassa atthīti ^b^mettaṃ,^eb^ kāyakammaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā mettāsahagatacittasamuṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mettacittena kattabbaṃ kāyakamma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Imāni^eb^ mettakāyakammādīni ^b^bhikkhūnaṃ vasena āgatāni^eb^ pāṭhe bhikkhūhi paccupaṭṭhapetabbatāvacanato. ^b^Bhikkhu^eb^ggahaṇeneva cettha sesasahadhammikānampi gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Bhikkhuno sabbampi anavajjakāyakammaṃ ābhisamācārikakammantogadhamevāti āha – ^b^‘‘mettacittena…pe… kāyakammaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti. Vattavasena pavattiyamānā cetiyabodhīnaṃ vandanā mettāsadisīti katvā tadatthāya gamanaṃ mettaṃ kāyakammanti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena cetiyabodhibhikkhūsu vuttāvasesāpacāyanādiṃ mettāvasena pavattaṃ kāyikaṃ kiriyaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tepiṭakampi buddhavacanaṃ^eb^ kathiyamānanti adhippāyo. ^b^Tīṇi sucaritāni^eb^ kāyavacīmanosucaritāni. ^b^Cintana^eb^nti iminā evaṃ cintanamattampi mettaṃ manokammaṃ, pageva vidhipaṭipannā bhāvanāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sahāyabhāvūpagamanaṃ^eb^ tesaṃ purato. Tesu karontesuyeva hi sahāyabhāvūpagamanaṃ ^b^sammukhā kāyakammaṃ nāma^eb^ hoti. Kevalaṃ ‘‘devo’’ti avatvā guṇehi thirabhāvajotanaṃ ^b^devatthero^eb^ti vacanaṃ ^b^paggayha vacanaṃ^eb^. Mamattabodhanaṃ vacanaṃ ^b^mamāyanavacanaṃ^eb^. Ekantatirokkhakassa manokammassa sammukhatā nāma viññattisamuṭṭhāpanavaseneva hoti, tañca kho loke kāyakammanti pākaṭaṃ paññātaṃ hatthavikārādiṃ anāmasitvā eva ^a^M2.0307^ea^ dassento ^b^‘‘nayanāni ummīletvā’’^eb^ti āha. Tathā hi vacībhedavasena pavatti na gahitā.<br/><br/>[03]Laddhapaccayā ^a^V2.0286^ea^ labbhantīti ^b^lābhā,^eb^ parisuddhāgamanā paccayā. Na sammā gayhamānāpi na dhammaladdhā nāma na hontīti tappaṭisedhanatthaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘dhammaladdhā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Deyyaṃ dakkhiṇeyyañca appaṭivibhattaṃ katvā bhuñjatīti ^b^appaṭivibhattabhogī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dve paṭivibhattāni nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Cittena vibhajana^eb^nti etena – ‘‘cittuppādamattenapi vibhajanaṃ paṭivibhattaṃ nāma, pageva payogato’’ti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭiggaṇhantova…pe… passatī^eb^ti iminā āgamanato paṭṭhāya sādhāraṇabuddhiṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ hissa sādhāraṇabhogitā sukarā, sāraṇīyadhammo cassa supūro hoti. ^b^Vatta^eb^nti sāraṇīyadhammapūraṇavattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dātabba^eb^nti avassaṃ dātabbaṃ. Attano palibodhavasena sapalibodhasseva pūretuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā odissakadānampissa na sabbattha vāritanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tena panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Adātumpī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena dussīlassapi atthikassa sati sambhave dātabbanti dasseti. Dānañhi nāma kassaci na nivāritaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahāgirigāmo nāma^eb^ nāgadīpapasse eko gāmo. ^b^Sāraṇīyadhammo me, bhante, pūrito…pe… pattagataṃ na khīyatī^eb^ti āha tesaṃ kukkuccavinodanatthaṃ. Taṃ sutvā tepi therā ‘‘sāraṇīyadhammapūrako aya’’nti abbhaññaṃsu. Daharakāle eva kiresa sāraṇīyadhammapūrako ahosi, tassā ca paṭipattiyā avañjhabhāvavibhāvanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘ete mayhaṃ pāpuṇissantī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Ahaṃ sāraṇīyadhammapūrikā, mama pattapariyāpannenapi sabbāpimā bhikkhuniyo yāpessantīti āha ^b^‘‘mā tumhe tesaṃ gatabhāvaṃ cintayitthā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sattasu āpattikkhandhesu ādimhi vā ante vā, vemajjhe^eb^ti ca idaṃ uddesāgatapāḷivasena vuttaṃ. Na hi añño koci āpattikkhandhānaṃ anukkamo atthi. ^b^Pariyante chinnasāṭako viyā^eb^ti vatthante, dasante vā chinnavatthaṃ viya. ^b^Khaṇḍa^eb^nti khaṇḍavantaṃ, khaṇḍitaṃ vā. ^b^Chidda^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo ^a^M2.0308^ea^. Visabhāgavaṇṇena upaḍḍhaṃ, tatiyabhāgaṃ vā sambhinnavaṇṇaṃ ^b^sabalaṃ,^eb^ visabhāgavaṇṇeheva pana bindūhi antarantarā vimissaṃ ^b^kammāsaṃ,^eb^ ayaṃ imesaṃ viseso. ^b^Taṇhādāsabyato mocana^eb^vacaneneva tesaṃ sīlānaṃ vivaṭṭupanissayatamāha. ^b^Bhujissabhāvakaraṇato^eb^ti iminā bhujissakarāni bhujissānīti uttarapadalopenāyaṃ niddesoti dasseti. Aviññūnaṃ appamāṇatāya ^a^V2.0287^ea^^b^‘‘viññuppasatthānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Taṇhādiṭṭhīhi aparāmaṭṭhattā^eb^ti – ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’’ti taṇhāparāmāsena – ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena devo hutvā tattha nicco dhuvo sassato bhavissāmī’’ti diṭṭhiparāmāsena ca aparāmaṭṭhattā. ^b^Parāmaṭṭhu^eb^nti codetuṃ. Sīlaṃ nāma avippaṭisārādipārampariyena yāvadeva samādhisampādanatthanti āha ^b^‘‘samādhisaṃvattakānī’’^eb^ti. Samānabhāvo sāmaññaṃ, paripuṇṇacatupārisuddhibhāvena majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇassa viya bhedābhāvato sīlena sāmaññaṃ sīlasāmaññaṃ, taṃ gato upagatoti ^b^sīlasāmaññagato^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samānabhāvūpagatasīlo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yāyaṃ diṭṭhī^eb^ti yā ayaṃ diṭṭhi mayhañceva tumhākañca paccakkhabhūtā. Catusaccadassanaṭṭhena diṭṭhi, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā, sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā, sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti, ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti ca diṭṭhiyā sāmaññaṃ ^b^samānadiṭṭhibhāvaṃ. Aggaṃ^eb^ itaresaṃ sāraṇīyadhammānaṃ padhānabhāvato. Etasmiṃ sati sukhasiddhito tesaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ, tato eva tesaṃ saṅghāṭanikaṃ gopānasiyo aparipatante katvā saṅgaṇhāti dhāretīti ^b^saṅgāhikaṃ. Saṅghāṭa^eb^nti aggabhāvena saṅghāṭabhāvaṃ. Saṅghāṭanaṃ etesaṃ atthīti ^b^saṅghāṭanikaṃ,^eb^ saṅghāṭaniyanti vā pāṭho, saṅghāṭane niyuttanti vā saṅghāṭanikaṃ, ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā ^b^saṅghāṭaniyaṃ^eb^. Sāmaññato eva gahitattā napuṃsakaniddeso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^493^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paṭhamamaggasammādiṭṭhipi evaṃsabhāvā, aññamaggasammādiṭṭhīsu vattabbameva natthīti āha ^b^‘‘yāyaṃ sotāpattimaggadiṭṭhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ettāvatāpī^eb^ti ettakenapi rāgādīsu ekekena pariyuṭṭhitacittatāyapi ^b^pariyuṭṭhitacittoyeva nāma hoti,^eb^ pageva dvīhi, bahūhi vā pariyuṭṭhitacittatāya. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbesu aṭṭhasupi vāresu. ^b^Suṭṭhu ṭhapita^eb^nti yathā maggabhāvanā upari saccābhisambodho hoti, evaṃ sammā ṭhapitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saccānaṃ bodhāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Taṃ ñāṇa^eb^nti ^a^M2.0309^ea^ ‘‘natthi kho me taṃ pariyuṭṭhāna’’ntiādinā pavattaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ. ^b^Ariyānaṃ hotī^eb^ti ariyānameva hoti. Tesañhi ekadesatopi pahīnaṃ vattabbataṃ arahati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na puthujjanāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ariyanti vuttaṃ^eb^ ‘‘ariyesu jāta’’nti katvā. Lokuttarahetukatāya ^b^lokuttaranti vuttaṃ^eb^. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘yesaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi. Tathā hissa puthujjanehi asādhāraṇatā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puthujjanānaṃ pana abhāvato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbavāresū^eb^ti sabbesu itaresu chasu vāresu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^494^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccatta^eb^nti pāṭiyekkaṃ attani mama citteyeva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano citte’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Paccattaṃ ^a^V2.0288^ea^ attano citte nibbutiṃ kilesavūpasamaṃ labhāmī’’ti imamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^495^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘yathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato’’ti imassa atthassa paccāmasananti āha ^b^‘‘tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyāti evarūpāya sotāpattimaggadiṭṭhiyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^496^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabhāvenā^eb^ti niyatapañcasikkhāpadatādisabhāvena. ^b^Saṅghakammavasenā^eb^ti mānattacariyādisaṅghakammavasena. ^b^Daharo^eb^ti bālo. ^b^Kumāro^eb^ti dārako. Yasmā daharo ‘‘kumāro’’ti ca ‘‘yuvā’’ti ca vuccati, tasmā ^b^mando^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Mandindriyatāya hi ^b^mando^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cakkhusotādīnaṃ mandatāyā’’^eb^ti. Evampi yuvāvatthāpi keci mandindriyā hontīti tannivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘uttānaseyyako’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yadi uttānaseyyako, kathamassa aṅgārakkamananti? Yathā tathā aṅgārassa phusanaṃ idha ‘‘akkamana’’nti adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘ito cito cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Manussāna^eb^nti mahallakamanussānaṃ. ^b^Na sīghaṃ hattho jhāyati^eb^ kathinahatthatāya. ^b^Khippaṃ paṭisaṃharati^eb^ mudutaluṇasarīratāya. ^b^Adhivāseti^eb^ kiñci payojanaṃ apekkhitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^497^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uccāvacānī^eb^ti mahantāni ceva khuddakāni ca. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti sudhākammādimhiyeva. ^b^Kasāvapacanaṃ^eb^ sudhādisaṅkharaṇatthaṃ, ^b^udakānayanaṃ^eb^ dhovanādiatthaṃ, haliddivaṇṇadhātulepanatthaṃ ^b^kucchakaraṇaṃ. Bahalapatthano^eb^ti daḷhachando. ^b^Vacchaka^eb^nti nibbattadhenupagavacchaṃ. ^b^Apacinātī^eb^ti apavindati, āloketīti ^a^M2.0310^ea^ attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apaloketī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tanninno hotī^eb^ti adhisīlasikkhādininnova hoti uccāvacānampi kiṃkaraṇīyānaṃ cārittasīlassa pūraṇavaseneva karaṇato, yonisomanasikāravaseneva ca tesaṃ paṭipajjanato. ^b^Therassa santike aṭṭhāsi^eb^ yonisomanasikārābhāvato ‘‘taṃ taṃ samullapissāmī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^498^eb^^b^.^eb^ Balaṃ eva ^b^balatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘balena samannāgato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atthikabhāvaṃ katvā^eb^ti tena dhammena savisesaṃ atthikabhāvaṃ uppādetvā. ^b^Sakalacittenā^eb^ti desanāyāadimhi majjhe pariyosāneti sabbattheva pavattatāya sakalena anavasesena cittena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^500^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabhāvo^eb^ti ariyasāvakassa puthujjanehi asādhāraṇatāya āveṇiko sabhāvo. ^b^Suṭṭhu samannesito^eb^ti sammadeva upaparikkhito. ^b^Sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāyā^eb^ti sotāpattiphalassa sacchikaraṇena, sacchikatabhāvenāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sotāpattiphalasacchikatañāṇenā’’^eb^ti. Paṭhamamaggaphalassa ^a^V2.0289^ea^ paccavekkhaṇañāṇavisesā hete pavattiākārabhinnā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sattahi mahāpaccavekkhaṇañāṇehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayaṃ tāva ācariyānaṃ samānakathā^eb^ti ‘‘idamassa paṭhamaṃ ñāṇa’’ntiādinā vuttāni paccavekkhaṇañāṇāni, na maggañāṇānīti evaṃ pavattā paramparāgatā pubbācariyānaṃ samānā sādhāraṇā imissā pāḷiyā ^b^aṭṭhakathā^eb^ atthavaṇṇanā. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘lokuttaramaggo hi bahucittakkhaṇiko nāma natthī’’^eb^ti. Yadi so bahucittakkhaṇiko siyā nānābhisamayo, tathā sati saṃyojanattayādīnaṃ ekadesappahānaṃ pāpuṇātīti ariyamaggassa anantaraphalattā ekadesasotāpannatādibhāvo āpajjati, phalānaṃ vā anekabhāvo, sabbametaṃ ayuttanti tasmā ekacittakkhaṇikova ariyamaggo.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pana suttapadaṃ nissāya vitaṇḍavādī ariyamaggassa ekacittakkhaṇikataṃ paṭikkhipati, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘satta vassānīti hi vacanato’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Kilesā pana lahu…pe… chijjantī^eb^ti vadantena hi khippaṃ tāva kilesappahānaṃ, dandhapavattikā maggabhāvanāti paṭiññātaṃ hoti. Tattha sace maggassa bhāvanāya āraddhamattāya kilesā pahīyanti, sesā maggabhāvanā niratthakā siyā, atha pacchā kilesappahānaṃ, kilesā pana lahu ^a^M2.0311^ea^ chijjantīti idaṃ micchā, ‘‘sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāyā’’ti vakkhatīti. ^b^Tato^eb^ suttapaṭijānanato. ^b^Maggaṃ abhāvetvā^eb^ti ariyamaggaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā abhāvetvā. ^b^Attharasaṃ viditvā^eb^ti suttassa aviparīto attho eva attharaso, taṃ yāthāvato ñatvā. Evaṃ vitaṇḍavādivādaṃ bhinditvā vuttamevatthaṃ nigametuṃ ^b^‘‘imāni satta ñāṇānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Kosambiyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 155
title: kosambiyasuttavaṇṇanā^brahmanimantanikasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^501^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Sassato ^a^V2.0290^ea^ attā ca loko cā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.30) evaṃ pavattā diṭṭhi ^b^sassatadiṭṭhi^eb^ (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.175). ^b^Saha kāyenā^eb^ti saha tena brahmattabhāvena. ^b^Brahmaṭṭhāna^eb^nti attano brahmavatthuṃ. ^b^‘‘Aniccaṃ nicca’’nti vadati^eb^ aniccatāya attano apaññāyamānattā. ^b^Thira^eb^nti daḷhaṃ, vināsābhāvato sārabhūtanti attho. Uppādavipariṇāmābhāvato ^b^sadā vijjamānaṃ. Kevala^eb^nti paripuṇṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akhaṇḍa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kevala^eb^nti vā jātiādīhi amissaṃ, virahitanti adhippāyo. Uppādādīnaṃ abhāvato eva ^b^acavanadhammaṃ. Koci jāyanako vā…pe… upapajjanako vā natthi^eb^ niccabhāvato. Ṭhānena saddhiṃ tannivāsīnaṃ niccabhāvañhi so paṭijānāti. ^b^Tisso jhānabhūmiyo^eb^ti dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānabhūmiyo. Catutthajjhānabhūmivisesā hi asaññasuddhāvāsāruppabhavā. ^b^Paṭibāhatī^eb^ti santaṃyeva samānaṃ ajānantova natthīti paṭikkhipati. ^b^Avijjāya gato^eb^ti avijjāya saha gato pavatto. Sahayoge hi idaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samannāgato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññāṇī^eb^ti avidvā. Paññācakkhuvirahato andho bhūto, andhabhāvaṃ vā pattoti ^b^andhībhūto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^502^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tadā bhagavato subhagavane viharaṇassa avicchinnataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘subhagavane viharatīti ñatvā’’^eb^ti. Tattha pana tadāssa bhagavato adassanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘kattha nu kho gatoti olokento’’^eb^ti. ^b^Brahmalokaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā^eb^ti iminā katipayacittavāravasena tadā bhagavato ^a^M2.0312^ea^ brahmalokagamanaṃ jātaṃ, na ekacittakkhaṇenāti dasseti. Na cettha kāyagatiyā cittapariṇāmanaṃ adhippetaṃ – ‘‘seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyyā’’tiādivacanato (ma. ni. 1.501). Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ^b^Vichanda^eb^nti chandavigamaṃ. ^b^Apasādito^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā gāhassa viparivattanena santajjito. ‘‘Metamāsado’’ti vacanena ^b^upatthambho hutvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anvāvisitvā^eb^ti āvisanavasena tassa attabhāvaṃ adhibhavitvā. Tathā abhibhavato hi tassa sarīraṃ paviṭṭho viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sarīraṃ pavisitvā’’^eb^ti. Yañhi sattaṃ devayakkhanāgādayo āvisanti, tassa pākatikakiriyamayaṃ cittappavattiṃ nivāretvā attano iddhānubhāvena yaṃ icchitaṃ hasitalapitādi, taṃ tena kārāpenti, kārentā ca āviṭṭhapuggalassa cittavasena ^a^V2.0291^ea^ kārenti. ‘‘Attanovā’’ti na vattabbametaṃ acinteyyattā kammajassa iddhānubhāvassāti keci. Apare pana yathā tadā cakkhuviññāṇādipavatti āviṭṭhapuggalasseva, evaṃ kiriyamayacittapavattipi tasseva, āvesakānubhāvena pana sāmaññatā parivattati. Tathā hi mahānubhāvaṃ puggalaṃ te āvisituṃ na sakkonti, tikicchāvuṭṭhāpane pana chavasarīraṃ anupavisitvā satantaṃ karoti vijjānubhāvena. Korakhattiyādīnaṃ pana chavasarīrassa uṭṭhānaṃ vacīnicchāraṇañca kevalaṃ buddhānubhāvena. Acinteyyā hi buddhānaṃ buddhānubhāvāti. ^b^Abhibhavitvā ṭhito^eb^ti sakalalokaṃ attano ānubhāvena abhibhavitvā ṭhito. ^b^Jeṭṭhako^eb^ti padhāno, tādisaṃ vā ānubhāvasampannattā uttamo. Passatīti ^b^daso^eb^. Visesavacanicchāya abhāvato anavasesavisayo daso-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ passatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbajana^eb^nti laddhanāmaṃ sabbasattakāyaṃ. ^b^Vase vatteti,^eb^ seṭṭhattā nimmāpakattā ca attano vase vatteti. Lokassa īsanasīlatāya ^b^issaro^eb^. Sattānaṃ kammassa kārakabhāvena ^b^kattā^eb^. Thāvarajaṅgamavibhāgaṃ sakalaṃ lokaṃ nimmānetīti ^b^nimmātā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Guṇavisesena loke pāsaṃsattā ^b^seṭṭho^eb^. Tādiso ca ukkaṭṭhatamo hotīti āha ^b^‘‘uttamo’’^eb^ti. Sattānaṃ nimmānaṃ tathā tathā sajanaṃ visajanaṃ viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘tvaṃ khattiyo’’^eb^tiādi. Jhānādīsu attano citte ca ciṇṇavasittā ^b^vasī. Bhūtāna^eb^nti nibbattānaṃ. Bhavaṃ abhijātaṃ ^a^M2.0313^ea^ arahantīti bhabyā, sambhavesino, tesaṃ ^b^bhabyānaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṇḍajajalābujā sattā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Pathavīādayo niccā dhuvā sassatā. Ye tesaṃ ‘‘aniccā’’tiādinā garahakā jigucchā sattā, te ayathābhūtavāditāya matakāle apāyaniṭṭhā ahesuṃ. Ye pana pathavīādīnaṃ ‘‘niccā dhuvā’’tiādinā pasaṃsakā, te yathābhūtavāditāya brahmakāyūpagā ahesunti māro pāpimā anvayato byatirekato ca pathavīādimukhena saṅkhārānaṃ pariññāpaññāpane ādīnavaṃ vibhāveti tato vivecetukāmo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pathavīgarahakā’’^eb^tiādi. Ettha ca māro pathavīādidhātumahābhūtaggahaṇena manussalokaṃ, bhūtaggahaṇena cātumahārājike, devaggahaṇena avasesakāmadevalokaṃ, pajāpatiggahaṇena attano ṭhānaṃ, brahmaggahaṇena brahmakāyike gaṇhi. Ābhassarādayo pana avisayatāya eva anena aggahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā^eb^ti taṇhābhinandanāya diṭṭhābhinandanāya ca vasena. ‘‘Etaṃ mama, eso me attā’’ti ^b^abhinandino^eb^ abhinandakā, abhinandanasīlā vā. ^b^Brahmuno ovāde ṭhitānaṃ iddhānubhāvaṃ dassetī^eb^ti tesaṃ tattha sannipatitabrahmānaṃ iddhānubhāvaṃ tassa mahābrahmuno ovāde ṭhitattā nibbattaṃ katvā dasseti. ^b^Yasenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0292^ea^ ānubhāvena. ^b^Siriyā^eb^ti sobhāya. ^b^Maṃ brahmaparisaṃ upanesī^eb^ti yādisā brahmaparisā issariyādisampattiyā, tattha maṃ uyyojesi. ^b^Mahājanassa māraṇato^eb^ti mahājanassa vivaṭṭūpanissayaguṇavināsanena ānubhāvena māraṇato. ^b^Ayasa^eb^nti yasapaṭipakkhaṃ akittikammānubhāvañcāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^503^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kasiṇaṃ āyu^eb^nti vassasataṃ sandhāya vadati. Upanissāya setīti upasayo, upasayova ^b^opasāyiko^eb^ yathā ‘‘venayiko’’ti (ma. ni. 1.246; a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 8) āha ^b^‘‘samīpasayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saya^eb^ggahaṇañcettha nidassanamattanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘maṃ gacchanta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ vattanattho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Mama vatthusmiṃ sayanako^eb^ti mayhaṃ ṭhāne visaye vattanako. ^b^Bāhitvā^eb^ti nīcaṃ katvā, abhibhavitvā vā. ^b^Jajjharikāgumbato^eb^ti ettha ^b^jajjharikā^eb^ nāma pathaviṃ pattharitvā jātā ekā gacchajāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iminā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0314^ea^ ‘‘sace kho tvaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādivacanena. ^b^Esa^eb^ brahmā. ^b^Upalāpetī^eb^ti saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Apasādetī^eb^ti niggaṇhāti. ^b^Sesapadehī^eb^ti vatthusāyiko yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāhiteyyoti imehi padehi. ^b^Mayhaṃ ārakkhaṃ gaṇhissasī^eb^ti mama ārakkhako bhavissasi. ^b^Lakuṇḍakatara^eb^nti nīcataraṃ nihīnavuttisarīraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phusitumpi samatthaṃ kiñci na passati,^eb^ pageva ñāṇavibhavanti adhippāyo. ^b^Nipphatti^eb^nti nipphajjanaṃ, phalanti attho. Tañhi kāraṇavasena gantabbato adhigantabbato ^b^gatī^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Ānubhāva^eb^nti pabhāvaṃ. So hi jotanaṭṭhena virocanaṭṭhena ^b^jutī^eb^ti vuccati. Mahatā ānubhāvena paresaṃ abhibhavanato mahesoti akkhāyatīti ^b^mahesakkho^eb^. Tayidaṃ abhibhavanaṃ kittisampattiyā parivārasampattiyā cāti āha ^b^‘‘mahāyaso mahāparivāro’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariharantī^eb^ti sineruṃ dakkhiṇato katvā parivattanti. ^b^Disā^eb^ti bhummatthe etaṃ paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘disāsu virocamānā’’^eb^ti. Attano jutiyā dibbamānāya vā. ^b^Tehī^eb^ti candimasūriyehi. ^b^Tattakena pamāṇenā^eb^ti yattake candimasūriyehi obhāsiyamāno lokadhātusaṅkhāto eko loko, tattakena pamāṇena. Idaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ buddhānaṃ uppattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ padhānaṃ, tasmā yebhuyyena etthupapannā devatā aññesu cakkavāḷesu devatā abhibhuyya vattanti. Tathā hi brahmā sahampati dasasahassabrahmaparivāro bhagavato santikaṃ upagañchi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ettha cakkavāḷasahasse tuyhaṃ vaso vattatī’’^eb^ti. Idāni ^b^‘‘ettha te vattate vaso’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ vase vattanaṃ sarūpato ^a^V2.0293^ea^ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paroparañca jānāsī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha paṭhamagāthāyaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^ettha^eb^-saddaṃ ānetvā attho veditabboti dassento ^b^‘‘ettha cakkavāḷasahasse’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Uccanīce^eb^ti jātikularūpabhogaparivārādivasena uḷāre ca anuḷāre ca. ^b^Ayaṃ iddho^eb^^b^ayaṃ pakatimanusso^eb^ti iminā ‘‘sarūpato evassa sattānaṃ paroparajānanaṃ, na samudāgamato’’ti dasseti. Yaṃ pana vakkhati ^b^‘‘sattānaṃ āgatiṃ gati^eb^nti, taṃ kāmaloke sattānaṃ ādānanikkhepajānanamattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na kammavipākajānanaṃ. Yadi hi samudāgamato jāneyya, attanopi jāneyya, na cassa taṃ atthīti, tathā āha ^b^‘‘itthambhāvoti^eb^^a^M2.0315^ea^^b^idaṃ cakkavāḷa’’^eb^ntiādi. Rāgayogato rāgo etassa atthīti vā rāgo, virajjanasīlo virāgī, ^b^taṃ rāgavirāginaṃ. Sahassibrahmā nāma tvaṃ^eb^ cūḷaniyā eva lokadhātuyā jānanato. ^b^Tayā^eb^ti nissakke karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Catuhatthāyā^eb^ti anekahatthena sāṇipākārena kātabbapaṭappamāṇaṃ dīghato catuhatthāya, vitthārato dvihatthāya pilotikāya kātuṃ vāyamanto viya gopphake udake nimujjitukāmo viya ca pamāṇaṃ ajānanto vihaññatīti niggaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^504^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Taṃ kāya^eb^nti tadeva nikāyaṃ. ^b^Jānitabbaṭṭhānaṃ patvāpī^eb^ti anaññasādhāraṇā mayhaṃ sīlādayo guṇavisesā tāva tiṭṭhantu, īdisaṃ lokiyaṃ parittakaṃ jānitabbaṭṭhānampi patvā. Ayaṃ imesaṃ atisayena nīcoti nīceyyo, tassa bhāvo ^b^nīceyya^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘tayā nīcatarabhāvo pana mayhaṃ kuto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Heṭṭhūpapattiko^eb^ti uparūparito cavitvā heṭṭhā laddhūpapattiko. Evaṃ saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anuppanne buddhuppāde’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Heṭṭhūpapattikaṃ katvā^eb^ti heṭṭhūpapattikaṃ patthanaṃ katvā. Yathā kenaci bahūsu ānantariyesu katesu yaṃ tattha garutaraṃ balavaṃ, tadeva paṭisandhiṃ deti, itarāni pana tassa anubalappadāyakāni honti, na paṭisandhidāyakāni, evaṃ catūsu rūpajjhānesu bhāvitesu yaṃ tattha garutaraṃ chandapaṇidhiadhimokkhādivasena sābhisaṅkhārañca, tadeva ca paṭisandhiṃ deti, itarāni pana aladdhokāsatāya tassa anubalappadāyakāni honti, na paṭisandhidāyakāni, tannibbattitajjhāneneva āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hotīti āha ^b^‘‘tatiyajjhānaṃ paṇītaṃ bhāvetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti subhakiṇhabrahmaloke. Puna ^b^tatthā^eb^ti ābhassarabrahmaloke. ^b^Paṭhamakāle^eb^ti tasmiṃ bhave paṭhamasmiṃ kāle. ^b^Ubhaya^eb^nti atītaṃ attano nibbattaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha nibbattiyā hetubhūtaṃ attano katakammanti ubhayaṃ. ^b^Pamussitvā^eb^ kālassa ciratarabhāvato. ^b^Vītināmeti paṭipajjantī^eb^ti ca tadā tassā kiriyāya pavattikkhaṇaṃ upādāya pavattamānapayogo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apāyesī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0294^ea^ pāyesi. ^b^Pipāsite^eb^ti tasite. ^b^Ghammanī^eb^ti ghammakāle. ^b^Samparete^eb^ti ghammapariḷāhena pipāsāya abhibhūte. Nti pānīyadānaṃ. ^b^Vatasīlavatta^eb^nti samādānavasena vatabhūtaṃ cārittasīlabhāvena samāciṇṇattā ^a^M2.0316^ea^ sīlavattaṃ. ^b^Suttappabuddhova anussarāmī^eb^ti supitvā pabuddhamatto viya supinaṃ tava pubbanivutthaṃ mama pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena anussarāmi, sabbaññutaññāṇena viya paccakkhato passāmīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Karamare^eb^ti vilumpitvā ānīte. ^b^Kammasajja^eb^nti yuddhasajjaṃ, āvudhādāyininti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eṇīkūlasmi^eb^nti eṇīmigabāhullena ‘‘eṇīkūla’’nti saṅkhaṃ gate gaṅgāya tīrappadese. ^b^Gayhaka nīyamāna^eb^nti gayhavasena karamarabhāvena corehi attano ṭhānaṃ nīyamānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Āvāhavivāhavasena ^b^mittasanthavaṃ katvā^eb^. ‘‘Evaṃ amhesu kīḷantesu gaṅgeyyako nāgo kupito’’ti ^b^mayi saññampi na karontī^eb^ti. ^b^Susukāra^eb^nti susūti pavattaṃ bheravanāganissāsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gahītanāva^eb^nti viheṭhetukāmatāya gatinivāraṇavasena gahitaṃ niggahitaṃ nāvaṃ. ^b^Luddenā^eb^ti kurūrena. ^b^Manussakappā^eb^ti nāvāgatānaṃ manussānaṃ viheṭhetukāmatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Baddhacaro^eb^ti paṭibaddhacariyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘antevāsiko’’^eb^ti. ^b^Taṃ nissāyevā^eb^ti raññā upaṭṭhiyamānopi rājānaṃ pahāya taṃ kappaṃ antevāsiṃ nissāyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sambuddhimantaṃ vatinaṃ amaññī^eb^ti ayaṃ sammadeva buddhimā vatasampannoti amaññi sambhāvesi ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānattabhāvesū^eb^ti nānā visuṃ visuṃ attabhāvesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Addhā^eb^ti ekaṃsena. ^b^Mametamāyu^eb^nti mayhaṃ etaṃ yathāvuttaṃ tattha tattha bhave pavattaṃ āyuṃ. Na kevalaṃ mama āyumeva, atha kho ^b^aññampi^eb^ sabbaññeyyaṃ ^b^jānāsi,^eb^ na tuyhaṃ aviditaṃ nāma atthi. ^b^Tathā hi buddho^eb^ sammāsambuddho tuvaṃ. No ce kathamayamattho ñāto? ^b^Tathā hi^eb^ sammāsambuddhattā ^b^eva te ayaṃ jalito^eb^ jotamāno ^b^ānubhāvo obhāsayaṃ^eb^ sabbampi ^b^brahmalokaṃ^eb^ obhāsento dibbamāno ^b^tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti satthu asamasamataṃ pavedesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pathavattenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0317^ea^^a^V2.0295^ea^ pathavīattena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pathavīsabhāvenā’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca yasmā – ‘‘sabbasaṅkhārasamathoti’’ādinā (mahāva. 7; dī. ni. 2.64, 67; ma. ni. 1.281; saṃ. ni. 1.172) sādhāraṇato, ‘‘yattha neva pathavī’’ti asādhāraṇato ca pathaviyā asabhāvena nibbānassa gahetabbatā atthi, taṃ nivattetvā pathaviyā anaññasādhāraṇaṃ sabhāvaṃ gahetuṃ ^b^‘‘pathaviyā pathavattenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Nāpahosi^eb^nti na pāpuṇiṃ. Idha pathaviyā pāpuṇanaṃ nāma ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā gahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhimānaggāhehi na gaṇhi’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vāditāyā^eb^ti vādasīlatāya. ^b^Sabbanti akkharaṃ niddisitvā^eb^ti ‘‘sabbaṃ kho ahaṃ brahme’’tiādinā bhagavatā vuttaṃ sabba-saddaṃ – ‘‘sace kho te mārisa sabbassa sabbattena ananubhūta’’nti paccanubhāsanavasena niddisitvā. ^b^Akkhare dosaṃ gaṇhanto^eb^ti bhagavatā sakkāyasabbaṃ sandhāya sabba-sadde gahite sabbasabbavasena tadatthaparivattanena sabba-saddavacanīyatāsāmaññena ca dosaṃ gaṇhanto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘satthā panā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha yadi sabbaṃ ananubhūtaṃ ‘‘natthi sabba’’nti loke anavasesaṃ pucchati. Sace sabbassa sabbattena anavasesasabhāvena ananubhūtaṃ appattaṃ, taṃ gaganakusumaṃ viya kiñci na siyā. ^b^Athassa ananubhūtaṃ atthī^eb^ti assa sabbattena ananubhūtaṃ yadi atthi, ‘‘sabba’’nti idaṃ vacanaṃ micchā, sabbaṃ nāma taṃ na hotīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mā heva te rittakamevā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ahaṃ sabbañca vakkhāmi, ananubhūtañca vakkhāmī^eb^ti ahaṃ ‘‘sabba’’nti ca vakkhāmi, ‘‘ananubhūta’’nti ca vakkhāmi, ettha ko dosoti adhippāyo. ^b^Kāraṇaṃ āharanto^eb^ti sabbassa sabbattena ananubhūtassa atthibhāve kāraṇaṃ niddisanto. ^b^Vijānitabba^eb^nti maggaphalapaccavekkhaṇañāṇehi visesato sabbasaṅkhatavisiṭṭhatāya jānitabbaṃ. ^b^Anidassana^eb^nti idaṃ nibbānassa sanidassanaduke dutiyapadasahitatādassananti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘cakkhuviññāṇassa āpāthaṃ anupagamanato anidassanaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sabbasaṅkhatavidhuratāya vā natthi etassa nidassananti ^b^anidassanaṃ^eb^. Natthi etassa antoti ^b^anantaṃ^eb^. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tayida’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhūtānī^eb^ti paccayasambhūtāni. ^b^Asambhūta^eb^nti paccayehi asambhūtaṃ, nibbānanti attho. Apabhassarabhāvahetūnaṃ sabbaso abhāvā sabbato ^a^M2.0318^ea^ pabhāti ^b^sabbatopabhaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānato hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘‘tamo tattha na vijjatī’’ti. (Netti. 104) ^b^pabhūtamevā^eb^ti pakaṭṭhabhāvena ukkaṭṭhabhāvena vijjamānameva. Arūpībhāvena adesikattā sabbato pabhavati vijjatīti ^b^sabbatopabhaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puratthimadisādīsū’’^eb^tiādi. Pavisanti etthāti pavisaṃ, tadeva ^a^V2.0296^ea^ sa-kārassa bha-kāraṃ, vi-kārassa ca lopaṃ katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pabha’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘titthassa nāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vādaṃ patiṭṭhapesī^eb^ti evaṃ mayā sabbañca vuttaṃ, ananubhūtañca vuttaṃ, tattha yaṃ tayā adhippāyaṃ ajānantena sahasā appaṭisaṅkhāya dosaggahaṇaṃ, taṃ micchāti brahmānaṃ niggaṇhanto bhagavā attano vādaṃ patiṭṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gahitagahita^eb^nti ‘‘idaṃ nicca’’ntiādinā gahitagahitaṃ gāhaṃ. Tattha tattha dosadassanamukhena niggaṇhantena ^b^satthārā vissajjāpito kiñci gahetabbaṃ^eb^ attano paṭisaraṇaṃ ^b^adisvā^eb^ parājayaṃ paṭicchādetuṃ ^b^laḷitakaṃ^eb^^b^kātukāmo^eb^ vādaṃ pahāya iddhiyā pāṭihāriyalīḷaṃ dassetukāmo. ^b^Yadi sakkosi mayhaṃ antaradhāyituṃ,^eb^ na pana sakkhissasīti adhippāyo. ^b^Mūlapaṭisandhiṃ gantukāmo^eb^ti attano pākatikena attabhāvena ṭhātukāmo. So hi paṭisandhikāle nibbattasadisatāya mūlapaṭisandhīti vutto. ^b^Aññesa^eb^nti heṭṭhā aññakāyikānaṃ brahmūnaṃ. ^b^Na adāsi^eb^ abhisaṅkhatakāyenevāyaṃ tiṭṭhatu, na pākatikarūpenāti cittaṃ uppādesi. Tena so abhisaṅkhatakāyaṃ apanetuṃ avisahanto attabhāvapaṭicchādakaṃ andhakāraṃ nimminituṃ ārabhi. Satthā taṃ tamaṃ viddhaṃseti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mūlapaṭisandhiṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhavevāha^eb^nti bhave eva ahaṃ. Ayañca eva-saddo aṭṭhānapayuttoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘ahaṃ bhave bhayaṃ disvāyevā’’^eb^ti, sabbasmiṃ bhave jātiādibhayaṃ ñāṇacakkhunā yāthāvato disvā. ^b^Sattabhava^eb^nti sattasaṅkhātaṃ bhavaṃ. Kammabhavapaccaye hi upapattibhave sattasamaññā. ^b^Vibhava^eb^nti vimuttiṃ. Pariyesamānampi upāyassa anadhigatattā ^b^bhaveyeva disvā^eb^. ^b^Bhavañca vibhavesinaṃ^eb^ vibhavaṃ nibbutiṃ esamānānaṃ sattānaṃ bhavaṃ, bhavesu uppattiñca disvāti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Na abhivadi^eb^nti ‘‘aho vata sukha’’nti evaṃ abhivadāpanākārābhāvato na abhinivisiṃ, lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ. Gāhattho eva vā abhivāda-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘nābhivadi’’^eb^nti, ^b^‘‘na^eb^^a^M2.0319^ea^^b^gavesi’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bhava^eb^ggahaṇenettha dukkhasaccaṃ, ^b^nandī^eb^gahaṇena samudayasaccaṃ, ^b^vibhava^eb^ggahaṇena nirodhasaccaṃ, ^b^nandiñca na upādiyinti^eb^ iminā maggasaccaṃ pakāsitanti āha ^b^‘‘iti cattāri saccāni pakāsento’’^eb^ti. Tadidaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ gāthāya vibhāvanadassanaṃ. Satthā pana tesaṃ brahmūnaṃ ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ saccāni vitthārato pakāsento vipassanaṃ pāpetvā arahattena desanāya kūṭaṃ gaṇhi. Te ca brahmāno keci sotāpattiphale, keci sakadāgāmiphale, keci anāgāmiphale, keci arahatte ca patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saccāni pakāsento satthā dhammaṃ desesī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Acchariyajātā^eb^ti sañjātacchariyā. ^b^Samūlaṃ bhava^eb^nti taṇhāvijjāhi samūlaṃ bhavaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^505^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mama^eb^^a^V2.0297^ea^^b^vasaṃ ativattitānī^eb^ti sabbaso kāmadhātusamatikkamanapaṭipadāya mayhaṃ visayaṃ atikkamitāni. Kathaṃ panāyaṃ tesaṃ ariyabhūmisamokkamanaṃ jānātīti? Nayaggāhato – ‘‘samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desento saṃsāre ādīnavaṃ, nibbāne ca ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsento veneyyajanaṃ nibbānaṃ diṭṭhameva karoti, tassa desanā avañjhā amoghā indena vissaṭṭhavajirasadisā, tassa ca āṇāya ṭhitā saṃsāre na dissantevā’’ti nayaggāhena anumānena jānāti. ^b^Sace tvaṃ evaṃ anubuddho^eb^ti yathā tvaṃ paresaṃ saccābhisambodhaṃ vadati, evaṃ tvaṃ attano anurūpato sayambhuñāṇena buddho dhammaṃ paṭivijjhitvā ṭhito. ^b^Taṃ dhammaṃ mā upanayasī^eb^ti tayā paṭividdhadhammaṃ mā sāvakapaṭivedhaṃ pāpesi. ^b^Ida^eb^nti idaṃ anantaraṃ vuttaṃ brahmaloke patiṭṭhānaṃyeva sandhāya māro vadati, te dassento ^b^‘‘anuppanne hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Apāyapatiṭṭhānaṃ pana ājīvakanigaṇṭhādipabbajjaṃ upagate titthakare, ye keci vā pabbajitvā micchāpaṭipanne jane sandhāya vadati. ^b^Anuppanne^eb^ti asañjāte, appatteti attho. ^b^Anullapanatāyā^eb^ti yathā māro upari kiñci uttaraṃ lapituṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ tathā uttarabhāsanena. ^b^Nimantanavacanenā^eb^ti viññāpanavacanena. Brahmaṃ seṭṭhaṃ nimantanaṃ, brahmuno vā nimantanaṃ ettha atthīti ^b^brahmanimantanikaṃ,^eb^ suttaṃ. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Brahmanimantanikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 156
title: brahmanimantanikasuttavaṇṇanā^māratajjanīyasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^506^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭho^eb^ti ^a^M2.0320^ea^^a^V2.0298^ea^ āsayo vaccaguttaṭṭhānatāya koṭṭhaṃ, tassa abbhantarañhettha koṭṭhaṃ. Anurūpo hutvā paviṭṭho anupaviṭṭho. Sukhumañhi tadanucchavikaṃ attabhāvaṃ māpetvā ayaṃ tattha paviṭṭho. ^b^Garugaro viyā^eb^ti garukagaruko viya. U-kārassa hi o-kāraṃ katvā ayaṃ niddeso, ativiya garuko maññeti attho. Garugaru viya icceva vā pāṭho. Māsabhattaṃ māso uttarapadalopena, māsabhattena ācitaṃ pūritaṃ ^b^māsācitaṃ maññe^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘māsabhattaṃ bhuttassa kucchi viyā’’^eb^ti. Uttarapadalopena vinā atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘māsapūritapasibbako viyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tintamāso viyā^eb^ti tintamāso pasibbako viya. Kiṃ nu kho etaṃ mama kucchiyaṃ pubbaṃ bhārikattaṃ, kiṃ nu kho kathaṃ nu kho jātanti adhippāyo? ^b^Upāyenā^eb^ti pathena ñāyena. Byatirekato panassa anupāyaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sace panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Attānameva vā sandhāya ^b^‘‘mā tathāgataṃ vihesesī’’^eb^ti āha. Yathā hi ariyasaṅgho ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’tiādīsu (khu. pā. 6.18; su. ni. 241) ^b^tathāgato^eb^ti vuccati, evaṃ tappariyāpannā ariyapuggalā, yathā ca purimakā dutiyāggasāvakā kappānaṃ satasahassādhikaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā āgatā, ayampi mahāthero tathā āgatoti ^b^tathāgato^eb^ti. ^b^Patiaggaḷeva aṭṭhāsī^eb^ti aggaḷassa bahibhāge aṭṭhāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^507^eb^^b^.^eb^ Rukkhadevatā nāma cātumahārājikesu nihīno kāyo, tasmā nesaṃ manussagandho paricitattā nātijegucchoti āha ^b^‘‘ākāsaṭṭhadevatāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ābādhaṃ karotī^eb^ti dukkhaṃ janeti. ^b^Nāgariko^eb^ti sukumāro. ^b^Paricokkho^eb^ti sabbaso sucirūpo. ^b^Ñātikoṭi^eb^nti ñātibhāgaṃ. Anādimati hi saṃsāre ñātibhāgarahito nāma satto kassacipi natthīti adhippāyo. ^b^Ida^eb^nti ‘‘so me tvaṃ bhāgineyyo hosī’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ. ^b^Paveṇivasenā^eb^ti tadā mayhaṃ bhāgineyyo hutvā idāni māraṭṭhāne ṭhitoti imissā paveṇiyā vasena vuttaṃ. Aññassa vā vesamaṃ dhuro ^b^vidhuro^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aññehi saddhiṃ asadiso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Appadukkhenā^eb^ti sukheneva. Panthānaṃ ^a^M2.0321^ea^ avanti gacchantīti ^b^pathāvino. Ettakenā^eb^ti ettāvatā citakasannisayena. ^b^Udakaleṇa^eb^nti udakanissandanaleṇaṃ. ^b^Samāpattito^eb^ti nirodhasamāpattito. ^b^Samāpattiphala^eb^nti nirodhasamāpattiphalaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^508^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dasahi akkosavatthūhī^eb^ti dasahipi akkosavatthūhi, tato kiñci ahāpentā. ^b^Paribhāsathā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0299^ea^ garahatha. ^b^Ghaṭṭethā^eb^ti anūnāhi kathāhi imesu ovijjhatha. ^b^Dukkhāpethā^eb^ti citte dukkhaṃ janetha. ^b^Etesa^eb^nti tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tumhākaṃ akkosanādīhi bhikkhūnaṃ kilesuppattiyā. Tenettha ^b^dūsī māro^eb^ otāraṃ labhati nāmāti adhippāyo. Upaṭṭhātabbaṃ ibhaṃ arahantīti ibbhā, hatthibhaṇḍakā, hīnajīvikatāya hete ibbhā viyāti ^b^ibbhā,^eb^ te pana sadutiyakavasena ^b^‘‘gahapatikā’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Kaṇhā^eb^ti kaṇhābhijātikā. Pādato jātattā ^b^pādānaṃ apaccā. Ālasiyajātā^eb^ti kasivaṇijjādikammassa akaraṇena sañjātālasiyā. ^b^Gūthaniddhamanapanāḷī^eb^ti vaccakūpato gūthassa nikkhamapadeso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manussānaṃ akusalaṃ na bhaveyya^eb^ tesaṃ tādisāya abhisandhiyā abhāvato. Āvesakassa ānubhāvena āviṭṭhassa cittasantati viparivattatīti vuttovāyamattho. ^b^Visabhāgavatthu^eb^nti bhikkhūnaṃ santike itthirūpaṃ, bhikkhunīnaṃ santike purisarūpanti īdisaṃ, aññaṃ vā pabbajitānaṃ asāruppaṃ visabhāgavatthuṃ. ^b^Vippaṭisārārammaṇa^eb^nti passantānaṃ vippaṭisārassa paccayaṃ. ^b^Lepayaṭṭhi^eb^nti lepalittaṃ vākurayaṭṭhiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^510^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Somanassavasenā^eb^ti gehassitasomanassavasena. ^b^Aññathatta^eb^nti uppilāvitattaṃ. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘sace māro manussānaṃ sarīre adhimuccitvā’’tiādinā pubbe vuttanayena. Yadi mārova tathā kareyya, manussānaṃ kusalaṃ na bhaveyya, mārasseva bhaveyya, sarīre pana anadhimuccitvā tādisaṃ pasādanīyaṃ pasādavatthuṃ dassesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^511^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Asubhasaññāparicitenā^eb^ti sakalaṃ kāyaṃ asubhanti pavattāya saññāya sahagatajjhānaṃ asubhasaññā, tena paricitena paribhāvitena. ^b^Cetasā^eb^^a^M2.0322^ea^ cittena. ^b^Bahula^eb^nti abhiṇhaṃ. ^b^Viharato^eb^ti viharantassa, asubhasamāpattibahulassāti attho. ^b^Patilīyatī^eb^ti saṅkucati tattha paṭikūlatāya saṇṭhitattā. ^b^Patikuṭatī^eb^ti apasakkati. ^b^Pativattatī^eb^ti nivattati. Tato eva ^b^na sampasāriyati. Rasataṇhāyā^eb^ti madhurādirasavisayāya taṇhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbaloke anabhiratisaññā^eb^ti tīsupi bhavesu aruccanavasena pavattā vipassanābhāvanā. Nibbidānupassanā hesā. ^b^Lokacitresū^eb^ti hatthiassarathapāsādakūṭāgārādibhedesu ceva ārāmarāmaṇeyyakādibhedesu ca loke cittavicittesu. ^b^Rāgasantāni^eb^ vūpasantarāgāni. ^b^Dosamohasantānī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Imesaṃ evaṃ kammaṭṭhānaggahaṇaṃ sabbesaṃ sappāyabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^512^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sakkharaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0300^ea^^b^gahetvā^eb^ti sakkharāsīsena tattakaṃ bhinnapāsāṇamuṭṭhinti āha ^b^‘‘antomuṭṭhiyaṃ tiṭṭhanapamāṇaṃ pāsāṇa’’^eb^nti. Muṭṭhipariyāpannanti attho. Ayañhi pāsāṇassa heṭṭhimakoṭi. ^b^Hatthināgo^eb^ti mahāhatthī. Mahantapariyāyo ^b^nāga^eb^-saddoti keci. Ahināgādito vā visesanatthaṃ hatthināgoti vuttaṃ. Sakalasarīreneva nivattitvā apalokesīti vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Na vāya^eb^nti ettha ^b^vā^eb^-saddo avadhāraṇatthoti āha ^b^‘‘neva pamāṇaṃ aññāsī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sahāpalokanāyāti ca vacanato^eb^ti iminā vacanena imaṃ vacanamattaṃ gahetvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Uḷāre^eb^ti uḷāraguṇe. Bhagavantañhi ṭhapetvā natthi tadā sadevake loke tādiso guṇavisesayuttoti.<br/><br/>[03]Visuṃ visuṃ paccattavedaniyo ayasūlena saddhiṃ bhūtāni cha phassāyatanāni etassāti cha phassāyatanaṃ, dukkhaṃ. Taṃ ettha atthīti ^b^cha phassāyataniko,^eb^ nirayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘chasu phassā…pe… paccayo’’^eb^ti. Samāhanatīti samāhato, anekasatabhedo saṅkusamāhato ettha atthīti ^b^saṅkusamāhato,^eb^ nirayo. Visesapaccayatāya vedanāya ṭhitoti vedaniyo, kāraṇākārakena vinā paccattaṃ sayameva vedaniyoti ^b^paccattavedaniyo. Ayasūlena saddhiṃ ayasūla^eb^nti pādapadesato paṭṭhāya nirantaraṃ abhihananavasena āgatena paṇṇāsāya ^a^M2.0323^ea^ janehi gahitena ayasūlena saha sīsapadesato paṭṭhāya āgataṃ. Ayasūlabhāvasāmaññena cetaṃ ekavacanaṃ, satamattāni patitāni sūlāni. ^b^Iminā te ṭhānena cintetvā^eb^ti nissitavohārena nissayaṃ vadati. ^b^Evaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘tadā jāneyyāsi vassasahassaṃ me niraye paccamānassā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Vuṭṭhānima^eb^nti vuṭṭhāne bhavaṃ, antimanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipākavuṭṭhānavedana’’^eb^nti, vipākassa pariyosānaṃ vedananti attho. ^b^Dukkhatarā hoti^eb^ padīpassa vijjhāyanakkhaṇe mahantabhāvo viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^513^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ghaṭṭayitvā^eb^ pothetvā. ^b^Pāṭiyekkavedanājanakā^eb^ti paccekaṃ mahādukkhasamuppādakā. Ayato apagato ^b^nirayo,^eb^ so ^b^devadūtasuttena^eb^ (ma. ni. 3.261) dīpetabbo. Atthavaṇṇanā panassa parato sayameva āgamissati. Imaṃ pana atītavatthuṃ āharitvā attano ñāṇānubhāvadīpanamukhena māraṃ santajjento mahāthero ^b^‘‘yo^eb^^b^etamabhijānātī’’^eb^ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – ^b^yo^eb^ mahābhiñño ^b^etaṃ^eb^ kammaṃ kammaphalañca hatthatale ṭhapitaṃ āmalakaṃ viya abhimukhaṃ katvā paccakkhato jānāti. Sabbaso bhinnakilesatāya ^b^bhikkhu^eb^ sammāsambuddhassa aggasāvako, ^b^tādisaṃ^eb^ uḷāraguṇaṃ ^b^āsajja^eb^ ghaṭṭayitvā ekantakāḷakehi pāpadhammehi samannāgatattā ^b^kaṇha^eb^ māra āyatiṃ mahādukkhaṃ vindissasi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Udakaṃ vatthuṃ katvā^eb^ti tattha nibbattanakasattānaṃ sādhāraṇakammaphalena mahāsamuddaudakameva adhiṭṭhānaṃ ^a^V2.0301^ea^ katvā. Tathā hi tāni kappaṭṭhitikāni honti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kappaṭṭhāyino’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti vimānānaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ^eb^ yathāvuttavimānavatthuṃ tāsaṃ accharānaṃ sampattiṃ, tassa ca kāraṇaṃ attapaccakkhaṃ katvā ^b^jānāti. Pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayī^eb^ti pubbārāme visākhāya mahāupāsikāya kāritaṃ sahassagabbhapaṭimaṇḍitamahāpāsādaṃ attano pādaṅguṭṭhena kampesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ pāsādakampanasuttena dīpetabba’’^eb^nti. Idanti ‘‘yo vejayanta’’nti imissā gāthāya atthajātaṃ ^b^cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttisutteneva^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.393) ^b^dīpetabbaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Tassa brahmagaṇassa tathācintanasamanantarameva tasmiṃ brahmaloke sudhammaṃ brahmasabhaṃ gantvā. ^b^Tepī^eb^ti mahāmoggallānādayo. ^b^Paccekaṃ disāsū^eb^ti ^a^M2.0324^ea^ mahāmoggallānatthero puratthimadisāyaṃ, mahākassapatthero dakkhiṇadisāyaṃ, mahākappinatthero pacchimadisāyaṃ, anuruddhatthero uttaradisāyanti evaṃ cattāro therā brahmaparisamatthake majjhe nisinnassa bhagavato samantato catuddisā nisīdiṃsu. ^b^Gāthā vuttā^eb^ti ‘‘yo brahmaṃ paripucchatī’’ti gāthā vuttā. ^b^Aññatarabrahmasuttenā^eb^ti – ‘‘tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brahmuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 1.176) mahāvagge āgatena aññatarabrahmasuttena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jhānavimokkhena phusī^eb^ti jhānavimokkhasannissayena abhiññāñāṇena phassayi. Vananti jambudīpaṃ aphassayīti sambandho. Jambudīpo hi vanabahulatāya idha ‘‘vana’’nti vutto. Tenāha ‘‘jambusaṇḍassa issaro’’ti. ^b^Pubbavidehānaṃ dīpa^eb^nti pubbavidehavāsīnaṃ dīpaṃ, pubbavidehadīpanti attho. ^b^Bhūmisayā narā^eb^ nāma aparagoyānakā uttarakurukā ca. Yasmā te gehapariggahābhāvato bhūmiyaṃyeva sayanti, na pāsādādīsu. ^b^Paṭilabhī^eb^ti uppādesi. ^b^Etaṃ āsaṃ mā akāsī^eb^ti esā yathā pubbe dūsimārassa, evaṃ tuyhaṃ āsā dīgharattaṃ anatthāvahā, tasmā edisaṃ āsaṃ mā akāsīti mārassa ovādaṃ adāsi. Sesaṃ sabbattha suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Māratajjanīyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca cūḷayamakavaggavaṇṇanā.<br/><br/>[06]Mūlapaṇṇāsaṭīkā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyo bhāgo niṭṭhito.


volume: 31
item: 0
title: ^^gahapativaggo^kandarakasuttaṃ^
content:
  [03] 1^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0001^ea^ ^a^M2.0001^ea^ ^a^P1.0339^ea^ ^a^V2.0001^ea^ me  sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ  bhagavā campāyaṃ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā  bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. atha kho pesso {peyo (ka0)} ca hatthārohaputto kandarako  ca paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā pesso  hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. kandarako  pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ  sāraṇīyaṃ {sārāṇīyaṃ (sī0 syā0 kaṃ pī0)} vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho  kandarako paribbājako tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ  anuviloketvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca -- ``acchariyaṃ ^a^V2.0002^ea^, bho gotama,  abbhutaṃ, bho gotama, yāvañcidaṃ bhotā gotamena ^a^T2.0002^ea^ sammā bhikkhusaṅgho  paṭipādito! yepi te, bho gotama, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto  sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ  paṭipādesuṃ -- seyyathāpi etarahi bhotā gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho  paṭipādito. yepi te, bho gotama, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ  arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā  bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādessanti -- seyyathāpi etarahi bhotā gotamena  sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 2^b^.^eb^ ``evametaṃ ^a^M2.0002^ea^, kandaraka, evametaṃ, kandaraka.  yepi te, kandaraka, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi  bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādesuṃ -- seyyathāpi  etarahi mayā sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito. yepi te, kandaraka,  bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto  etaparamaṃyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādessanti -- seyyathāpi  etarahi mayā sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito.<br/><br/>[03] ``santi hi, kandaraka, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe  arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā  anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā. santi  hi, kandaraka, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe sekkhā santatasīlā  santatavuttino nipakā nipakavuttino; te catūsu {nipakavuttino catūsu (sī0)} satipaṭṭhānesu   suppatiṭṭhitacittā {supaṭṭhitacittā (sī0 pī0 ka0)} viharanti. katamesu catūsu? idha, kandaraka,  bhikkhu ^a^P1.0340^ea^ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī  sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke ^a^T2.0003^ea^ abhijjhādomanassaṃ; vedanāsu  vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke  abhijjhādomanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno  satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; dhammesu dhammānupassī  viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke  abhijjhādomanassa''nti. <br/><br/>[03] 3^b^.^eb^ evaṃ vutte, pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṃ  etadavoca -- ``acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! yāva supaññattā  cime, bhante, bhagavatā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā sattānaṃ visuddhiyā  sokaparidevānaṃ {sokapariddavānaṃ (sī0 pī0)} samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa  adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya. mayampi hi, bhante, gihī  odātavasanā kālena kālaṃ imesu catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu ^a^V2.0003^ea^  suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharāma. idha mayaṃ, bhante, kāye kāyānupassino  viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke  abhijjhādomanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassino viharāma ātāpino  sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; citte ^a^M2.0003^ea^   cittānupassino viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya  loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; dhammesu dhammānupassino viharāma  ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ.  acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, bhagavā evaṃ  manussagahane evaṃ manussakasaṭe evaṃ manussasāṭheyye ^a^T2.0004^ea^ vattamāne sattānaṃ  hitāhitaṃ jānāti. gahanañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ manussā;  uttānakañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ pasavo. ahañhi, bhante, pahomi  hatthidammaṃ sāretuṃ. yāvatakena antarena campaṃ gatāgataṃ karissati  sabbāni tāni sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni vaṅkeyyāni jimheyyāni  pātukarissati. amhākaṃ pana, bhante, dāsāti vā pessāti vā  kammakarāti vā aññathāva kāyena samudācaranti aññathāva vācāya  aññathāva nesaṃ cittaṃ hoti. acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante!  yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, bhagavā evaṃ manussagahane evaṃ manussakasaṭe evaṃ  manussasāṭheyye vattamāne sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānāti. gahanañhetaṃ,  bhante, yadidaṃ manussā; uttānakañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ pasavo''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 4^b^.^eb^ ``evametaṃ, pessa, evametaṃ, pessa. gahanañhetaṃ  ^a^P1.0341^ea^, pessa, yadidaṃ manussā; uttānakañhetaṃ, pessa,  yadidaṃ pasavo. cattārome, pessa, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā  lokasmiṃ. katame cattāro? idha, pessa, ekacco puggalo attantapo  hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa, ekacco puggalo  parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa, ekacco  puggalo attantapo ca hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, parantapo ca  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ^a^T2.0005^ea^; idha pana, pessa, ekacco puggalo  nevattantapo hoti nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme  nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto {sītibhūto (sī0 pī0 ka0)} sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā  viharati. imesaṃ, pessa, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo cittaṃ  ārādhetī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``yvāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo  attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, ayaṃ me puggalo cittaṃ ^a^V2.0004^ea^ nārādheti.  yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ^a^M2.0004^ea^, ayampi  me puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo ca  attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto,  ayampi me puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. yo ca kho ayaṃ, bhante,  puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme  nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā  viharati -- ayameva {ayaṃ (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)} me puggalo cittaṃ ārādhetī''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 5^b^.^eb^ ``kasmā pana te, pessa, ime tayo puggalā  cittaṃ nārādhentī''ti? ``yvāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo  attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so attānaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ  ātāpeti paritāpeti -- iminā me ayaṃ puggalo ^a^T2.0006^ea^ cittaṃ nārādheti.  yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so paraṃ  sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti -- iminā me ayaṃ  puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo ca  attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto  so attānañca parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ {sukhakāme dukkhapaṭikkūle (sī0  pī0)} ātāpeti paritāpeti  -- iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. yo ca ^a^P1.0342^ea^  kho ayaṃ, bhante, puggalo nevattantapo  nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme  nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā {viharati.  iminā (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)}  viharati; so attānañca parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ neva  ātāpeti na paritāpeti -- iminā {viharati. iminā (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0  pī0)} me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ ārādheti.  handa, ca dāni mayaṃ, bhante, gacchāma; bahukiccā mayaṃ  bahukaraṇīyā''ti. ``yassadāni tvaṃ, pessa, kālaṃ maññasī''ti. atha  kho pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā  uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. <br/><br/>[03] 6^b^.^eb^ atha ^a^M2.0005^ea^ kho bhagavā acirapakkante pesse  hatthārohaputte bhikkhū āmantesi -- ``paṇḍito, bhikkhave, pesso  hatthārohaputto; mahāpañño, bhikkhave, pesso hatthārohaputto. sace,  bhikkhave, pesso hatthārohaputto muhuttaṃ nisīdeyya yāvassāhaṃ ime  cattāro puggale vitthārena vibhajissāmi {vibhajāmi (sī0 pī0)}, mahatā atthena saṃyutto  abhavissa. api ca, bhikkhave, ettāvatāpi ^a^V2.0005^ea^ pesso hatthārohaputto  mahatā atthena saṃyutto''ti. ``etassa, bhagavā, kālo, etassa,  sugata, kālo, yaṃ ^a^T2.0007^ea^ bhagavā ime cattāro puggale vitthārena vibhajeyya.  bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī''ti. ``tena hi, bhikkhave,  suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī''ti. ``evaṃ,  bhante''ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. bhagavā etadavoca -- <br/><br/>[03] 7^b^.^eb^ ``katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo  attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo  acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano {hatthāvalekhano (syā0 kaṃ0)} naehibhaddantiko  natiṭṭhabhaddantiko {naehibhadantiko, natiṭṭhabhadantiko (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)}; nābhihaṭaṃ   na uddissakataṃ na nimantanaṃ sādiyati;  so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti na kaḷopimukhā {khaḷopimukho (sī0)} paṭiggaṇhāti na  eḷakamantaraṃ na daṇḍamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na  gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya na saṅkittīsu na yattha  sā upaṭṭhito hoti na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī; na macchaṃ  na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ pivati. so ekāgāriko  vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko...pe0...  sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti,  dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti...pe0... sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti;  ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvīhikampi ^a^P1.0343^ea^ āhāraṃ  āhāreti...pe0... sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti -- iti evarūpaṃ  aḍḍhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. so ^a^T2.0008^ea^  sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā  hoti, daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haṭabhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā  hoti, ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piññākabhakkho vā hoti,  tiṇabhakkho vā hoti, gomayabhakkho vā ^a^M2.0006^ea^ hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro  yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. so sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi  dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi  dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi  dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi  dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti;  kesamassulocakopi hoti, kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi  hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, ukkuṭikopi hoti ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto,  kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti {passa ma0 ni0 1.155 mahāsīhanādasutte};  sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati -- iti ^a^V2.0006^ea^ evarūpaṃ  anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati.  ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo  attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. <br/><br/>[03] 8^b^.^eb^ ``katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo parantapo  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo  orabbhiko hoti sūkariko sākuṇiko māgaviko luddo macchaghātako  coro coraghātako goghātako bandhanāgāriko ye vā panaññepi keci  kurūrakammantā. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo parantapo  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. <br/><br/>[03] 9^b^.^eb^ ``katamo ^a^T2.0009^ea^ ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo ca  attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto?  idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo rājā vā hoti khattiyo  muddhāvasitto brāhmaṇo vā mahāsālo. so puratthimena nagarassa navaṃ  santhāgāraṃ {sandhāgāraṃ (ṭīkā)} kārāpetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kharājinaṃ nivāsetvā  sappitelena kāyaṃ abbhañjitvā magavisāṇena piṭṭhiṃ kaṇḍuvamāno navaṃ  santhāgāraṃ pavisati saddhiṃ mahesiyā brāhmaṇena ca purohitena. so  tattha anantarahitāya bhūmiyā haritupalittāya seyyaṃ kappeti.  ekissāya gāviyā sarūpavacchāya yaṃ ekasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti  ^a^P1.0344^ea^ tena rājā yāpeti, yaṃ dutiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ  hoti tena mahesī yāpeti, yaṃ tatiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena  brāhmaṇo purohito yāpeti ^a^M2.0007^ea^, yaṃ catutthasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena aggiṃ  juhati, avasesena vacchako yāpeti. so evamāha -- `ettakā  usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya,  ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu  yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, (ettakā assā  haññantu yaññatthāya) {( ) natthi sī0 pī0 potthakesu}, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā  dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā'ti {parihiṃ satthāya (ka0)}. yepissa te honti dāsāti vā  pessāti vā kammakarāti vā tepi daṇḍatajjitā ^a^T2.0010^ea^ bhayatajjitā  assumukhā rudamānā parikammāni karonti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,  puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. <br/><br/>[03] 10^b^.^eb^ ``katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo  nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme  nicchāto nibbuto ^a^V2.0007^ea^ sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā  viharati? idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ  sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro  purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. so imaṃ lokaṃ  sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ  abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ  majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ  parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā  gahapatiputto vā aññatarasmiṃ vā kule paccājāto. so taṃ dhammaṃ  sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. so tena saddhāpaṭilābhena  samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho,  abbhokāso pabbajjā. nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā  ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ.  yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā  agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya'nti ^a^T2.0011^ea^. so aparena samayena appaṃ vā  bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ ^a^P1.0345^ea^  vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya ^a^M2.0008^ea^, mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya,  kesamassuṃ ohāretvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā  anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. <br/><br/>[03] 11^b^.^eb^ ``so evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ  sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato  hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno  sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā  paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena  attanā viharati. abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī  virato methunā gāmadhammā. musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato  hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.  pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, ito sutvā  na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ  akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya -- iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā  anuppadātā samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ  bhāsitā hoti. pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato  hoti, yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī  bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.  samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī  atthavādī dhammavādī ^a^T2.0012^ea^ vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ ^a^V2.0008^ea^ vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena  sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. so bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā  paṭivirato hoti, ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā;  naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti;  mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti;  uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti; jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā  paṭivirato hoti; āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti;  āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā  paṭivirato hoti; dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti;  ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā  paṭivirato hoti; hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti;  khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā  paṭivirato hoti; kayavikkayā paṭivirato ^a^M2.0009^ea^ hoti;  tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato ^a^P1.0346^ea^ hoti;  ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā {sāviyogā (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0) sāci  kuṭilapariyāyo} paṭivirato hoti;  chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosāalopasahasākārā paṭivirato hoti {passa ma0 ni0 1.293  cūḷahatthipadopame}.<br/><br/>[03] ``so santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena  kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. so yena yeneva pakkamati,  samādāyeva pakkamati. seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva  ḍeti, sapattabhārova ḍeti; evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti  kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. so yena  yeneva pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati ^a^T2.0013^ea^. so iminā ariyena  sīlakkhandhena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. <br/><br/>[03] 12^b^.^eb^ ``so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī  hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ  viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ  tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ  āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā...pe0... ghānena gandhaṃ  ghāyitvā...pe0... jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā...pe0... kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ  phusitvā...pe0... manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti  nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ  abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa  saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye ^a^V2.0009^ea^ saṃvaraṃ āpajjati.  so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ  abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.<br/><br/>[03] ``so abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite  vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī  hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte  khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme  sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite  tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 13^b^.^eb^ ``so ^a^M2.0010^ea^ iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena  samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato,) {passa ma0 ni0 1.296 cūḷahatthipadopame}  iminā ca  ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena  satisampajaññena ^a^T2.0014^ea^ samannāgato vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ  rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ  palālapuñjaṃ. so pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ  ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. so  ^a^P1.0347^ea^ abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā  viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti, byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya  abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā  cittaṃ parisodheti; thīnamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathīnamiddho viharati  ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thīnamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti;  uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto,  uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti; vicikicchaṃ pahāya  tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu,  vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.<br/><br/>[03] ``so ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya  dubbalīkaraṇe, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ  savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;  vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ  avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja  viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca  sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti  -- `upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī'ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja  viharati ^a^V2.0010^ea^; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ^a^T2.0015^ea^ ca pahānā pubbeva  somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ  catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. <br/><br/>[03] 14^b^.^eb^ ``so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe  pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite  āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. so  anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ -- ekampi jātiṃ  dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi  jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi ^a^M2.0011^ea^ jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo  cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi  jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi  vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe -- `amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo  evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī  evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo  evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī  evamāyupariyanto, ^a^P1.0348^ea^ so tato cuto idhūpapanno'ti.  iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. <br/><br/>[03] 15^b^.^eb^ ``so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe  pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite  āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. so  dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne  upapajjamāne ^a^T2.0016^ea^ hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage  satte pajānāti -- `ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā  vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ  upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā  paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā; ime vā pana  bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā  manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā  sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ  lokaṃ upapannā'ti. iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena  atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte  suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. <br/><br/>[03] 16^b^.^eb^ ``so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe  pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ^a^V2.0011^ea^ ṭhite  āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. so `idaṃ  dukkha'nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. `ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo'ti yathābhūtaṃ  pajānāti. `ayaṃ dukkhanirodho'ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. `ayaṃ  dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā'ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. `ime  āsavā'ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. `ayaṃ āsavasamudayo'ti yathābhūtaṃ  pajānāti. `ayaṃ āsavanirodho'ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ^a^M2.0012^ea^. `ayaṃ  āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā'ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. tassa ^a^T2.0017^ea^ evaṃ  jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ  vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati. vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti  ñāṇaṃ hoti. `khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ,  nāparaṃ itthattāyā'ti pajānāti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo  nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, na parantapo na  paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ^a^P1.0349^ea^. so attantapo  aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī  brahmabhūtena attanā viharatī''ti. <br/><br/>[01] idamavoca bhagavā. attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato  bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. <br/><br/>[06] kandarakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 31
item: 1
title: ^gahapativaggo^kandarakasuttaṃ^aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ^
content:
  [03] 17^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0018^ea^ ^a^V2.0012^ea^ me sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando  vesāliyaṃ viharati beluvagāmake {veḷuvagāmake (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)}. tena kho pana samayena dasamo  gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro pāṭaliputtaṃ anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena.  atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro yena kukkuṭārāmo yena  aññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā  ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati  aṭṭhakanāgaro taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca -- ``kahaṃ nu kho, bhante,  āyasmā ānando etarahi viharati? dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ taṃ  āyasmantaṃ ānanda''nti. ``eso, gahapati, āyasmā ānando  vesāliyaṃ viharati beluvagāmake''ti. atha kho dasamo gahapati  aṭṭhakanāgaro pāṭaliputte taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā yena vesālī yena  beluvagāmako yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā  āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. <br/><br/>[03] 18^b^.^eb^ ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati  aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca -- ``atthi nu kho,  bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā ^a^M2.0013^ea^ jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena  ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino  pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca  āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti ^a^T2.0019^ea^, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ  anupāpuṇātī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``atthi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā  sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto yattha ^a^P1.0350^ea^  bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva  cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti,  ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamo pana, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā  arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo ^a^V2.0013^ea^ akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno  appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ  vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti,  ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī''ti? <br/><br/>[03] 19^b^.^eb^ ``idha, gahapati, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi  vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ  paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati --  `idampi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ. yaṃ kho pana  kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma'nti  pajānāti. so tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti. no ce  āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā  pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti  tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. ayampi kho,  gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena  ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino  pahitattassa ^a^T2.0020^ea^ viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca  āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ  anupāpuṇāti. <br/><br/>[03] 20^b^.^eb^ ``puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ  vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ...pe0... dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.  so iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `idampi kho dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ  abhisañcetayitaṃ... ^a^P1.0351^ea^ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``puna ^a^T2.0021^ea^ ^a^M2.0014^ea^ caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu pītiyā ca  virāgā...pe0... ^a^V2.0014^ea^ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. so iti  paṭisañcikkhati -- `idampi kho tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ  abhisañcetayitaṃ...pe0... anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā ^a^T2.0022^ea^ ...pe0...  catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati --  `idampi kho catutthaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ... anuttaraṃ  yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ  disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ {catutthiṃ (sī0  pī0)}.  iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ  mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena  abyābajjhena {abyāpajjhena (sī0 syā0 pī0), abyāpajjena (ka0)  aṅguttaratikanipātaṭīkā oloketabbā} pharitvā viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati --  `ayampi kho mettācetovimutti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. yaṃ  kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ  nirodhadhamma'nti pajānāti. so tattha ṭhito...pe0...  ^a^V2.0015^ea^ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena  cetasā...pe0... muditāsahagatena cetasā...pe0... upekkhāsahagatena  cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā  catutthaṃ. iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ  upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena  abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati --  `ayampi kho upekkhācetovimutti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā.  yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ  nirodhadhamma'nti ^a^P1.0352^ea^ pajānāti. so tattha  ṭhito... anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ  samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā  `ananto ākāso'ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. so  iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `ayampi kho ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti  abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ  abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ ^a^M2.0015^ea^ nirodhadhamma'nti pajānāti. so tattha  ṭhito...pe0... anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ  samatikkamma `anantaṃ viññāṇa'nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja  viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `ayampi kho  viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. yaṃ kho  pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma'nti  pajānāti. so tattha ṭhito...pe0... anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ  samatikkamma `natthi kiñcī'ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.  so iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `ayampi kho  ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. yaṃ kho  pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma'nti  pajānāti. so tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti. no ce  āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā  pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti  tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. ayampi kho,  gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena  ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino  pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva ^a^V2.0016^ea^ cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca  āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ  anupāpuṇātī''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 21^b^.^eb^ evaṃ vutte, dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro  āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca -- ``seyyathāpi, bhante ānanda,  puriso ekaṃva nidhimukhaṃ gavesanto sakideva ekādasa nidhimukhāni  ^a^V2.0017^ea^ ^a^P1.0353^ea^ adhigaccheyya; evameva kho ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ  amatadvāraṃ gavesanto sakideva {sakiṃ deva (ka0)} ekādasa amatadvārāni alatthaṃ bhāvanāya.  seyyathāpi, bhante, purisassa agāraṃ ekādasadvāraṃ, so tasmiṃ agāre  āditte ekamekenapi dvārena sakkuṇeyya ^a^T2.0023^ea^ attānaṃ sotthiṃ kātuṃ; evameva  kho ahaṃ, bhante, imesaṃ ekādasannaṃ amatadvārānaṃ ekamekenapi  amatadvārena sakkuṇissāmi attānaṃ sotthiṃ kātuṃ. imehi nāma, bhante,  aññatitthiyā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesissanti, kimaṅgaṃ {kiṃ (sī0  pī0)}  panāhaṃ āyasmato ānandassa pūjaṃ na karissāmī''ti ^a^M2.0016^ea^! atha kho  dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro pāṭaliputtakañca vesālikañca  bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā  santappesi sampavāresi, ekamekañca bhikkhuṃ paccekaṃ dussayugena  acchādesi, āyasmantañca ānandaṃ ticīvarena acchādesi, āyasmato  ca ānandassa pañcasatavihāraṃ kārāpesīti. <br/><br/>[06] aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 31
item: 2
title: gahapativaggo^kandarakasuttaṃ^aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ^sekhasuttaṃ^
content:
  [03] 22^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0024^ea^ ^a^V2.0018^ea^ me sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu  viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. tena kho pana samayena  kāpilavatthavānaṃ {kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ (ka0)} sakyānaṃ navaṃ santhāgāraṃ acirakāritaṃ hoti  anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ {anajjhāvutthaṃ (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)} samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena   vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. atha  kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā  bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho  kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ -- ``idha, bhante,  kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ navaṃ santhāgāraṃ acirakāritaṃ {acirakāritaṃ hoti  (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)} anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ  samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. taṃ, bhante,  bhagavā paṭhamaṃ paribhuñjatu. bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ paribhuttaṃ pacchā  kāpilavatthavā sakyā paribhuñjissanti. tadassa kāpilavatthavānaṃ  sakyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā''ti ^a^P1.0354^ea^.  adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā  bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā  padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā  sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ {sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka0)} santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ  upaṭṭhapetvā telappadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu;  upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ ^a^T2.0025^ea^ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. ekamantaṃ ṭhitā  kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ -- ``sabbasanthariṃ  santhataṃ, bhante, santhāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko  upaṭṭhāpito, telappadīpo āropito. yassadāni, bhante ^a^M2.0017^ea^, bhagavā kālaṃ  maññatī''ti. atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ  bhikkhusaṅghena yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde  pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya  puratthābhimukho nisīdi. bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā  santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho  nisīdi, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. kāpilavatthavāpi kho sakyā  pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya  pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. atha kho  bhagavā kāpilavatthave sakye bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā  samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi --  ``paṭibhātu taṃ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ sekho pāṭipado {paṭipado  (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)}.  piṭṭhi ^a^V2.0019^ea^ me āgilāyati; tamahaṃ āyamissāmī''ti. ``evaṃ, bhante''ti  kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. atha kho bhagavā  catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi,  pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno, uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā. <br/><br/>[03] 23^b^.^eb^ atha kho āyasmā ānando mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ  āmantesi -- ``idha ^a^T2.0026^ea^, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti,  indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto  hoti, sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ  ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti  akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. <br/><br/>[03] 24^b^.^eb^ ``kathañca, mahānāma ^a^P1.0355^ea^,  ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti? idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako  sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno  aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti?  idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na  nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ  asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā ^a^M2.0018^ea^ pāpakā akusalā dhammā  anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ,  cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā...pe0... ghānena  gandhaṃ ghāyitvā...pe0... jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā...pe0... kāyena  phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā...pe0... manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī  hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ  viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ  tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ  āpajjati ^a^T2.0027^ea^. evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro  hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti?  idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti  -- `neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva  imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya   ^a^V2.0020^ea^. iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na  uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro  cā'ti. evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti?  idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya  āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena  nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā majjhimaṃ  yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya,  sato sampajāno, uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā, rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ  paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti.  evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 25^b^.^eb^ ``kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako ^a^P1.0356^ea^  sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti? idha, mahānāma,  ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ -- `itipi  so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno ^a^T2.0028^ea^ sugato lokavidū  anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā'ti.  hirimā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena  manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā.  ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena ^a^M2.0019^ea^ vacīduccaritena  manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā.  bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. ye te dhammā  ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā  kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā  bahussutā {bahū sutā (?)} honti dhātā {dhatā (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)} vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā  suppaṭividdhā. āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya,  kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro  kusalesu dhammesu. satimā hoti, paramena satinepakkena samannāgato,  cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. paññavā hoti,  udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato, ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā  dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sattahi  saddhammehi samannāgato hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 26^b^.^eb^ ``kathañca ^a^V2.0021^ea^, mahānāma, ariyasāvako catunnaṃ  jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti  akicchalābhī akasiralābhī? idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako  vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ  vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja ^a^T2.0029^ea^ viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ  vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ...pe0... dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja  viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā...pe0... tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;  sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ  atthaṅgamā...pe0... catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.  evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ  diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī  akasiralābhī. <br/><br/>[03] 27^b^.^eb^ ``yato kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako evaṃ  sīlasampanno hoti, evaṃ indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, evaṃ bhojane  mattaññū hoti, evaṃ jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, evaṃ sattahi saddhammehi  samannāgato ^a^P1.0357^ea^ hoti, evaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ  ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti  akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako  sekho pāṭipado apuccaṇḍatāya ^a^M2.0020^ea^ samāpanno, bhabbo abhinibbhidāya,  bhabbo sambodhāya, bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya.  seyyathāpi, mahānāma, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā  tānāssu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā  paribhāvitāni, kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā na ^a^T2.0030^ea^ evaṃ icchā uppajjeyya  -- `aho vatime kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā  aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyyu'nti, atha kho  bhabbāva te kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā  aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṃ. evameva kho,  mahānāma, yato ariyasāvako evaṃ sīlasampanno hoti, evaṃ indriyesu  guttadvāro hoti, evaṃ bhojane mattaññū hoti, evaṃ jāgariyaṃ anuyutto  hoti, evaṃ sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, evaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ  ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti  akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako  sekho pāṭipado apuccaṇḍatāya samāpanno ^a^V2.0022^ea^, bhabbo abhinibbhidāya,  bhabbo sambodhāya, bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya. <br/><br/>[03] 28^b^.^eb^ ``sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako  imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma anekavihitaṃ  pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ -- ekampi jātiṃ dvepi  jātiyo...pe0... iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ  anussarati, ayamassa paṭhamābhinibbhidā hoti kukkuṭacchāpakasseva  aṇḍakosamhā.<br/><br/>[03] ``sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃye anuttaraṃ  upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena  atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte  suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate...pe0... yathākammūpage satte pajānāti,  ayamassa dutiyābhinibbhidā hoti kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā. <br/><br/>[01] ``sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva  anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ  cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ ^a^T2.0031^ea^ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā  upasampajja ^a^P1.0358^ea^ viharati, ayamassa tatiyābhinibbhidā  hoti kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā. <br/><br/>[03] 29^b^.^eb^ ``yampi ^a^M2.0021^ea^ {yampi kho (ka0)}, mahānāma, ariyasāvako  sīlasampanno hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma,  ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ;  yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti, idampissa  hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto  hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako  sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ;  yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ  diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī  akasiralābhī, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ``yañca kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako anekavihitaṃ  pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ ^a^V2.0023^ea^ -- ekampi jātiṃ dvepi  jātiyo...pe0... iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ  anussarati, idampissa hoti vijjāya; yampi, mahānāma,  ariyasāvako dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte  passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate  duggate...pe0... yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, idampissa hoti  vijjāya. yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ  cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā  upasampajja viharati, idampissa hoti vijjāya.<br/><br/>[03] ``ayaṃ ^a^T2.0032^ea^ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako vijjāsampanno itipi  caraṇasampanno itipi vijjācaraṇasampanno itipi. <br/><br/>[03] 30^b^.^eb^ ``brahmunāpesā, mahānāma, sanaṅkumārena gāthā  bhāsitā -- <br/><br/>[21] `khattiyo seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, ye gottapaṭisārino. <br/><br/>[22] vijjācaraṇasampanno, so seṭṭho devamānuse'ti..<br/><br/>[03] ``sā kho panesā, mahānāma, brahmunā sanaṅkumārena gāthā  sugītā no duggītā, subhāsitā no dubbhāsitā, atthasaṃhitā no  anatthasaṃhitā, anumatā bhagavatā''ti.<br/><br/>[03] atha ^a^M2.0022^ea^ kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi --  ``sādhu sādhu, ānanda, sādhu kho tvaṃ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṃ  sakyānaṃ sekhaṃ pāṭipadaṃ abhāsī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] idamavocāyasmā ^a^P1.0359^ea^ ānando. samanuñño  satthā ahosi. attamanā kāpilavatthavā sakyā āyasmato  ānandassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. <br/><br/>[06] sekhasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 31
item: 3
title: kandarakasuttaṃ^aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ^sekhasuttaṃ^potaliyasuttaṃ^
content:
  [03] 31^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0033^ea^ ^a^V2.0024^ea^ me sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā  aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṃ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṃ nigamo. atha kho  bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āpaṇaṃ piṇḍāya  pāvisi. āpaṇe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto  yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya. taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ  ajjhogāhetvā {ajjhogahetvā (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0), ajjhogāhitvā (pī0 ka0)} aññatarasmiṃ   rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi.  potaliyopi kho gahapati sampannanivāsanapāvuraṇo {pāpuraṇo (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0)} chattupāhanāhi  {chattupāhano (ka0)}  jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena so vanasaṇḍo  tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā yena bhagavā  tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. sammodanīyaṃ  kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho  potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca -- ``saṃvijjanti kho, gahapati,  āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā''ti. evaṃ vutte, potaliyo  gahapati ``gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī''ti kupito  anattamano tuṇhī ahosi. dutiyampi kho bhagavā...pe0... ^a^T2.0034^ea^  tatiyampi kho bhagavā potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca -- ``saṃvijjanti  kho, gahapati, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā''ti. ``evaṃ  vutte, potaliyo gahapati gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo  samudācaratī''ti kupito anattamano bhagavantaṃ etadavoca -- ``tayidaṃ,  bho ^a^P1.0360^ea^ gotama, nacchannaṃ, tayidaṃ nappatirūpaṃ, yaṃ maṃ  tvaṃ gahapativādena samudācarasī''ti. ``te hi te, gahapati,  ākārā, te liṅgā ^a^M2.0023^ea^, te nimittā yathā taṃ gahapatissā''ti. ``tathā  hi pana me, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā  samucchinnā''ti. ``yathā kathaṃ pana te, gahapati, sabbe kammantā  paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā samucchinnā''ti? ``idha me, bho gotama,  yaṃ ahosi dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ puttānaṃ  dāyajjaṃ niyyātaṃ, tatthāhaṃ anovādī anupavādī ghāsacchādanaparamo  viharāmi. evaṃ kho me {evañca me (syā0), evaṃ me (ka0)}, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā,  sabbe vohārā samucchinnā''ti. ``aññathā kho tvaṃ, gahapati,  vohārasamucchedaṃ vadasi, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye  vohārasamucchedo hotī''ti. ``yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa  vinaye vohārasamucchedo hoti? sādhu me, bhante ^a^V2.0025^ea^, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ  desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedo ^a^T2.0035^ea^ hotī''ti. ``tena  hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī''ti.  ``evaṃ, bhante''ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi. <br/><br/>[03] 32^b^.^eb^ bhagavā etadavoca -- ``aṭṭha kho ime,  gahapati, dhammā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattanti.  katame aṭṭha? apāṇātipātaṃ nissāya pāṇātipāto pahātabbo;  dinnādānaṃ nissāya adinnādānaṃ pahātabbaṃ; saccavācaṃ {saccaṃ vācaṃ (syā0)} nissāya  musāvādo pahātabbo; apisuṇaṃ vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā  pahātabbā; agiddhilobhaṃ nissāya giddhilobho pahātabbo; anindārosaṃ  nissāya nindāroso pahātabbo; akkodhūpāyāsaṃ nissāya kodhūpāyāso  pahātabbo; anatimānaṃ nissāya atimāno pahātabbo. ime kho,  gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena avibhattā, ariyassa  vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattantī''ti. ``ye me {ye me pana (syā0 ka0)}, bhante, bhagavatā  aṭṭha dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena avibhattā, ariyassa vinaye  vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattanti, sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā ime aṭṭha dhamme  vitthārena {vitthāretvā (ka0)} vibhajatu anukampaṃ upādāyā''ti. ``tena hi, gahapati,  suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī''ti. ``evaṃ,  bhante''ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi. bhagavā  etadavoca -- <br/><br/>[03] 33^b^.^eb^ ```apāṇātipātaṃ ^a^M2.0024^ea^ ^a^P1.0361^ea^ nissāya  pāṇātipāto pahātabbo'ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ ^a^T2.0036^ea^?  idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho  ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu pāṇātipātī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya  samucchedāya paṭipanno. ahañceva {ahañce (?)} kho pana pāṇātipātī assaṃ,  attāpi maṃ upavadeyya pāṇātipātapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū {anuvicca viññū  (sī0 syā0 pī0)}  garaheyyuṃ pāṇātipātapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati  pāṭikaṅkhā pāṇātipātapaccayā. etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ  nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ pāṇātipāto. ye ca pāṇātipātapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ  āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā na honti'. `apāṇātipātaṃ nissāya pāṇātipāto  pahātabbo'ti -- iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 34^b^.^eb^ ```dinnādānaṃ ^a^V2.0026^ea^ nissāya adinnādānaṃ  pahātabba'nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? idha,  gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho ahaṃ  saṃyojanānaṃ hetu adinnādāyī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya  samucchedāya paṭipanno. ahañceva kho pana adinnādāyī assaṃ,  attāpi maṃ upavadeyya adinnādānapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū  garaheyyuṃ adinnādānapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati  pāṭikaṅkhā adinnādānapaccayā. etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ  nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ adinnādānaṃ. ye ca adinnādānapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ  āsavā vighātapariḷāhā adinnādānā ^a^T2.0037^ea^ paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā na honti'. `dinnādānaṃ nissāya adinnādānaṃ  pahātabba'nti -- iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 35^b^.^eb^ ```saccavācaṃ nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo'ti  iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? idha, gahapati,  ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ  hetu musāvādī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya  paṭipanno. ahañceva kho pana musāvādī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya  musāvādapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ musāvādapaccayā,  kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā musāvādapaccayā.  etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ ^a^M2.0025^ea^ musāvādo ^a^P1.0362^ea^.  ye ca musāvādapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā, musāvādā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā na honti'. `saccavācaṃ nissāya musāvādo  pahātabbo'ti -- iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 36^b^.^eb^ ```apisuṇaṃ vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā  pahātabbā'ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? idha,  gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho ahaṃ  saṃyojanānaṃ hetu pisuṇavāco assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya  samucchedāya paṭipanno. ahañceva kho pana pisuṇavāco assaṃ,  attāpi maṃ upavadeyya pisuṇavācāpaccayā ^a^T2.0038^ea^, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū  garaheyyuṃ pisuṇavācāpaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati  pāṭikaṅkhā pisuṇavācāpaccayā. etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ  nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ pisuṇā vācā. ye ca pisuṇavācāpaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ  āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, pisuṇāya ^a^V2.0027^ea^ vācāya paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te  āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti'. `apisuṇaṃ vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā  vācā pahātabbā'ti -- iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 37^b^.^eb^ ```agiddhilobhaṃ nissāya giddhilobho  pahātabbo'ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? idha,  gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho ahaṃ  saṃyojanānaṃ hetu giddhilobhī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya  samucchedāya paṭipanno. ahañceva kho pana giddhilobhī assaṃ,  attāpi maṃ upavadeyya giddhilobhapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū  garaheyyuṃ giddhilobhapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati  pāṭikaṅkhā giddhilobhapaccayā. etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ  nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ giddhilobho. ye ca giddhilobhapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ  āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, giddhilobhā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā na honti'. `agiddhilobhaṃ nissāya giddhilobho  pahātabbo'ti -- iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 38^b^.^eb^ ```anindārosaṃ nissāya nindāroso  pahātabbo'ti iti kho ^a^T2.0039^ea^ panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? idha,  gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho ahaṃ  saṃyojanānaṃ hetu nindārosī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ ^a^M2.0026^ea^ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya  ^a^P1.0363^ea^ samucchedāya paṭipanno. ahañceva kho pana  nindārosī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya nindārosapaccayā,  anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ nindārosapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ  maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā nindārosapaccayā. etadeva kho pana  saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nindāroso. ye ca nindārosapaccayā  uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, anindārosissa evaṃsa te āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā na honti'. `anindārosaṃ nissāya nindāroso  pahātabbo'ti -- iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 39^b^.^eb^ ```akkodhūpāyāsaṃ nissāya kodhūpāyāso  pahātabbo'ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? idha,  gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho ahaṃ  saṃyojanānaṃ hetu kodhūpāyāsī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya  samucchedāya paṭipanno. ahañceva kho pana kodhūpāyāsī assaṃ,  attāpi maṃ upavadeyya kodhūpāyāsapaccayā ^a^V2.0028^ea^, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū  garaheyyuṃ kodhūpāyāsapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati  pāṭikaṅkhā kodhūpāyāsapaccayā. etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ  nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ kodhūpāyāso. ye ca kodhūpāyāsapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ  āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, akkodhūpāyāsissa ^a^T2.0040^ea^ evaṃsa te āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā na honti'. `akkodhūpāyāsaṃ nissāya kodhūpāyāso  pahātabbo'ti -- iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 40^b^.^eb^ ```anatimānaṃ nissāya atimāno  pahātabbo'ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? idha,  gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yesaṃ kho ahaṃ  saṃyojanānaṃ hetu atimānī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya  samucchedāya paṭipanno. ahañceva kho pana atimānī assaṃ, attāpi  maṃ upavadeyya atimānapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ  atimānapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā  atimānapaccayā. etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ  atimāno. ye ca atimānapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā  vighātapariḷāhā, anatimānissa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na  honti'. `anatimānaṃ nissāya atimāno pahātabbo'ti -- iti yantaṃ  vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 41^b^.^eb^ ``ime ^a^M2.0027^ea^ ^a^P1.0364^ea^ kho, gahapati, aṭṭha  dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena vibhattā {avibhattā (syā0 ka0)}, ye ariyassa vinaye  vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattanti; na tveva tāva ariyassa vinaye sabbena  sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hotī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ  sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hoti? sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā  dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa ^a^T2.0041^ea^ vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ  vohārasamucchedo hotī''ti. ``tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ  manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī''ti. ``evaṃ, bhante''ti kho  potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi. bhagavā etadavoca -- 


volume: 31
item: 4
title: aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ^sekhasuttaṃ^potaliyasuttaṃ^^kāmādīnavakathā
content:
  [03] 42^b^.^eb^ ``seyyathāpi ^a^V2.0029^ea^, gahapati, kukkuro  jighacchādubbalyapareto goghātakasūnaṃ paccupaṭṭhito assa. tamenaṃ dakkho  goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ  nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ upasumbheyya {upacchubheyya (sī0 pī0), upacchūbheyya  (syā0 kaṃ0), upaccumbheyya (ka0)}. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati,  api nu kho so kukkuro amuṃ aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ nimmaṃsaṃ  lohitamakkhitaṃ palehanto jighacchādubbalyaṃ paṭivineyyā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``no hetaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``taṃ kissa hetu''? <br/><br/>[01] ``aduñhi, bhante, aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ  nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ. yāvadeva pana so kukkuro kilamathassa  vighātassa bhāgī assāti. evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako  iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā  bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā {bahūpāyāsā (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)}, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo'ti. evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ  sammappaññāya disvā yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā taṃ  abhinivajjetvā, yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha sabbaso  lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti. <br/><br/>[03] 43^b^.^eb^ ``seyyathāpi, gahapati, gijjho vā kaṅko vā  kulalo vā maṃsapesiṃ ^a^T2.0042^ea^ ādāya uḍḍīyeyya {uḍḍayeyya (syā0 pī0)}. tamenaṃ gijjhāpi kaṅkāpi  kulalāpi anupatitvā ^a^M2.0028^ea^ anupatitvā vitaccheyyuṃ vissajjeyyuṃ {virājeyyuṃ  (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)}. taṃ kiṃ  maññasi, gahapati, sace so gijjho vā kaṅko vā kulalo vā taṃ  maṃsapesiṃ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya, so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā  nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``evameva ^a^V2.0030^ea^ kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati  -- `maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā,  ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo'ti. evametaṃ ^a^P1.0365^ea^ yathābhūtaṃ  sammappaññāya disvā yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā taṃ  abhinivajjetvā yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha sabbaso  lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti. <br/><br/>[03] 44^b^.^eb^ ``seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ  ādāya paṭivātaṃ gaccheyya. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, sace so  puriso taṃ ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya tassa sā  ādittā tiṇukkā hatthaṃ vā daheyya bāhuṃ vā daheyya aññataraṃ vā  aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ {daheyya. aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅga (sī0 pī0)} daheyya, so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā  nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati  -- `tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā,  ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo'ti. evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya  disvā...pe0... tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti. <br/><br/>[03] 45^b^.^eb^ ``seyyathāpi ^a^T2.0043^ea^, gahapati, aṅgārakāsu  sādhikaporisā, pūrā aṅgārānaṃ vītaccikānaṃ vītadhūmānaṃ. atha  puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo  dukkhappaṭikkūlo. tamenaṃ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā  aṅgārakāsuṃ upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, api nu so  puriso iticiticeva kāyaṃ sannāmeyyā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``taṃ kissa hetu''?<br/><br/>[03] ``viditañhi ^a^V2.0031^ea^, bhante, tassa purisassa imañcāhaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ  papatissāmi, tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchissāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā  dukkha''nti. ``evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti  paṭisañcikkhati -- `aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā  bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo'ti. evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ  sammappaññāya disvā...pe0... tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti. <br/><br/>[03] 46^b^.^eb^ ``seyyathāpi ^a^M2.0029^ea^, gahapati, puriso supinakaṃ  passeyya ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ  pokkharaṇirāmaṇeyyakaṃ. so paṭibuddho na kiñci paṭipasseyya {passeyya (sī0  syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)}.  evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati --  `supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo  ettha bhiyyo'ti...pe0... tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti. <br/><br/>[03] 47^b^.^eb^ ``seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso yācitakaṃ bhogaṃ  yācitvā yānaṃ ^a^P1.0366^ea^ vā {yānaṃ (syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)} poriseyyaṃ  {poroseyyaṃ (sī0 pī0 ka0), oropeyya (syā0 kaṃ0)} pavaramaṇikuṇḍalaṃ.  so tehi yācitakehi bhogehi purakkhato parivuto ^a^T2.0044^ea^ antarāpaṇaṃ  paṭipajjeyya. tamenaṃ jano disvā evaṃ vadeyya -- `bhogī vata, bho,  puriso, evaṃ kira bhogino bhogāni bhuñjantī'ti. tamenaṃ sāmikā  yattha yattheva passeyyuṃ tattha tattheva sāni hareyyuṃ. taṃ kiṃ maññasi,  gahapati, alaṃ nu kho tassa purisassa aññathattāyā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``taṃ kissa hetu''? <br/><br/>[01] ``sāmino hi, bhante, sāni harantī''ti. ``evameva  kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati -- `yācitakūpamā  kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha  bhiyyo'ti...pe0... ^a^V2.0032^ea^ tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti. <br/><br/>[03] 48^b^.^eb^ ``seyyathāpi, gahapati, gāmassa vā nigamassa  vā avidūre tibbo vanasaṇḍo. tatrassa rukkho sampannaphalo ca  upapannaphalo {uppannaphalo (syā0)} ca, na cassu kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni. atha  puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṃ caramāno.  so taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā taṃ rukkhaṃ passeyya sampannaphalañca  upapannaphalañca. tassa evamassa -- `ayaṃ kho rukkho sampannaphalo  ca upapannaphalo ca, natthi ca kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni.  jānāmi kho panāhaṃ rukkhaṃ ārohituṃ {āruhituṃ (sī0)}. yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ rukkhaṃ  ārohitvā yāvadatthañca khādeyyaṃ ucchaṅgañca pūreyya'nti. so taṃ  rukkhaṃ ārohitvā yāvadatthañca khādeyya ucchaṅgañca pūreyya. atha ^a^T2.0045^ea^  dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṃ  caramāno tiṇhaṃ kuṭhāriṃ {kudhāriṃ (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)} ādāya. so taṃ   vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā ^a^M2.0030^ea^ taṃ  rukkhaṃ passeyya sampannaphalañca upapannaphalañca. tassa evamassa --  `ayaṃ kho rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo ca, natthi ca kānici  phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni. na kho panāhaṃ jānāmi rukkhaṃ ārohituṃ.  yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ rukkhaṃ mūlato chetvā yāvadatthañca khādeyyaṃ ucchaṅgañca  pūreyya'nti. so taṃ rukkhaṃ mūlatova chindeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññasi,  gahapati, amuko {asu (sī0 pī0)} yo so puriso paṭhamaṃ rukkhaṃ ārūḷho sace so na  khippameva oroheyya tassa so rukkho papatanto hatthaṃ vā bhañjeyya  pādaṃ vā bhañjeyya aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ bhañjeyya, so  tatonidānaṃ ^a^P1.0367^ea^ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā  dukkha''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati  -- `rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā,  ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo'ti. evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā  yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā taṃ abhinivajjetvā yāyaṃ upekkhā  ekattā ekattasitā yattha sabbaso lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā  nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti. <br/><br/>[03] 49^b^.^eb^ ``sa ^a^V2.0033^ea^ kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva  anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ  anussarati, seyyathidaṃ ^a^T2.0046^ea^ -- ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo...pe0... iti  sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.<br/><br/>[03] ``sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ  upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamm dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena  atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte  suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate...pe0... yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ  upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ  paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja  viharati. ettāvatā kho, gahapati, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ  sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 50^b^.^eb^ ``taṃ ^a^M2.0031^ea^ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, yathā ariyassa  vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hoti, api nu  tvaṃ evarūpaṃ vohārasamucchedaṃ attani samanupassasī''ti? ``ko  cāhaṃ, bhante, ko ca ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ  vohārasamucchedo! ārakā ahaṃ, bhante, ariyassa vinaye sabbena  sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedā. mayañhi, bhante, pubbe  aññatitthiye paribbājake anājānīyeva samāne ājānīyāti  amaññimha, anājānīyeva samāne ājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojimha,  anājānīyeva samāne ājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapimha; bhikkhū pana mayaṃ, bhante,  ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyāti amaññimha, ājānīyeva ^a^T2.0047^ea^ samāne  anājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojimha, ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyaṭhāne  ṭhapimha; idāni pana mayaṃ, bhante, aññatitthiye ^a^P1.0368^ea^  paribbājake anājānīyeva samāne anājānīyāti jānissāma,  anājānīyeva samāne anājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojessāma, anājānīyeva  samāne anājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapessāma. bhikkhū pana mayaṃ, bhante,  ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyāti jānissāma ājānīyeva samāne  ājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojessāma, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyaṭhāne  ṭhapessāma. ajanesi vata me, bhante, bhagavā samaṇesu samaṇappemaṃ,  samaṇesu samaṇappasādaṃ, samaṇesu samaṇagāravaṃ. abhikkantaṃ, bhante,  abhikkantaṃ, bhante ^a^V2.0034^ea^! seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya,  paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre  vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ  kho, bhante, bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. esāhaṃ,  bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. upāsakaṃ  maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata''nti. <br/><br/>[06] potaliyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. 


volume: 31
item: 5
title: sekhasuttaṃ^potaliyasuttaṃ^^jīvakasuttaṃ^
content:
  [03] 51^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0048^ea^ ^a^V2.0035^ea^ me sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe  viharati jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavane. atha kho jīvako  komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ  abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi ^a^M2.0032^ea^. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako  komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca -- ``sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante -- `samaṇaṃ  gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti {ārambhanti (ka0)}, taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ  {uddissakaṭaṃ (sī0 pī0)}  maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma'nti. ye te, bhante, evamāhaṃsu --  `samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti, taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ  uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma'nti, kacci te, bhante,  bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti,  dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko  vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī''ti? <br/><br/>[03] 52^b^.^eb^ ``ye ^a^P1.0369^ea^ te, jīvaka,  evamāhaṃsu -- `samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti, taṃ samaṇo  gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma'nti na me te  vuttavādino, abbhācikkhanti ca maṃ te asatā abhūtena. tīhi kho  ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ aparibhoganti vadāmi. diṭṭhaṃ, sutaṃ,  parisaṅkitaṃ -- imehi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka ^a^T2.0049^ea^, tīhi ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ  aparibhoganti vadāmi. tīhi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ  paribhoganti vadāmi. adiṭṭhaṃ, asutaṃ, aparisaṅkitaṃ -- imehi kho  ahaṃ, jīvaka, tīhi ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ paribhoganti vadāmi. <br/><br/>[03] 53^b^.^eb^ ``idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā  nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. so mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ  disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ.  iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ  mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena  abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā  upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya bhattena nimanteti. ākaṅkhamānova {ākaṅkhamāno  (syā0 kaṃ0)},  jīvaka, bhikkhu adhivāseti ^a^V2.0036^ea^. so tassā rattiyā accayena  pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa gahapatissa vā  gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte  āsane nisīdati. tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena  piṇḍapātena parivisati. tassa na evaṃ hoti -- `sādhu vata māyaṃ {maṃ + ayaṃ = māyaṃ}  gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena piṇḍapātena ^a^M2.0033^ea^ pariviseyyāti!  aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi evarūpena  paṇītena piṇḍapātena pariviseyyā'ti -- evampissa na hoti. so  taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ agathito {agadhito (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)} amucchito anajjhopanno  {anajjhāpanno (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)} ādīnavadassāvī  nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, jīvaka ^a^T2.0050^ea^, api nu so  bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye attabyābādhāya vā ceteti, parabyābādhāya vā  ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāya vā cetetī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``no hetaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``nanu so, jīvaka, bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye anavajjaṃyeva āhāraṃ  āhāretī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante. sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante -- `brahmā mettāvihārī'ti.  taṃ me idaṃ, bhante, bhagavā sakkhidiṭṭho; bhagavā hi, bhante,  mettāvihārī''ti. ``yena kho, jīvaka, rāgena yena dosena  ^a^P1.0370^ea^ yena mohena byāpādavā assa so rāgo so  doso so moho tathāgatassa pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato  anabhāvaṃkato {anabhāvakato (sī0 pī0), anabhāvaṃgato (syā0 kaṃ0)} āyatiṃ   anuppādadhammo. sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṃ  sandhāya bhāsitaṃ anujānāmi te eta''nti. ``etadeva kho pana me,  bhante, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ'' {bhāsitanti (syā0)}. <br/><br/>[03] 54^b^.^eb^ ``idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā  nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. so karuṇāsahagatena  cetasā...pe0... muditāsahagatena cetasā...pe0... upekkhāsahagatena  cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā  catutthaṃ. iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ  upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena  abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā  upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya bhattena nimanteti. ākaṅkhamānova,  jīvaka, bhikkhu adhivāseti. so ^a^V2.0037^ea^ tassā rattiyā accayena  pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya ^a^T2.0051^ea^ yena gahapatissa vā  gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte  āsane nisīdati. tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena  piṇḍapātena parivisati. tassa na evaṃ hoti -- `sādhu vata māyaṃ  gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena piṇḍapātena pariviseyyāti!  aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi ^a^M2.0034^ea^ evarūpena  paṇītena piṇḍapātena pariviseyyā'ti -- evampissa na hoti. so  taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ agathito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī  nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, jīvaka, api nu so  bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye attabyābādhāya vā ceteti, parabyābādhāya vā  ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāya vā cetetī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``no hetaṃ, bhante''.<br/><br/>[03] ``nanu so, jīvaka, bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye anavajjaṃyeva āhāraṃ  āhāretī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante. sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante -- `brahmā  upekkhāvihārī'ti. taṃ me idaṃ, bhante, bhagavā sakkhidiṭṭho; bhagavā  hi, bhante, upekkhāvihārī''ti. ``yena kho, jīvaka, rāgena yena  dosena yena mohena vihesavā assa arativā assa paṭighavā assa  so rāgo so doso so moho tathāgatassa pahīno ucchinnamūlo  tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. sace kho te,  jīvaka, idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ, anujānāmi te ^a^P1.0371^ea^  eta''nti. ``etadeva kho pana me, bhante, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ''. <br/><br/>[03] 55^b^.^eb^ ``yo ^a^T2.0052^ea^ kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā  tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ  apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi so, gahapati, evamāha -- `gacchatha, amukaṃ  nāma pāṇaṃ ānethā'ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati.  yampi so pāṇo galappaveṭhakena {galappavedhakena (bahūsu)} ānīyamāno dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ  paṭisaṃvedeti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi  so evamāha -- `gacchatha imaṃ pāṇaṃ ārabhathā'ti, iminā tatiyena  ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi so pāṇo ārabhiyamāno dukkhaṃ  domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti ^a^V2.0038^ea^, iminā catutthena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati.  yampi so tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā akappiyena āsādeti,  iminā pañcamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yo kho, jīvaka,  tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so imehi  pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavatī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ vutte, jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca --  ``acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! kappiyaṃ vata, bhante, bhikkhū  āhāraṃ āhārenti ^a^M2.0035^ea^; anavajjaṃ vata, bhante, bhikkhū āhāraṃ āhārenti.  abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante...pe0... ^a^T2.0053^ea^ upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu  ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata''nti. <br/><br/>[06] jīvakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 31
item: 6
title: potaliyasuttaṃ^^jīvakasuttaṃ^upālisuttaṃ^
content:
  [03] 56^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^V2.0039^ea^ me sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ  viharati pāvārikambavane. tena kho pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto {nāthaputto  (sī0), nātaputto (pī0)}  nāḷandāyaṃ paṭivasati mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ. atha kho  dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nāḷandāyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ  piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena pāvārikambavanaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami;  upasaṅkamitvā ^a^P1.0372^ea^ bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi.  sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.  ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca --  ``saṃvijjanti kho, tapassi {dīghatapassi (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)}, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi  nisīdā''ti. evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho aññataraṃ nīcaṃ  āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho  dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca -- ``kati pana, tapassi,  nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kammāni paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya  pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``na kho, āvuso gotama, āciṇṇaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa  `kammaṃ, kamma'nti paññapetuṃ; `daṇḍaṃ, daṇḍa'nti kho, āvuso gotama,  āciṇṇaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paññapetu''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kati pana, tapassi, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto daṇḍāni paññapeti  pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``tīṇi kho, āvuso gotama, nigaṇṭho ^a^T2.0055^ea^ nāṭaputto daṇḍāni  paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyāti,  seyyathidaṃ -- kāyadaṇḍaṃ, vacīdaṇḍaṃ, manodaṇḍa''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kiṃ pana, tapassi, aññadeva kāyadaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ,  aññaṃ manodaṇḍa''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``aññadeva ^a^V2.0040^ea^, āvuso gotama, kāyadaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ  manodaṇḍa''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``imesaṃ pana, tapassi, tiṇṇaṃ daṇḍānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ  paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ katamaṃ daṇḍaṃ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapeti  pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā ^a^M2.0036^ea^, yadi vā  kāyadaṇḍaṃ, yadi vā vacīdaṇḍaṃ, yadi vā manodaṇḍa''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``imesaṃ kho, āvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṃ daṇḍānaṃ evaṃ  paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ kāyadaṇḍaṃ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto  mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa  pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍaṃ, no tathā manodaṇḍa''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi''?<br/><br/>[03] ``kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi''.<br/><br/>[03] ``kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi''?<br/><br/>[03] ``kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi''.<br/><br/>[03] ``kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi''?<br/><br/>[03] ``kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] itiha bhagavā dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ  yāvatatiyakaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. <br/><br/>[03] 57^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^P1.0373^ea^ vutte, dīghatapassī  nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca -- ``tvaṃ panāvuso gotama, kati  daṇḍāni paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya ^a^T2.0056^ea^ pāpassa kammassa  pavattiyā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``na ^a^V2.0041^ea^ kho, tapassi, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatassa `daṇḍaṃ, daṇḍa'nti  paññapetuṃ; `kammaṃ, kamma'nti kho, tapassi, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatassa  paññapetu''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``tvaṃ panāvuso gotama, kati kammāni paññapesi pāpassa  kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``tīṇi kho ahaṃ, tapassi, kammāni paññapemi pāpassa  kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, seyyathidaṃ --  kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, manokamma''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kiṃ panāvuso gotama, aññadeva kāyakammaṃ, aññaṃ vacīkammaṃ,  aññaṃ manokamma''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``aññadeva, tapassi, kāyakammaṃ, aññaṃ vacīkammaṃ, aññaṃ  manokamma''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``imesaṃ panāvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ  evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ katamaṃ kammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapesi pāpassa  kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyakammaṃ,  yadi vā vacīkammaṃ, yadi vā manokamma''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, tapassi, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ  evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapemi pāpassa  kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā kāyakammaṃ,  no tathā vacīkamma''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi''?<br/><br/>[03] ``manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi''.<br/><br/>[03] ``manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi''?<br/><br/>[03] ``manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi''.<br/><br/>[03] ``manokammanti ^a^V2.0042^ea^, āvuso gotama, vadesi''?<br/><br/>[03] ``manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] itiha dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṃ imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ  yāvatatiyakaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā ^a^T2.0057^ea^ yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto  tenupasaṅkami. <br/><br/>[03] 58^b^.^eb^ tena ^a^M2.0037^ea^ kho pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto  mahatiyā gihiparisāya saddhiṃ nisinno hoti bālakiniyā parisāya  upālipamukhāya. addasā kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto dīghatapassiṃ  nigaṇṭhaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ etadavoca  -- ``handa, kuto nu tvaṃ, tapassi, āgacchasi divā divassā''ti?  ``ito hi kho ahaṃ, bhante, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa  santikā''ti. ``ahu pana te, tapassi, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ  kocideva kathāsallāpo''ti ^a^P1.0374^ea^? ``ahu kho me,  bhante, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo''ti. ``yathā  kathaṃ pana te, tapassi, ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva  kathāsallāpo''ti? atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yāvatako ahosi  bhagavatā saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa  ārocesi. evaṃ vutte, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ  etadavoca -- ``sādhu sādhu, tapassi! yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena  sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena evameva dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena  samaṇassa gotamassa byākataṃ. kiñhi sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo  imassa evaṃ oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya! atha kho  kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa  kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 59^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0058^ea^ vutte, upāli gahapati nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ  etadavoca -- ``sādhu sādhu, bhante dīghatapassī {tapassī (sī0 pī0)}! yathā taṃ sutavatā  sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena evamevaṃ bhadantena  tapassinā samaṇassa gotamassa byākataṃ. kiñhi sobhati chavo  manodaṇḍo imassa evaṃ oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya! atha  kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa  kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo. handa ^a^V2.0043^ea^   cāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ  āropessāmi. sace me samaṇo gotamo tathā patiṭṭhahissati yathā  bhadantena tapassinā patiṭṭhāpitaṃ; seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso  dīghalomikaṃ eḷakaṃ lomesu gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya  samparikaḍḍheyya, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi  parikaḍḍhissāmi samparikaḍḍhissāmi ^a^M2.0038^ea^. seyyathāpi nāma balavā  soṇḍikākammakāro mahantaṃ soṇḍikākilañjaṃ gambhīre udakarahade  pakkhipitvā kaṇṇe gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya samparikaḍḍheyya,  evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi parikaḍḍhissāmi  samparikaḍḍhissāmi. seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṃ {thālaṃ  (ka0)}  kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya {nicchādeyya (sī0 pī0 ka0),  niccoṭeyya (ka0), nippoṭheyya (syā0 kaṃ0)}, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ  gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ odhunissāmi ^a^P1.0375^ea^ niddhunissāmi  nipphoṭessāmi ^a^T2.0059^ea^. seyyathāpi nāma kuñjaro saṭṭhihāyano gambhīraṃ  pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā sāṇadhovikaṃ nāma kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷati,  evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ sāṇadhovikaṃ maññe kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷissāmi.  handa cāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ  kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropessāmī''ti. ``gaccha tvaṃ, gahapati,  samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. ahaṃ vā  hi, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā  nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 60^b^.^eb^ evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ  nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``na kho metaṃ, bhante, ruccati yaṃ upāli  gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya. samaṇo hi, bhante,  gotamo māyāvī āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake  āvaṭṭetī''ti. ``aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi, anavakāso yaṃ upāli  gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. ṭhānañca kho  etaṃ vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ  upagaccheyya. gaccha, tvaṃ, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ  kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. ahaṃ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa  gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā''ti.  dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī...pe0... tatiyampi kho dīghatapassī  nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``na kho metaṃ, bhante,  ruccati yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ ^a^T2.0060^ea^ āropeyya.  samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo māyāvī āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya  aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī''ti. ``aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi ^a^V2.0044^ea^,  anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ  ^a^M2.0039^ea^ upagaccheyya. ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo  upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. gaccha tvaṃ, gahapati,  samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. ahaṃ vā  hi, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā  nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā''ti. ``evaṃ, bhante''ti kho upāli gahapati  nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ  abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā ^a^T2.0061^ea^ yena pāvārikambavanaṃ yena ^a^P1.0376^ea^  bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā  ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho upāli gahapati bhagavantaṃ  etadavoca -- ``āgamā nu khvidha, bhante, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``āgamā khvidha, gahapati, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``ahu kho pana te, bhante, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ  kocideva kathāsallāpo''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``ahu kho me, gahapati, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ  kocideva kathāsallāpo''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``yathā kathaṃ pana te, bhante, ahu dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena  saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo''ti?<br/><br/>[03] atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena  saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ upālissa gahapatissa ārocesi. <br/><br/>[03] 61^b^.^eb^ evaṃ vutte, upāli gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca  -- ``sādhu sādhu, bhante tapassī! yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena  sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena evamevaṃ dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena  bhagavato byākataṃ. kiñhi sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo imassa evaṃ  oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya? atha kho kāyadaṇḍova  mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa ^a^V2.0045^ea^ kammassa  pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo''ti. ``sace  kho tvaṃ, gahapati, sacce patiṭṭhāya manteyyāsi siyā no ettha  kathāsallāpo''ti. ``sacce ahaṃ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu  no ettha kathāsallāpo''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 62^b^.^eb^ ``taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idhassa nigaṇṭho  ābādhiko dukkhito ^a^T2.0062^ea^ bāḷhagilāno sītodakapaṭikkhitto  uṇhodakapaṭisevī. so sītodakaṃ alabhamāno kālaṅkareyya. imassa  pana, gahapati, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto katthūpapattiṃ paññapetī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``atthi, bhante, manosattā nāma devā tattha so upapajjati''.<br/><br/>[03] ``taṃ kissa hetu''?<br/><br/>[03] ``asu hi, bhante ^a^M2.0040^ea^, manopaṭibaddho kālaṅkarotī''ti. <br/><br/>[01] ``manasi karohi, gahapati {gahapati gahapati manasi karohi (sī0 syā0  kaṃ0), gahapati manasi karohi (ka0), gahapati gahapati (pī0)}, manasi karitvā kho,  gahapati, byākarohi. na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ,  pacchimena vā purimaṃ. bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā  -- `sacce ahaṃ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi, hotu no ettha  kathāsallāpo'''ti. ``kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho  kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa  kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 63^b^.^eb^ ``taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati ^a^P1.0377^ea^,  idhassa nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto  sabbavārivārito sabbavāriyutto sabbavāridhuto sabbavāriphuṭo. so  abhikkamanto paṭikkamanto bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādeti.  imassa pana, gahapati, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kaṃ vipākaṃ paññapetī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``asañcetanikaṃ, bhante, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto no mahāsāvajjaṃ  paññapetī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``sace ^a^V2.0046^ea^ pana, gahapati, cetetī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``mahāsāvajjaṃ, bhante, hotī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``cetanaṃ pana, gahapati, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kismiṃ  paññapetī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``manodaṇḍasmiṃ, bhante''ti. <br/><br/>[01] ``manasi karohi, gahapati ^a^T2.0063^ea^, manasi karitvā kho,  gahapati, byākarohi. na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ,  pacchimena vā purimaṃ. bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā  -- `sacce ahaṃ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha  kathāsallāpo'''ti. ``kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho  kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa  kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 64^b^.^eb^ ``taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, ayaṃ nāḷandā  iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante, ayaṃ nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā  ākiṇṇamanussā''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idha puriso āgaccheyya  ukkhittāsiko. so evaṃ vadeyya -- `ahaṃ yāvatikā imissā  nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena khaṇena ekena muhuttena ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ  maṃsapuñjaṃ karissāmī'ti. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, pahoti nu kho  so puriso yāvatikā imissā nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena khaṇena  ekena muhuttena ^a^M2.0041^ea^ ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kātu''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``dasapi, bhante, purisā, vīsampi, bhante, purisā, tiṃsampi,  bhante, purisā, cattārīsampi, bhante, purisā, paññāsampi, bhante,  purisā nappahonti yāvatikā imissā nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena  khaṇena ekena muhuttena ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kātuṃ. kiñhi  sobhati eko chavo puriso''ti!<br/><br/>[03] ``taṃ ^a^V2.0047^ea^ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati ^a^T2.0064^ea^, idha āgaccheyya samaṇo vā  brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto. so evaṃ vadeyya -- `ahaṃ imaṃ  nāḷandaṃ ekena manopadosena bhasmaṃ karissāmī'ti. taṃ kiṃ maññasi,  gahapati, pahoti nu kho so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā  cetovasippatto imaṃ nāḷandaṃ ekena manopadosena bhasmaṃ kātu''nti  ^a^P1.0378^ea^?<br/><br/>[03] ``dasapi, bhante, nāḷandā, vīsampi nāḷandā, tiṃsampi  nāḷandā, cattārīsampi nāḷandā, paññāsampi nāḷandā pahoti so  samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto ekena manopadosena  bhasmaṃ kātuṃ. kiñhi sobhati ekā chavā nāḷandā''ti!<br/><br/>[03] ``manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati,  byākarohi. na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena  vā purimaṃ. bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā -- `sacce  ahaṃ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho kāyadaṇḍova  mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa  pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 65^b^.^eb^ ``taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, sutaṃ te  daṇḍakīraññaṃ {daṇḍakāraññaṃ (sī0 pī0)} kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ {mejjhāraññaṃ  (sī0 syā0 kaṃ0 pī0)} mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ  araññabhūta''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``evaṃ, bhante, sutaṃ me daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ  mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ araññabhūta''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``taṃ ^a^T2.0065^ea^ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, kinti te sutaṃ kena taṃ  daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ  araññabhūta''nti?<br/><br/>[03] ``sutaṃ ^a^V2.0048^ea^ metaṃ, bhante, isīnaṃ manopadosena taṃ daṇḍakīraññaṃ  kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ araññabhūta''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati,  byākarohi. na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena  vā purimaṃ. bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā -- `sacce  ahaṃ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo'''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 66^b^.^eb^ ``purimenevāhaṃ ^a^M2.0042^ea^, bhante, opammena bhagavato  attamano abhiraddho. api cāhaṃ imāni bhagavato vicitrāni  pañhapaṭibhānāni sotukāmo, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ paccanīkaṃ kātabbaṃ  amaññissaṃ. abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! seyyathāpi,  bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā  maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya -- cakkhumanto  rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo  pakāsito. esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca  ^a^P1.0379^ea^ bhikkhusaṅghañca. upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu  ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata''nti. <br/><br/>[03] 67^b^.^eb^ ``anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi,  anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ^a^T2.0066^ea^ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī''ti.  ``imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṃ  maṃ bhagavā evamāha -- `anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi,  anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī'ti. mañhi,  bhante, aññatitthiyā sāvakaṃ labhitvā kevalakappaṃ nāḷandaṃ paṭākaṃ  parihareyyuṃ -- `upāli amhākaṃ gahapati sāvakattaṃ upagato'ti. atha  ca pana maṃ bhagavā evamāha -- `anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi,  anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī'ti. esāhaṃ,  bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata''nti. <br/><br/>[03] 68^b^.^eb^ ``dīgharattaṃ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṃ  opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī''ti.  ``imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano ^a^V2.0049^ea^ abhiraddho  yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāha -- `dīgharattaṃ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṃ  opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī'ti.  sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, samaṇo gotamo evamāha -- `mayhameva dānaṃ  dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ,  nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ  dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ ^a^T2.0067^ea^ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ  dinnaṃ mahapphala'nti. atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesupi dāne  samādapeti. api ca, bhante, mayamettha kālaṃ jānissāma. esāhaṃ,  bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata''nti. <br/><br/>[03] 69^b^.^eb^ atha ^a^M2.0043^ea^ kho bhagavā upālissa gahapatissa  anupubbiṃ kathaṃ {ānupubbīkathaṃ (sī0), ānupubbikathaṃ (pī0), anupubbikathaṃ  (syā0 kaṃ0 ka0)} kathesi, seyyathidaṃ -- dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ,  kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.  yadā bhagavā aññāsi upāliṃ gahapatiṃ kallacittaṃ ^a^P1.0380^ea^  muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ  sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi -- dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ,  maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ  paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva upālissa gahapatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ  vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi -- `yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ  nirodhadhamma'nti. atha kho upāli gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo  viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho  vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca --  ``handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bhante, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṃ  bahukaraṇīyā''ti. ``yassadāni tvaṃ, gahapati, kālaṃ maññasī''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 70^b^.^eb^ atha kho upāli gahapati bhagavato bhāsitaṃ  abhinanditvā anumoditvā ^a^T2.0068^ea^ uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā  padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena sakaṃ nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā  dovārikaṃ āmantesi -- ``ajjatagge, samma dovārika, āvarāmi  dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ  bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. sace koci nigaṇṭho  āgacchati tamenaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi -- `tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi.  ajjatagge upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato.  āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ  bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ ^a^V2.0050^ea^. sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena  attho, ettheva tiṭṭha, ettheva te āharissantī'''ti. ``evaṃ,  bhante''ti kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa paccassosi. <br/><br/>[03] 71^b^.^eb^ assosi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho --  ``upāli kira gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato''ti.  atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami;  upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante,  upāli kira gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato''ti.  ``aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi ^a^M2.0044^ea^, anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati  samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. ṭhānañca kho etaṃ  vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ  upagaccheyyā''ti ^a^P1.0381^ea^. dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī  nigaṇṭho...pe0... tatiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ  nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ^a^T2.0069^ea^ ...pe0... upālissa  gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā''ti. ``handāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi  yāva jānāmi yadi vā upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ  upagato yadi vā no''ti. ``gaccha tvaṃ, tapassi, jānāhi yadi  vā upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā  no''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 72^b^.^eb^ atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yena upālissa  gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. addasā kho dovāriko  dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. disvāna dīghatapassiṃ  nigaṇṭhaṃ etadavoca -- ``tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. ajjatagge  upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ  nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ  upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ ^a^T2.0070^ea^. sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho, ettheva  tiṭṭha, ettheva te āharissantī''ti. ``na me, āvuso, piṇḍakena  attho''ti vatvā tato paṭinivattitvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto  tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca --  ``saccaṃyeva kho, bhante, yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa  sāvakattaṃ upagato. etaṃ kho te ahaṃ, bhante, nālatthaṃ na kho me,  bhante, ruccati yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya.  samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo māyāvī āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya  aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetīti. āvaṭṭo kho te, bhante, upāli  gahapati samaṇena gotamena āvaṭṭaniyā māyāyā''ti. ``aṭṭhānaṃ kho  etaṃ, tapassi, anavakāso ^a^V2.0051^ea^ yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa  sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo  upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā''ti. dutiyampi kho  dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``saccaṃyeva,  bhante...pe0... ^a^T2.0071^ea^ upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā''ti.  tatiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca --  ``saccaṃyeva kho, bhante...pe0... ^a^P1.0382^ea^ upālissa gahapatissa  sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā''ti. ``handa cāhaṃ ^a^M2.0045^ea^, tapassi, gacchāmi yāva  cāhaṃ sāmaṃyeva jānāmi yadi vā upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa  sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā no''ti.<br/><br/>[03] atha kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ  yena upālissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. addasā kho  dovāriko nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. disvāna nigaṇṭhaṃ  nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. ajjatagge  upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ  nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ  upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho, ettheva  tiṭṭha, ettheva te āharissantī''ti. ``tena hi, samma dovārika,  yena upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ evaṃ  vadehi -- `nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya  saddhiṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito; so te dassanakāmo'''ti. ``evaṃ,  bhante''ti kho dovāriko nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā yena  upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca  -- ``nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ ^a^T2.0072^ea^  bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito; so te dassanakāmo''ti. ``tena hi, samma  dovārika, majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni paññapehī''ti.  ``evaṃ, bhante''ti kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa paṭissutvā  majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni paññapetvā yena upāli gahapati  tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca --  ``paññattāni kho, bhante, majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni.  yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 73^b^.^eb^ atha kho upāli gahapati yena majjhimā  ^a^P1.0383^ea^ dvārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yaṃ tattha  āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca tattha sāmaṃ nisīditvā  dovārikaṃ āmantesi ^a^V2.0052^ea^ -- ``tena hi, samma dovārika, yena nigaṇṭho  nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ evaṃ vadehi --  `upāli, bhante, gahapati evamāha -- pavisa kira, bhante, sace  ākaṅkhasī'''ti. ``evaṃ, bhante''ti kho dovāriko upālissa  gahapatissa paṭissutvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami;  upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``upāli, bhante,  gahapati evamāha -- `pavisa kira, bhante, sace ākaṅkhasī'''ti.  atha ^a^M2.0046^ea^ kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ yena  majjhimā dvārasālā tenupasaṅkami. atha kho upāli gahapati -- yaṃ  sudaṃ pubbe yato passati nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvāna  tato paccuggantvā yaṃ tattha āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca  taṃ uttarāsaṅgena ^a^T2.0073^ea^ sammajjitvā {pamajjitvā (sī0 pī0)} pariggahetvā nisīdāpeti so -- dāni  yaṃ tattha āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca tattha sāmaṃ  nisīditvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``saṃvijjanti kho,  bhante, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi, nisīdā''ti. evaṃ vutte,  nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca -- ``ummattosi tvaṃ,  gahapati, dattosi tvaṃ, gahapati! `gacchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇassa  gotamassa vādaṃ āropessāmī'ti gantvā mahatāsi vādasaṅghāṭena  paṭimukko āgato. seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso aṇḍahārako gantvā  ubbhatehi aṇḍehi āgaccheyya, seyyathā vā pana gahapati puriso  akkhikahārako gantvā ubbhatehi akkhīhi āgaccheyya; evameva kho  tvaṃ, gahapati, `gacchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ  āropessāmī'ti gantvā mahatāsi vādasaṅghāṭena paṭimukko āgato.  āvaṭṭosi kho tvaṃ, gahapati, samaṇena gotamena āvaṭṭaniyā  māyāyā''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 74^b^.^eb^ ``bhaddikā, bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā; kalyāṇī,  bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā; piyā me, bhante, ñātisālohitā imāya  āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; piyānampi me assa ñātisālohitānaṃ dīgharattaṃ  hitāya sukhāya; sabbe cepi, bhante, khattiyā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā  āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; sabbesānampissa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya ^a^P1.0384^ea^  sukhāya; sabbe cepi, bhante, brāhmaṇā...pe0... vessā...pe0...  suddā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; sabbesānampissa suddānaṃ ^a^T2.0074^ea^ dīgharattaṃ  hitāya sukhāya; sadevako cepi, bhante, loko samārako sabrahmako  sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ;  sadevakassapissa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā ^a^V2.0053^ea^   pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti. tena hi, bhante,  upamaṃ te karissāmi. upamāya pidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa  atthaṃ ājānanti. <br/><br/>[03] 75^b^.^eb^ ``bhūtapubbaṃ ^a^M2.0047^ea^, bhante, aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa  jiṇṇassa vuḍḍhassa mahallakassa daharā māṇavikā pajāpatī ahosi  gabbhinī upavijaññā. atha kho, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ  etadavoca -- `gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā  ānehi, yo me kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissatī'ti. evaṃ vutte,  so brāhmaṇo taṃ māṇavikaṃ etadavoca -- `āgamehi tāva, bhoti, yāva  vijāyati. sace tvaṃ, bhoti, kumārakaṃ vijāyissasi, tassā te  ahaṃ āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānessāmi, yo te kumārakassa  kīḷāpanako bhavissati. sace pana tvaṃ, bhoti, kumārikaṃ  vijāyissasi, tassā te ahaṃ āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpikaṃ kiṇitvā  ānessāmi, yā te kumārikāya kīḷāpanikā bhavissatī'ti.  dutiyampi kho, bhante, sā māṇavikā...pe0... ^a^T2.0075^ea^ tatiyampi kho, bhante,  sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca -- `gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āpaṇā  makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānehi, yo me kumārakassa kīḷāpanako  bhavissatī'ti. atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo tassā māṇavikāya  sāratto paṭibaddhacitto āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānetvā taṃ  māṇavikaṃ etadavoca -- `ayaṃ te, bhoti, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpako  ^a^P1.0385^ea^ kiṇitvā ānīto, yo te kumārakassa  kīḷāpanako bhavissatī'ti. evaṃ vutte, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ  brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca -- `gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ ādāya  yena rattapāṇi rajataputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā rattapāṇiṃ  rajakaputtaṃ evaṃ vadehi -- icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ  makkaṭacchāpakaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ  ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha'nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo tassā māṇavikāya sāratto  paṭibaddhacitto taṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ ādāya yena rattapāṇi ^a^T2.0076^ea^ rajakaputto  tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ etadavoca --  `icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ nāma  raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha'nti. evaṃ  vutte, bhante, rattapāṇi rajakaputto taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca -- `ayaṃ kho  te, makkaṭacchāpako raṅgakkhamo hi kho, no ākoṭanakkhamo ^a^V2.0054^ea^, no  vimajjanakkhamo'ti. evameva kho, bhante, bālānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādo  raṅgakkhamo ^a^M2.0048^ea^ hi kho bālānaṃ no paṇḍitānaṃ, no anuyogakkhamo, no  vimajjanakkhamo. atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo aparena samayena  navaṃ dussayugaṃ ādāya yena rattapāṇi rajakaputto tenupasaṅkami;  upasaṅkamitvā rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ etadavoca -- `icchāmahaṃ, samma  rattapāṇi, imaṃ navaṃ dussayugaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ  ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha'nti. evaṃ vutte, bhante,  rattapāṇi rajakaputto taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca -- `idaṃ kho te, bhante,  navaṃ dussayugaṃ raṅgakkhamañceva ākoṭanakkhamañca vimajjanakkhamañcā'ti.  evameva kho, bhante, tassa bhagavato vādo arahato sammāsambuddhassa  raṅgakkhamo ceva paṇḍitānaṃ no bālānaṃ, anuyogakkhamo ca  vimajjanakkhamo cā''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``sarājikā kho, gahapati, parisā evaṃ jānāti -- `upāli  gahapati nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa sāvako'ti. kassa taṃ, gahapati,  sāvakaṃ dhāremā''ti? evaṃ ^a^T2.0077^ea^ vutte, upāli gahapati uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ  uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ ^a^P1.0386^ea^  paṇāmetvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca -- ``tena hi, bhante, suṇohi  yassāhaṃ sāvako''ti -- <br/><br/>[03] 76^b^.^eb^ <br/><br/>[21] ``dhīrassa vigatamohassa, pabhinnakhīlassa  vijitavijayassa. <br/><br/>[27] anīghassa susamacittassa, vuddhasīlassa sādhupaññassa. <br/><br/>[22] vesamantarassa {vessantarassa (sī0 pī0)} vimalassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``akathaṃkathissa tusitassa, vantalokāmisassa  muditassa. <br/><br/>[27] katasamaṇassa manujassa, antimasārīrassa narassa. <br/><br/>[22] anopamassa virajassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``asaṃsayassa kusalassa, venayikassa sārathivarassa. <br/><br/>[27] anuttarassa ruciradhammassa, nikkaṅkhassa pabhāsakassa {pabhāsakarassa (sī0  syā0 pī0)}. <br/><br/>[22] mānacchidassa vīrassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``nisabhassa ^a^V2.0055^ea^ appameyyassa, gambhīrassa monapattassa. <br/><br/>[27] khemaṅkarassa vedassa, dhammaṭṭhassa saṃvutattassa. <br/><br/>[22] saṅgātigassa muttassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``nāgassa ^a^M2.0049^ea^ pantasenassa, khīṇasaṃyojanassa muttassa. <br/><br/>[27] paṭimantakassa {paṭimantassa (ka0)} dhonassa, pannadhajassa vītarāgassa. <br/><br/>[22] dantassa nippapañcassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``isisattamassa akuhassa, tevijjassa brahmapattassa. <br/><br/>[27] nhātakassa {nahātakassa (sī0 syā0 pī0)} padakassa, passaddhassa viditavedassa. <br/><br/>[22] purindadassa sakkassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``ariyassa bhāvitattassa, pattipattassa veyyākaraṇassa. <br/><br/>[27] satimato vipassissa, anabhinatassa no apanatassa. <br/><br/>[22] anejassa vasippattassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi ^a^T2.0078^ea^.. <br/><br/>[21] ``samuggatassa {sammaggatassa (sī0 syā0 pī0)} jhāyissa, ananugatantarassa suddhassa. <br/><br/>[27] asitassa hitassa {appahīnassa (sī0 pī0), appabhītassa (syā0)}, pavivittassa aggappattassa. <br/><br/>[22] tiṇṇassa tārayantassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``santassa bhūripaññassa, mahāpaññassa vītalobhassa. <br/><br/>[27] tathāgatassa sugatassa, appaṭipuggalassa asamassa. <br/><br/>[22] visāradassa nipuṇassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.. <br/><br/>[21] ``taṇhacchidassa buddhassa, vītadhūmassa anupalittassa. <br/><br/>[27] āhuneyyassa yakkhassa, uttamapuggalassa atulassa. <br/><br/>[22] mahato yasaggapattassa, bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmī''ti.. <br/><br/>[03] 77^b^.^eb^ ``kadā ^a^V2.0056^ea^ saññūḷhā pana te, gahapati, ime  samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā''ti? ``seyyathāpi, bhante, nānāpupphānaṃ  mahāpuppharāsi ^a^P1.0387^ea^, tamenaṃ dakkho mālākāro vā  mālākārantevāsī vā vicittaṃ mālaṃ gantheyya; evameva kho, bhante, so  bhagavā anekavaṇṇo anekasatavaṇṇo. ko hi, bhante, vaṇṇārahassa  vaṇṇaṃ na karissatī''ti? atha kho nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa bhagavato  sakkāraṃ asahamānassa tattheva uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggacchīti {uggañchi (sī0  syā0 pī0)}. <br/><br/>[06] upālisuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. 


